US20140235506A1 - Polynucleotide barcode generation - Google Patents
Polynucleotide barcode generation Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20140235506A1 US20140235506A1 US14/250,701 US201414250701A US2014235506A1 US 20140235506 A1 US20140235506 A1 US 20140235506A1 US 201414250701 A US201414250701 A US 201414250701A US 2014235506 A1 US2014235506 A1 US 2014235506A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- partitions
- polynucleotide
- capsule
- library
- sequence
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 421
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 421
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 421
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 claims description 408
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 claims description 330
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 claims description 91
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 claims description 91
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 claims description 47
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 44
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 41
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 40
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 21
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 165
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 73
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 abstract description 71
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 abstract description 25
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 92
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 92
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 84
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 71
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 65
- 239000012491 analyte Substances 0.000 description 55
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 50
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 46
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 46
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 41
- 238000003752 polymerase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 39
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 38
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 30
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 27
- 102000003960 Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 108090000364 Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 20
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 20
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 18
- -1 dNTPs Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000013616 RNA primer Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 17
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000007614 genetic variation Effects 0.000 description 15
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 208000005443 Circulating Neoplastic Cells Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000012695 Interfacial polymerization Methods 0.000 description 8
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 102000008579 Transposases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108010020764 Transposases Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007481 next generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007846 asymmetric PCR Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000010804 cDNA synthesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 4
- ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethidium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZMMJGEGLRURXTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960005542 ethidium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011901 isothermal amplification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000007885 magnetic separation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108020001019 DNA Primers Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 101710203526 Integrase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020004682 Single-Stranded DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002032 lab-on-a-chip Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000867 polyelectrolyte Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000003672 processing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000004062 sedimentation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',6-Diamino-2-phenylindol Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1C1=CC2=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C2N1 FWBHETKCLVMNFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091093088 Amplicon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ethidium cation Chemical compound C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108020005196 Mitochondrial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101800000684 Ribonuclease H Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001251 acridines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N actinomycin D Natural products CC1OC(=O)C(C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)NC4C(=O)NC(C(N5CCCC5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)C(C(C)C)C(=O)OC4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000036878 aneuploidy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100001075 aneuploidy Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007847 digital PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- CTSPAMFJBXKSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ellipticine Chemical compound N1=CC=C2C(C)=C(NC=3C4=CC=CC=3)C4=C(C)C2=C1 CTSPAMFJBXKSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000052116 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700015053 epidermal growth factor receptor activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ferrosoferric oxide Chemical compound O=[Fe]O[Fe]O[Fe]=O SZVJSHCCFOBDDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000054766 genetic haplotypes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007834 ligase chain reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012139 lysis buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002122 magnetic nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[3-[[6-[3-(trifluoromethyl)anilino]pyrimidin-4-yl]amino]phenyl]cyclopropanecarboxamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC=CC(NC=2N=CN=C(NC=3C=C(NC(=O)C4CC4)C=CC=3)C=2)=C1 YOHYSYJDKVYCJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001668 nucleic acid synthesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M propidium iodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCC[N+](C)(CC)CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XJMOSONTPMZWPB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006479 redox reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001226 triphosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011178 triphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002264 triphosphate group Chemical class [H]OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])OP(=O)(O[H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- PRDFBSVERLRRMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2'-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-5-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-2,5'-bibenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC(OCC)=CC=C1C1=NC2=CC=C(C=3NC4=CC(=CC=C4N=3)N3CCN(C)CC3)C=C2N1 PRDFBSVERLRRMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-diamino-10-methylacridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N)C=C2[N+](C)=C(C=C(N)C=C3)C3=CC2=C1 KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 4-amino-1-[(2r)-6-amino-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]hexanoyl]piperidine-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1CCC(N)(CC1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 FWMNVWWHGCHHJJ-SKKKGAJSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGWLYQZDNFIFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[2-[3-(3,8-diamino-6-phenylphenanthridin-5-ium-5-yl)propylamino]ethylamino]propyl]-6-phenylphenanthridin-5-ium-3,8-diamine;dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].C=1C(N)=CC=C(C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+]=2CCCNCCNCCC[N+]=3C4=CC(N)=CC=C4C4=CC=C(N)C=C4C=3C=3C=CC=CC=3)C=1C=2C1=CC=CC=C1 BGWLYQZDNFIFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XYJODUBPWNZLML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethyl-6-phenyl-6h-phenanthridine-3,8-diamine Chemical compound C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2N(CC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1 XYJODUBPWNZLML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DBMJYWPMRSOUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-hexyl-6-phenylphenanthridin-5-ium-3,8-diamine;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CCCCCC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 DBMJYWPMRSOUGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IHHSSHCBRVYGJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-methoxyacridin-9-amine Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C=CC2=C(N)C3=CC(OC)=CC=C3N=C21 IHHSSHCBRVYGJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-Cyan-hept-2t-en-4,6-diinsaeure Natural products C1=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C(OC)=CC=CC=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=2CC(O)(C(C)=O)CC1OC1CC(N)C(O)C(C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700012813 7-aminoactinomycin D Proteins 0.000 description 1
- YXHLJMWYDTXDHS-IRFLANFNSA-N 7-aminoactinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=C(N)C=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 YXHLJMWYDTXDHS-IRFLANFNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091023037 Aptamer Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Azide Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020000946 Bacterial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- TYBKADJAOBUHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-J BoBo-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].S1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCCN2C=CC(=CC3=[N+](C4=CC=CC=C4S3)C)C=C2)C=C1 TYBKADJAOBUHAD-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- UIZZRDIAIPYKJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-J BoBo-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].S1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=CC=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCCN2C=CC(=CC=CC3=[N+](C4=CC=CC=C4S3)C)C=C2)C=C1 UIZZRDIAIPYKJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 102100025570 Cancer/testis antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000053642 Catalytic RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000994 Catalytic RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004713 Cyclic olefin copolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092160 Dactinomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Daunomycin Natural products CCC1(O)CC(OC2CC(N)C(O)C(C)O2)c3cc4C(=O)c5c(OC)cccc5C(=O)c4c(O)c3C1 WEAHRLBPCANXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067770 Endopeptidase K Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030708 GTPase KRas Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036263 Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit C, mitochondrial Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ZIXGXMMUKPLXBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guatambuinine Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(C)=C1C=CN=C(C)C1=C2 ZIXGXMMUKPLXBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000856237 Homo sapiens Cancer/testis antigen 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000584612 Homo sapiens GTPase KRas Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001001786 Homo sapiens Glutamyl-tRNA(Gln) amidotransferase subunit C, mitochondrial Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001012157 Homo sapiens Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000984753 Homo sapiens Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FGBAVQUHSKYMTC-UHFFFAOYSA-M LDS 751 dye Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.C1=CC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2[N+](CC)=C1C=CC=CC1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 FGBAVQUHSKYMTC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108060004795 Methyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910003177 MnII Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108020004711 Nucleic Acid Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020005187 Oligonucleotide Probes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000043276 Oncogene Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N PicoGreen Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCCN(C)C)C1=CC(=CC2=[N+](C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZYFVNVRFVHJEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBKMWMZYHZILHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L Po-Pro-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 QBKMWMZYHZILHF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- CZQJZBNARVNSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Po-Pro-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=CC=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 CZQJZBNARVNSLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- BOLJGYHEBJNGBV-UHFFFAOYSA-J PoPo-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCCN2C=CC(=CC3=[N+](C4=CC=CC=C4O3)C)C=C2)C=C1 BOLJGYHEBJNGBV-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- GYPIAQJSRPTNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-J PoPo-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=CC=C1C=CN(CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCCN2C=CC(=CC=CC3=[N+](C4=CC=CC=C4O3)C)C=C2)C=C1 GYPIAQJSRPTNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proflavine Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N)=CC=C3C=C21 WDVSHHCDHLJJJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003559 RNA-seq method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102100030086 Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004422 Riboswitch Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUYXJDLXGFPMCQ-INIZCTEOSA-N SJ000287331 Natural products CC1=c2cnccc2=C(C)C2=Nc3ccccc3[C@H]12 SUYXJDLXGFPMCQ-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CGNLCCVKSWNSDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N SYBR Green I Chemical compound CN(C)CCCN(CCC)C1=CC(C=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)=C2C=CC=CC2=[N+]1C1=CC=CC=C1 CGNLCCVKSWNSDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100027103 Serine/threonine-protein kinase B-raf Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091007415 Small Cajal body-specific RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020004688 Small Nuclear RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000039471 Small Nuclear RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003224 Small Nucleolar RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000042773 Small Nucleolar RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710136739 Teichoic acid poly(glycerol phosphate) polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010057040 Temperature intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DPXHITFUCHFTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-L To-Pro-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].S1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=C1C2=CC=CC=C2N(CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 DPXHITFUCHFTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QHNORJFCVHUPNH-UHFFFAOYSA-L To-Pro-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].S1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=CC=C1C2=CC=CC=C2N(CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 QHNORJFCVHUPNH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- MZZINWWGSYUHGU-UHFFFAOYSA-J ToTo-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].C12=CC=CC=C2C(C=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3S2)C)=CC=[N+]1CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C1=CC=CC=C11)=CC=C1C=C1N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2S1 MZZINWWGSYUHGU-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD55612 Natural products N1C(O)C2CC(C=CC(N)=O)=CN2C(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C(O)=C12 VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020005202 Viral DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108020000999 Viral RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ULHRKLSNHXXJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Yo-Pro-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].C1=CC=C2C(C=C3N(C4=CC=CC=C4O3)C)=CC=[N+](CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C2=C1 ULHRKLSNHXXJLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ZVUUXEGAYWQURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Yo-Pro-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](C)=C1C=CC=C1C2=CC=CC=C2N(CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 ZVUUXEGAYWQURQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- GRRMZXFOOGQMFA-UHFFFAOYSA-J YoYo-1 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].C12=CC=CC=C2C(C=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3O2)C)=CC=[N+]1CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C)(C)CCC[N+](C1=CC=CC=C11)=CC=C1C=C1N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2O1 GRRMZXFOOGQMFA-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- JSBNEYNPYQFYNM-UHFFFAOYSA-J YoYo-3 Chemical compound [I-].[I-].[I-].[I-].C12=CC=CC=C2C(C=CC=C2N(C3=CC=CC=C3O2)C)=CC=[N+]1CCC(=[N+](C)C)CCCC(=[N+](C)C)CC[N+](C1=CC=CC=C11)=CC=C1C=CC=C1N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2O1 JSBNEYNPYQFYNM-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003929 acidic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940023020 acriflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N actinomycin D Chemical compound C[C@H]1OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C(=O)[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)[C@@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)C1=C(N)C(=O)C(C)=C2OC(C(C)=CC=C3C(=O)N[C@@H]4C(=O)N[C@@H](C(N5CCC[C@H]5C(=O)N(C)CC(=O)N(C)[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)O[C@@H]4C)=O)C(C)C)=C3N=C21 RJURFGZVJUQBHK-IIXSONLDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-HYUHUPJXSA-N anthramycin Chemical compound N1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2CC(\C=C\C(N)=O)=CN2C(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C(O)=C12 VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-HYUHUPJXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003637 basic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- TUESWZZJYCLFNL-DAFODLJHSA-N chembl1301 Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=N)N)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC=C(C(N)=N)C=C1O TUESWZZJYCLFNL-DAFODLJHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZYVSOIYQKUDENJ-WKSBCEQHSA-N chromomycin A3 Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@@H]1OC(C)=O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](C)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC)[C@@H](C)O1 ZYVSOIYQKUDENJ-WKSBCEQHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013611 chromosomal DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005354 coacervation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012864 cross contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011243 crosslinked material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000640 dactinomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N daunorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(C)=O)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 STQGQHZAVUOBTE-VGBVRHCVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000432 density-gradient centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoliosyl-3C-alpha-L-digitoxosyl-MTM Natural products CC=1C(O)=C2C(O)=C3C(=O)C(OC4OC(C)C(O)C(OC5OC(C)C(O)C(OC6OC(C)C(O)C(C)(O)C6)C5)C4)C(C(OC)C(=O)C(O)C(C)O)CC3=CC2=CC=1OC(OC(C)C1O)CC1OC1CC(O)C(O)C(C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005546 dideoxynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004720 dielectrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001840 diploid cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004945 emulsification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003608 fece Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007672 fourth generation sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008543 heat sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012165 high-throughput sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229950005911 hydroxystilbamidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000707 layer-by-layer assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007854 ligation-mediated PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006249 magnetic particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000008774 maternal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010297 mechanical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N mithramycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1C[C@@H](O[C@H](C)[C@H]1O)OC=1C=C2C=C3C[C@H]([C@@H](C(=O)C3=C(O)C2=C(O)C=1C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2O[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@@](C)(O)C3)C2)C1)[C@H](OC)C(=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)O)[C@H]1C[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C)O1 CFCUWKMKBJTWLW-BKHRDMLASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VMCOQLKKSNQANE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyl-4-[6-[6-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-1h-benzimidazol-2-yl]-1h-benzimidazol-2-yl]aniline Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=NC2=CC=C(C=3NC4=CC(=CC=C4N=3)N3CCN(C)CC3)C=C2N1 VMCOQLKKSNQANE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPBAOYRENQEPJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[5-[[5-[(3-amino-3-iminopropyl)carbamoyl]-1-methylpyrrol-3-yl]carbamoyl]-1-methylpyrrol-3-yl]-4-formamido-1-methylpyrrole-2-carboxamide Chemical compound CN1C=C(NC=O)C=C1C(=O)NC1=CN(C)C(C(=O)NC2=CN(C)C(C(=O)NCCC(N)=N)=C2)=C1 UPBAOYRENQEPJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002853 nucleic acid probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002751 oligonucleotide probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000590 oncogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002246 oncogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008775 paternal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000005053 phenanthridines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000053 physical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- INAAIJLSXJJHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pibenzimol Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=C(N=C(N2)C=3C=C4NC(=NC4=CC=3)C=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C2=C1 INAAIJLSXJJHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960003171 plicamycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004424 polypyridyl Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000011176 pooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002987 primer (paints) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000286 proflavine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000135 prohibitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012175 pyrosequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091092562 ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007480 sanger sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007841 sequencing by ligation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005361 soda-lime glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010042747 stallimycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010897 surface acoustic wave method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XJCQPMRCZSJDPA-UHFFFAOYSA-L trimethyl-[3-[4-[(e)-(3-methyl-1,3-benzothiazol-2-ylidene)methyl]pyridin-1-ium-1-yl]propyl]azanium;diiodide Chemical compound [I-].[I-].S1C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)\C1=C\C1=CC=[N+](CCC[N+](C)(C)C)C=C1 XJCQPMRCZSJDPA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
- C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
- C12N15/1065—Preparation or screening of tagged libraries, e.g. tagged microorganisms by STM-mutagenesis, tagged polynucleotides, gene tags
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
- C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
- C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6806—Preparing nucleic acids for analysis, e.g. for polymerase chain reaction [PCR] assay
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6869—Methods for sequencing
- C12Q1/6874—Methods for sequencing involving nucleic acid arrays, e.g. sequencing by hybridisation
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
- C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
- C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/543—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals
- G01N33/5436—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor with an insoluble carrier for immobilising immunochemicals with ligand physically entrapped within the solid phase
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2563/00—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties
- C12Q2563/179—Nucleic acid detection characterized by the use of physical, structural and functional properties the label being a nucleic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
- C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
- C12Q2600/112—Disease subtyping, staging or classification
Definitions
- Polynucleotide barcodes have utility in numerous applications, including next generation sequencing techniques. Such barcodes generally contain unique identifier sequences, which can be extremely expensive to manufacture at sufficient diversity and scale.
- the cost of synthesizing a single polynucleotide barcode is a function of the cost per base during synthesis and the length of the polynucleotide.
- the cost of synthesizing a plurality of barcodes, each with a different sequence is therefore equivalent to the cost per base, multiplied by the number of bases per molecule, multiplied by the number of molecules within the plurality of barcodes.
- this cost is prohibitive.
- This disclosure provides methods, compositions, systems, and kits for the generation of polynucleotide barcodes and the use of such polynucleotide barcodes.
- polynucleotide barcodes may be used for any suitable application.
- An aspect of the disclosure provides a library comprising one or more polynucleotides, each of the polynucleotides comprising a barcode sequence, wherein the polynucleotides are disposed within one or more partitions, and wherein the library comprises at least about 1,000 different barcode sequences.
- the barcode sequences are at least about 5 nucleotides in length. Also, the barcode sequences may be random polynucleotide sequences.
- the partitions may comprise, on average, about 1 polynucleotide, about 0.5 polynucleotides, or about 0.1 polynucleotides.
- the partitions may be droplets, capsules, wells or beads.
- the library may comprise at least about 10,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 100,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 500,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 1,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 2,500,00 different barcode sequences, at least about 5,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- the partitions may comprise multiple copies of the same polynucleotide.
- each of the polynucleotides may comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of an immobilization sequence, an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer, and a sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide.
- each of the polynucleotides is a MALBAC primer.
- Another aspect of the disclosure provides a method of synthesizing a library of polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, the method comprising: a.) synthesizing a plurality of polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences; b.) separating the polynucleotides into a plurality of partitions, thereby generating partitioned polynucleotides; c.) amplifying the partitioned polynucleotides, thereby generating amplified polynucleotides; and d.) isolating partitions comprising amplified polynucleotides.
- the synthesizing comprises including a mixture of adenine, thymine, guanine, and cytosine in a coupling reaction.
- the separating may comprise performing a limiting dilution, thereby generating diluted polynucleotides. In some cases, the separating further comprises partitioning said diluted polynucleotides.
- the amplifying may be performed by a method selected from the group consisting of polymerase chain reaction, asymmetric polymerase chain reaction, emulsion PCR (ePCR), ePCR including the use of a bead, ePCR including the use of a hydrogel, multiple annealing and looping-based amplification cycles (MALBAC), single primer isothermal amplification, and combinations thereof.
- ePCR emulsion PCR
- MALBAC multiple annealing and looping-based amplification cycles
- the amplifying is performed using an RNA primer and may include exposing the amplified polynucleotides to an RNAase H.
- each of said polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences is a MALBAC primer.
- the isolating may be performed by flow-assisted sorting.
- a hairpin structure may be formed from a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of the polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences and the amplified polynucleotides.
- a method may further comprise cutting the hairpin structure within an unannealed region.
- a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of said polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, said partitioned polynucleotides, and said amplified polynucleotides may be attached to a bead.
- the method may further comprise annealing the amplified polynucleotides with a partially complementary sequence.
- the partially complementary sequence may comprise a barcode sequence.
- the method may further comprise attaching at least one of the amplified polynucleotides to a target sequence.
- the target sequence may be fragmented.
- the target sequence is fragmented by a method selected from the group consisting of mechanical shear and treatment with an enzyme.
- the mechanical shear may be induced by ultrasound.
- the enzyme is selected from the group consisting of a restriction enzyme, a fragmentase, and a transposase.
- the attaching may be performed by a method selected from the group consisting of ligation and amplification.
- the amplification is a MALBAC amplification performed with MALBAC primers, thereby generating a MALBAC amplification product.
- the MALBAC primers comprise the amplified polynucleotides.
- the MALBAC primers comprise polynucleotides that are not said amplified polynucleotides.
- the method may further comprise attaching the MALBAC amplification product to the amplified polynucleotide.
- each of the partitions may comprise, on average, about 1 polynucleotide comprising a barcode sequence, 0.5 polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, or 0.1 polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences.
- the partitions may be selected from the group consisting of droplets, capsules, and wells.
- the library comprises at least about 1,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 100,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 500,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 1,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 2,500,00 different barcode sequences, at least about 5,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- the partitions comprise multiple copies of the same polynucleotide comprising a barcode sequence.
- the polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences may comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of an immobilization sequence, an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer, and a sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide.
- An additional aspect of the disclosure provides a library comprising at least about 1,000 beads, wherein each bead of the at least about 1,000 beads comprises a different barcode sequence.
- the different barcode sequence can be included in a polynucleotide comprising an immobilization sequence and/or an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer.
- the different barcode sequence can be at least about 5 nucleotides or at least about 10 nucleotides in length.
- the different barcode sequence can be a random polynucleotide sequence or can be generated combinatorially.
- each of the 1,000 beads can comprise multiple copies of the different barcode sequence.
- each of the 1,000 beads may comprise at least about 100,000, at least about 1,000,000, or at least about 10,000,000 copies of the different barcode sequence.
- the library can further comprise two or more beads comprising the same barcode sequence.
- at least two beads of the 1,000 beads can comprise the same barcode sequence.
- the at least about 1,000 beads may comprise at least about 10,000 beads, or at least about 100,000 beads.
- the library can comprise at least about 1,000, at least about 10,000, at least about 100,000, at least about 1,000,000, at least about 2,500,000, at least about 5,000,000, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- the at least about 1,000 beads can be distributed across a plurality of partitions.
- the partitions can be droplets of an emulsion.
- each bead of the 1,000 beads can be included in a different partition.
- the different partition can be a droplet of an emulsion.
- two or more beads of the 1,000 beads can be included in a different partition.
- the different partition can be a droplet of an emulsion.
- the 1,000 beads can be hydrogel beads.
- An additional aspect of the disclosure provides for use of a library, composition, method, device, or kit described herein in partitioning species, in partitioning oligonucleotides, in stimulus-selective release of species from partitions, in performing reactions (e.g., ligation and amplification reactions) in partitions, in performing nucleic acid synthesis reactions, in barcoding nucleic acid, in preparing polynucleotides for sequencing, in sequencing polynucleotides, in mutation detection, in neurologic disorder diagnostics, in diabetes diagnostics, in fetal aneuploidy diagnostics, in cancer mutation detection and forenscics, in disease detection, in medical diagnostics, in low input nucleic acid applications, in circulating tumor cell (CTC) sequencing, in polynucleotide phasing, in sequencing polynucleotides from small numbers of cells, in analyzing gene expression, in partitioning polynucleotides from cells, or in a combination thereof.
- CTC circulating tumor cell
- FIG. 1 is schematically depicts an example forked adapter.
- FIG. 2 schematically depicts example placements of barcode regions.
- FIG. 3 depicts example sequences of two forked adapters ligated to opposite ends of a target polynucleotide. Full-length sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 35.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic example method used to generate a forked adapter described in Example 1.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic example of a capsule within a capsule described in Example 2.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic example of capsules within a capsule described in Example 3.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic example of a product (or intermediate) that may be generated according to methods of Example 4.
- FIGS. 8 a - c depict example sequences described in Example 4.
- FIGS. 9 a - j depict example sequences described in Example 5.
- FIGS. 10 a - e depict example sequences described in Example 6.
- FIGS. 11 a - d schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 7.
- FIG. 12 schematically depicts the production capsules via an example flow-focusing method.
- FIG. 13 schematically depicts the production of capsules within capsules via an example flow-focusing method.
- FIGS. 14 a - e schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 8.
- FIGS. 15 a - e schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 9.
- FIG. 16 schematically depicts methods and structures described in Example 10.
- FIG. 17 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 11.
- FIG. 18 schematically depicts capsules within a capsule described in Example 12.
- FIGS. 19 a - e depict example sequences described in Example 13.
- FIG. 19 f describes example methods and structures described in Example 13.
- FIG. 20 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 14.
- FIGS. 21 a - c schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 15.
- FIG. 22 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 16.
- FIG. 23 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 17.
- polynucleotide barcodes may be used for any suitable application.
- the polynucleotide barcodes provided in this disclosure may be used in next generation sequencing reactions.
- Next generation sequencing reactions include the sequencing of whole genomes, detection of specific sequences such as single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) and other mutations, detection of nucleic acid (e.g., deoxyribonucleic acid) insertions, and detection of nucleic acid deletions.
- SNPs single nucleotide polymorphisms
- nucleic acid e.g., deoxyribonucleic acid
- Utilization of the methods, compositions, systems, and kits described herein may incorporate, unless otherwise indicated, any conventional techniques of organic chemistry, polymer technology, microfluidics, molecular biology, recombinant techniques, cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology.
- Such conventional techniques include well and microwell construction, capsule generation, generation of emulsions, spotting, microfluidic device construction, polymer chemistry, restriction digestion, ligation, cloning, polynucleotide sequencing, and polynucleotide sequence assembly.
- suitable techniques are described throughout this disclosure. However, equivalent procedures may also be utilized. Descriptions of certain techniques may be found in standard laboratory manuals, such as Genome Analysis: A Laboratory Manual Series ( Vols.
- barcode generally refers to a label that may be attached to an analyte to convey information about the analyte.
- a barcode may be a polynucleotide sequence attached to fragments of a target polynucleotide contained within a particular partition. This barcode may then be sequenced with the fragments of the target polynucleotide. The presence of the same barcode on multiple sequences may provide information about the origin of the sequence. For example, a barcode may indicate that the sequence came from a particular partition and/or a proximal region of a genome. This may be particularly useful for sequence assembly when several partitions are pooled before sequencing.
- base pairs generally refers to an abbreviation for “base pairs”.
- microwell generally refers to a well with a volume of less than 1 mL. Microwells may be made in various volumes, depending on the application. For example, microwells may be made in a size appropriate to accommodate any of the partition volumes described herein.
- partition may be a verb or a noun.
- the term When used as a verb (e.g., “to partition,” or “partitioning”), the term generally refers to the fractionation (e.g., subdivision) of a species or sample (e.g., a polynucleotide) between vessels that can be used to sequester one fraction (or subdivision) from another. Such vessels are referred to using the noun “partition.” Partitioning may be performed, for example, using microfluidics, dilution, dispensing, and the like.
- a partition may be, for example, a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a bead, a surface of a bead in dilute solution, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample from another.
- a partition may also comprise another partition.
- polynucleotide or “nucleic acid,” as used herein, generally refer to molecules comprising a plurality of nucleotides.
- exemplary polynucleotides include deoxyribonucleic acids, ribonucleic acids, and synthetic analogues thereof, including peptide nucleic acids.
- species generally refers to any substance that can be used with the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure.
- species include reagents, analytes, cells, chromosomes, tagging molecules or groups of molecules, barcodes, and any sample comprising any of these species. Any suitable species may be used, as more fully discussed elsewhere in this disclosure.
- Barcodes may be of a variety of different formats, including polynucleotide barcodes. Depending upon the specific application, barcodes may be attached to polynucleotide fragments in a reversible or irreversible manner. Additionally, barcodes may allow for identification and/or quantification of individual polynucleotide fragments during sequencing.
- Barcodes may be loaded into partitions so that one or more barcodes are introduced into a particular partition.
- each partition may contain a different set of barcodes. This may be accomplished by directly dispensing the barcodes into the partitions, or by placing the barcodes within a partition that is contained within another partition.
- the barcodes may be loaded into the partitions at an expected or predicted ratio of barcodes per species to be barcoded (e.g., polynucleotide fragment, strand of polynucleotide, cell, etc.). In some cases, the barcodes are loaded into partitions such that about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species. In some cases, the barcodes are loaded into partitions such that more than about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species.
- an expected or predicted ratio of barcodes per species to be barcoded e.g., polynucleotide fragment, strand of polynucleotide, cell, etc.
- the barcodes are loaded into partitions such that about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1,
- the barcodes are loaded in the partitions so that less than about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species.
- barcodes may be copies of the same barcode, or may be different barcodes.
- the attachment process may be designed to attach multiple identical barcodes to a single polynucleotide fragment, or multiple different barcodes to the polynucleotide fragment.
- the methods provided herein may comprise loading a partition with the reagents necessary for the attachment of barcodes to polynucleotide fragments.
- reagents including restriction enzymes, ligase enzymes, buffers, adapters, barcodes and the like may be loaded into a partition.
- reagents including primers, DNA polymerases, dNTPs, buffers, barcodes and the like may be loaded into a partition.
- transposon-mediated barcoding e.g., NEXTERA
- reagents including a transposome i.e., transposase and transposon end complex
- buffers i.e., buffers, and the like
- reagents including a MALBAC primer, buffers, and the like may be loaded into a partition. As described throughout this disclosure, these reagents may be loaded directly into the partition, or via another partition.
- Barcodes may be ligated to a polynucleotide fragment using sticky or blunt ends. Barcoded polynucleotide fragments may also be generated by amplifying a polynucleotide fragment with primers comprising barcodes. In some cases, MALBAC amplification of the polynucleotide fragment may be used to generate a barcoded polynucleotide fragment. A primer used for MALBAC may or may not comprise a barcode. In cases where a MALBAC primer does not comprise a barcode, the barcode may be added to MALBAC amplification products by other amplification methods, such as, for example, PCR. Barcoded polynucleotide fragments may also be generated using transposon-mediated methods. As with any other species discussed in this disclosure, these modules may be contained within the same or different partitions, depending on the needs of the assay or process.
- barcodes may be assembled combinatorially, from smaller components designed to assemble in a modular format.
- three modules, 1A, 1B, and 1C may be combinatorially assembled to produce barcode 1ABC.
- Such combinatorial assembly may significantly reduce the cost of synthesizing a plurality of barcodes.
- barcodes may be combinatorially assembled by mixing two oligonucleotides and hybridizing them to produce annealed or partially annealed oligonucleotides (e.g., forked adapters). These barcodes may comprise an overhang of one or more nucleotides, in order to facilitate ligation with polynucleotide fragments that are to be barcoded. In some cases, the 5′ end of the antisense strand may be phosphorylated in order to ensure double-stranded ligation.
- modules may be assembled by, for example, mixing oligonucleotides A and B, A and C, A and D, B and C, B, and D, and so on.
- the annealed oligonucleotides may also be synthesized as a single molecule with a hairpin loop that may be cut after ligation to the polynucleotide to be barcoded.
- attachment of polynucleotides to each other may rely on hybridization-compatible overhangs.
- the hybridization between A and T is often used to ensure ligation compatibility between fragments.
- an A overhang may be created by treatment with an enzyme, such as a Taq polymerase.
- a restriction enzyme may be used to create a cleavage product with a single base 3′ overhang which may be, for example, A or T.
- restriction enzymes that leave a single base 3′ overhang include MnII, HphI, Hpy188I, HpyAV, HpyCH4III, MboII, BciVI, BmrI, AhdI, and XcmI.
- different overhangs e.g., 5′ overhangs, overhangs of greater than a single base
- Additional restriction enzymes that may be used to generate overhangs include BfuCl, Tag ⁇ I, BbVI, Bccl, BceAl, BcoDI, BsmAI, and BsmFI.
- this disclosure provides methods for the generation of partitioned barcode libraries and libraries produced according to such methods.
- the methods provided herein combine random synthesis of DNA sequences, separation into partitions, amplification of separated sequences, and isolation of amplified separated sequences to provide a library of barcodes contained within partitions.
- the methods described herein utilize random methods of polynucleotide synthesis, including random methods of DNA synthesis.
- any combination of A, C, G, and/or T may be added to a coupling step so that each type of base in the coupling step is coupled to a subset of the product. If A, C, G, and T are present at equivalent concentrations, approximately one-quarter of the product will incorporate each base. Successive coupling steps, and the random nature of the coupling reaction, enable the generation of 4 n possible sequences, where n is the number of bases in the polynucleotide.
- any suitable synthetic bases may also be used with the invention.
- the bases included in each coupling step may be altered in order to synthesize a preferred product.
- the number of bases present in each coupling step may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more.
- the number of bases present in each coupling step may be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more.
- the number of bases present in each coupling step may be less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
- the concentration of the individual bases may also be altered in order to synthesize the preferred product.
- any base may be present at a concentration of about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base.
- any base may be present at a concentration of at least about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base.
- any base may be present at a concentration of less than about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base.
- the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be any suitable length, depending on the application. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more nucleotides. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be at least 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more nucleotides. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be less than 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or nucleotides.
- the library is defined by the number of members.
- a library may comprise about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*10 11 , or 1.09951*10 12 members.
- a library may comprise at least about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*10 11 , or 1.09951*10 12 members.
- a library may comprise less than about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*10 11 , or 1.09951*10 12 members.
- the library is a barcode library.
- a barcode library may comprise at least about 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, 2500000, 5000000, 10000000, 25000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcode sequences.
- the random barcode libraries may also comprise other polynucleotide sequences.
- these other polynucleotide sequences are non-random in nature and include, for example, primer binding sites, annealing sites for the generation of forked adapters, immobilization sequences, and regions that enable annealing with a target polynucleotide sequence, and thus barcoding of the polynucleotide sequence.
- the polynucleotides are partitioned into separate compartments to generate a library of partitioned polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences. Any suitable method of separation and any suitable partition or partitions within partitions may be used.
- partitioning is performed by diluting the mixture of polynucleotides comprising random barcode sequences such that a particular volume of the dilution contains, on average, less than a single polynucleotide. The particular volume of the dilution may then be transferred to a partition. In any plurality of partitions, each partition is therefore likely to have one or zero polynucleotide molecules.
- a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, or more molecules. In some cases a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises at least about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, or more molecules. In some cases a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises less than about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, or 2 molecules.
- about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules. In some cases, at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules. In some cases, less than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules.
- about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides. In some cases, at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides. In some cases, less than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides.
- a partition is a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a surface of a bead, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample from another.
- a partition includes a bead, a primer for amplification may be attached to the bead. Partitions are described in greater detail elsewhere in this disclosure.
- the polynucleotides partitioned as described above are then amplified in order to generate sufficient material for barcoding of a target polynucleotide sequence.
- Any suitable method of amplification may be utilized, including polymerase chain reaction (PCR), ligase chain reaction (LCR), helicase-dependent amplification, linear after the exponential PCR (LATE-PCR), asymmetric amplification, digital PCR, degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR (DOP-PCR), primer extension pre-amplification PCR (PEP-PCR), ligation mediated PCR, rolling circle amplification, multiple displacement amplification (MDA), and single primer isothermal amplification (SPIA), emulsion PCR (ePCR), ePCR including the use of a bead, ePCR including the use of a hydrogel, multiple annealing and looping-based amplification cycles (MALBAC), and combinations thereof MALBAC methods are described, for example, in Zong et al., Science
- amplification methods that generate single-stranded product may be preferred, for example.
- amplification methods that generate double-stranded products e.g., standard PCR
- an amplification method will exponentially amplify the partitioned polynucleotide.
- an amplification method will linearly amplify the partitioned polynucleotide.
- an amplification method will first exponentially and then linearly amplify a polynucleotide.
- a single type of amplification may be used to amplify polynucleotides or amplification may be completed with sequential steps of different types of amplification.
- ePCR may be combined with further rounds of ePCR or may be combined with a different type of amplification.
- Amplification is performed until a suitable amount of polynucleotide comprising a barcode is produced. In some cases, amplification may be performed for 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, or more cycles. In some cases, amplification may be performed for at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, or more cycles. In some cases, amplification may be performed for less than 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60 cycles.
- amplification may be performed until a certain amount of polynucleotide product is produced in each partition. In some cases, amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is about 10,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 500,000,000; 100,000,000; 50,000,000; 10,000,000; 5,000,000; 1,000,000; 500,000; 400,000; 300,000; 200,000; or 100,000 molecules. In some cases, amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is at least about 100,000; 200,000; 300,000; 400,000; 500,000; 1,000,000; 5,000,000; 10,000,000; 50,000,000; 100,000,000; 500,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; or 10,000,000,000 molecules.
- amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is less than about 10,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 500,000,000; 100,000,000; 50,000,000; 10,000,000; 5,000,000; 1,000,000; 500,000; 400,000; 300,000; 200,000; or 100,000 molecules.
- polynucleotides comprising barcodes are partitioned such that each partition contains, on average, less than one polynucleotide sequence. Therefore, in some cases, a fraction of the partitions will not contain a polynucleotide and therefore cannot contain an amplified polynucleotide. Thus, it may be desirable to separate partitions comprising polynucleotides from partitions not comprising polynucleotides.
- partitions comprising polynucleotides are separated from partitions not comprising polynucleotides using flow-based sorting methods capable of identifying partitions comprising polynucleotides.
- an indicator of the presence of a polynucleotide may be used in order to differentiate partitions comprising polynucleotides from those not comprising polynucleotides.
- a nucleic acid stain may be used to identify partition comprising polynucleotides.
- exemplary stains include intercalating dyes, minor-groove binders, major groove binders, external binders, and bis-intercalators.
- dyes include SYBR green, SYBR blue, DAPI, propidium iodide, SYBR gold, ethidium bromide, acridines, proflavine, acridine orange, acriflavine, fluorcoumanin, ellipticine, daunomycin, chloroquine, distamycin D, chromomycin, homidium, mithramycin, ruthenium polypyridyls, anthramycin, phenanthridines and acridines, ethidium bromide, propidium iodide, hexidium iodide, dihydroethidium, ethidium homodimer-1 and -2, ethidium monoazide, ACMA, indoles, imidazoles (e.g., Hoechst 33258, Hoechst 33342, Hoechst 34580 and DAPI), acridine orange (also capable
- isolation methods such as magnetic separation or sedimentation of particles may be used. Such methods may include, for example, a step of attaching a polynucleotide to be amplified, a primer corresponding to said polynucleotide to be amplified, and/or a polynucleotide product of amplification to a bead.
- attachment of a polynucleotide to be amplified, primer corresponding to said polynucleotide to be amplified, and/or a polynucleotide product to a bead may be via a photolabile linker, such as, for example, PC Amino C6.
- a photolabile linker In cases where a photolabile linker is used, light may be used to release a linked polynucleotide from the bead.
- the bead may be, for example, a magnetic bead or a latex bead.
- the bead may then enable separation by, for example, magnetic sorting or sedimentation. Sedimentation of latex particles may be performed, for example, by centrifugation in a liquid that is more dense than latex, such as glycerol. In some cases, density gradient centrifugation may be used.
- Beads may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size.
- the diameter of a bead may be about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a bead may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a bead may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a bead may have a diameter of about 0.001 ⁇ m to 1 mm, 0.01 ⁇ m to 900 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m.
- a differential charge between the partitions comprising polynucleotides and partitions not comprising polynucleotides may be used to isolate partitions comprising polynucleotides, for example by performing electrophoresis or dielectrophoresis on the partitions.
- partitions comprising polynucleotides may be isolated by flow fractionation, solvent extraction, differential melting (e.g., with nucleic acid probes), or freezing.
- Isolation of partitions comprising polynucleotides provides a library of partitioned polynucleotide barcodes with significant diversity while incurring only a one-time bulk synthesis expense.
- barcodes described in this disclosure can have a variety of structures.
- barcodes of this disclosure are a part of an adapter.
- an “adapter” is a structure used to enable attachment of a barcode to a target polynucleotide.
- An adapter may comprise, for example, a barcode, polynucleotide sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide, and functional sequences such as primer binding sites and immobilization regions.
- an adapter is a forked adapter.
- An example of a forked adapter is schematically depicted in FIG. 1 .
- two copies of a forked adapter structure 106 are depicted on opposite sides of a target polynucleotide 105 .
- Each forked adapter comprises a first immobilization region 101 , a second immobilization region 102 , a first sequencing primer region 103 , a second sequencing primer region 104 and a pair of partially complementary regions (within 103 and 104 ) that anneal to each other.
- Either the sequencing primer regions or immobilization regions may be used to immobilize the barcoded polynucleotides, for example, onto the surface of a bead.
- the sequencing primer regions may be used, for example, as annealing sites for sequencing primers.
- an overhang may be designed to enable compatibility with a target sequence.
- the pair of annealed polynucleotides 103 and 104 have a 3′-T overhang, which is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the target polynucleotide 105 .
- a barcode may be included in any suitable portion of a forked adapter. After attachment of the forked adapter comprising the barcode to the target sequence 105 , the sequencing primer regions 103 and 104 can be used to sequence the target polynucleotide.
- forked adapter structure includes those used in Illumina library preparations and NEBNext® Multiplex Oligos for Illumina available from New England BiolabsTM.
- non-forked adapters include those disclosed in Merriman et al., Electrophoresis, 33(23) 3397-3417 (2012), which is incorporated herein by reference, in its entirety.
- FIG. 2 illustrates three schematic examples of placement of barcode regions within the forked adapter depicted in FIG. 1 .
- a barcode 205 (BC 1 ) is placed within the first immobilization region 201 or between the first immobilization region 201 and the first sequencing primer region 203 .
- a barcode 206 (BC 2 ) is placed within or adjacent to the first sequencing primer region 203 .
- a barcode 207 (BC 3 ) is placed within the second immobilization region 202 or between the second immobilization region 202 and the second sequencing primer region 204 .
- FIG. 2 depicts barcodes on both ends of the target sequence, this is not necessary, as only one barcode per target sequence is sufficient for some applications. However, as described elsewhere in this disclosure, more than one barcode per target sequence may also be used.
- FIG. 3 provides exemplary sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO: 22) of two forked adapters ligated to opposite ends of a target polynucleotide (NNN) and shows barcode regions of each forked adapter at the sequence level (bolded, nucleotides 30-37, 71-77, 81-87, and 122-129).
- NNN target polynucleotide
- nucleotides 1-29 represent an immobilization region of the first forked adapter
- nucleotides 38-70 represent a sequencing primer region of the first forked adapter
- nucleotides 78-80 represent a target polynucleotide of arbitrary length
- nucleotides 88-120 represent a sequencing primer region of the second forked adapter
- nucleotides 129-153 represent an immobilization region of the second forked adapter.
- compositions, systems, devices, and kits of the disclosure may utilize the subdivision (partitioning) of certain species into separate partitions.
- a partition may be, for example, a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a surface of a bead, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample or a species.
- Partitions may be used to contain a species for further processing.
- a species is a polynucleotide analyte
- further processing may comprise cutting, ligating, and/or barcoding with species that are reagents.
- Any number of devices, systems or containers may be used to hold, support or contain partitions.
- a microwell plate may be used to hold, support, or contain partitions. Any suitable microwell plate may be used, for example microwell plates having 96, 384, or 1536 wells.
- Each partition may also contain, or be contained within any other suitable partition.
- a well, microwell, hole, a surface of a bead, or a tube may comprise a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase in an emulsion, a spot, a capsule, or any other suitable partition.
- a droplet may comprise a capsule, bead, or another droplet.
- a capsule may comprise a droplet, bead, or another capsule.
- a well or microwell comprises a plurality of droplets and a plurality of capsules.
- a capsule comprises a plurality of capsules and a plurality of droplets. All combinations of partitions are envisioned. Table 1 shows non-limiting examples of partitions that may be combined with each other.
- a partition may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions.
- a partition may comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions. In some cases, a partition may comprise less than 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions. In some cases, each partition may comprise 2-50, 2-20, 2-10, or 2-5 partitions.
- a partition may comprise any suitable species or mixture of species.
- a partition may comprise a reagent, an analyte, a sample, a cell, and combinations thereof.
- a partition comprising other partitions may comprise certain species in the same partitions and certain species in different partitions. Species may be distributed between any suitable partitions, depending on the needs of the particular process.
- any of the partitions in Table 1 may contain at least one first species and any of the partitions in Table 1 may contain at least one second species.
- the first species may be a reagent and the second species may be an analyte.
- a species is a polynucleotide isolated from a cell.
- polynucleotides e.g., genomic DNA, RNA, etc.
- the polynucleotide may be quantified.
- the quantified polynucleotide may then be partitioned into a plurality of partitions as described herein.
- the partitioning of the polynucleotide may be performed at a predetermined coverage amount, according to the quantification and the needs of the assay.
- all or most (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%) of the partitions do not comprise polynucleotides that overlap, such that separate mixtures of non-overlapping fragments are formed across the plurality of partitions.
- the partitioned polynucleotides may then be treated according to any suitable method known in the art or described in this disclosure.
- the partitioned polynucleotides may be fragmented, amplified, barcoded, and the like.
- Species may be partitioned using a variety of methods. For example, species may be diluted and dispensed across a plurality of partitions. A terminal dilution of a medium comprising species may be performed such that the number of partitions exceeds the number of species. Dilution may also be used prior to forming an emulsion or capsules, or prior to spotting a species on a substrate.
- the ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000.
- the ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be at least about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000.
- the ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be less than about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000.
- the ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may range from about 0.1-10, 0.5-10, 1-10, 2-10, 10-100, 100-1000, or more.
- Partitioning may also be performed using piezoelectric droplet generation (e.g., Bransky et al., Lab on a Chip, 2009, 9, 516-520) or surface acoustic waves (e.g., Demirci and Montesano, Lab on a Chip, 2007, 7, 1139-1145).
- piezoelectric droplet generation e.g., Bransky et al., Lab on a Chip, 2009, 9, 516-520
- surface acoustic waves e.g., Demirci and Montesano, Lab on a Chip, 2007, 7, 1139-1145.
- the number of partitions employed may vary depending on the application.
- the number of partitions may be about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, or 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000, or more.
- the number of partitions may be at least about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000, or more.
- the number of partitions may be less than about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000.
- the number of partitions may be about 5-10000000, 5-5000000, 5-1,000,000, 10-10,000, 10-5,000, 10-1,000, 1,000-6,000, 1,000-5,000, 1,000-4,000, 1,000-3,000, or 1,000-2,000.
- the number of different barcodes or different sets of barcodes that are partitioned may vary depending upon, for example, the particular barcodes to be partitioned and/or the application. Different sets of barcodes may be, for example, sets of identical barcodes where the identical barcodes differ between each set. Or different sets of barcodes may be, for example, sets of different barcodes, where each set differs in its included barcodes.
- less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes or different sets of barcodes may be partitioned. In some examples, about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 barcodes may be partitioned.
- Barcodes may be partitioned at a particular density. For example, barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that identical barcodes are partitioned at a particular density.
- identical barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 identical barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more identical barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 identical barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 identical barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that different barcodes are partitioned at a particular density. For example, different barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more different barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 different barcodes per partition.
- the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may vary, for example, depending on the application and/or the number of different barcodes to be partitioned.
- the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, or 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000 or more.
- the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be at least about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000 or more.
- the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be less than about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, or 20000000.
- the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be about 5-10000000, 5-5000000, 5-1,000,000, 10-10,000, 10-5,000, 10-1,000, 1,000-6,000, 1,000-5,000, 1,000-4,000, 1,000-3,000, or 1,000-2,000.
- different barcodes or different sets of barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition comprises a different barcode or different barcode set.
- each partition may comprise a different set of identical barcodes.
- the number of identical barcodes per partition may vary. For example, about 100,000 or more different sets of identical barcodes may be partitioned across about 100,000 or more different partitions, such that each partition comprises a different set of identical barcodes. In each partition, the number of identical barcodes per set of barcodes may be about 1,000,000 identical barcodes.
- the number of different sets of barcodes may be equal to or substantially equal to the number of partitions. Any suitable number of different barcodes or different barcode sets (including numbers of different barcodes or different barcode sets to be partitioned described elsewhere herein), number of barcodes per partition (including numbers of barcodes per partition described elsewhere herein), and number of partitions (including numbers of partitions described elsewhere herein) may be combined to generate a diverse library of partitioned barcodes with high numbers of barcodes per partition.
- any of the above-described different numbers of barcodes may be provided with any of the above-described barcode densities per partition, and in any of the above-described numbers of partitions.
- the volume of the partitions may vary depending on the application.
- the volume of any of the partitions described in this disclosure e.g., wells, spots, droplets (e.g., in an emulsion), and capsules
- the volume of any of the partitions described in this disclosure may be about 1000 ⁇ l, 900 ⁇ l, 800 ⁇ l, 700 ⁇ l, 600 ⁇ l, 500 ⁇ l, 400 ⁇ l, 300 ⁇ l, 200 ⁇ l, 100 ⁇ l, 50 ⁇ l, 25 ⁇ l, 10 ⁇ l, 5 ⁇ l, 1 ⁇ l, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 mL, 1 mL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 p
- the volume of the partitions may be at least about 1000 ⁇ l, 900 ⁇ l, 800 ⁇ l, 700 ⁇ l, 600 ⁇ l, 500 ⁇ l, 400 ⁇ l, 300 ⁇ l, 200 ⁇ l, 100 ⁇ l, 50 ⁇ l, 25 ⁇ l, 10 ⁇ l, 5 ⁇ l, 1 ⁇ l, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 nL, 1 nL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 pL, 300 pL, 200 pL, 100 pL, 50 pL, 25 pL, 10 pL, 5 pL, 1 pL, 900 fL, 800 pL, 700 fL
- the volume of the partitions may be less than about 1000 ⁇ l, 900 ⁇ l, 800 ⁇ l, 700 ⁇ l, 600 ⁇ l, 500 ⁇ l, 400 ⁇ l, 300 ⁇ l, 200 ⁇ l, 100 ⁇ l, 50 ⁇ l, 25 ⁇ l, 10 ⁇ l, 5 ⁇ l, 1 ⁇ l, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 nL, 1 nL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 pL, 300 pL, 200 pL, 100 pL, 50 pL, 25 pL, 10 pL, 5 pL, 1 pL, 900 fL, 800 pL, 700 fL
- volume of fluid in different partitions may vary by at least (or at most) plus or minus 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500%, or 1000% across a set of partitions.
- a well or other partition
- a capture reagent e.g., an oligonucleotide probe
- a capture oligonucleotide may be immobilized or placed within a partition to capture specific species (e.g., polynucleotides).
- a capture oligonucleotide may be immobilized on the surface of a bead in order to capture a species comprising an oligonucleotide with a complementary sequence.
- Species may also be partitioned at a particular density. For example, species may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, or 1000000 species per partition. Species may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000 or more species per partition. Species may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, or 1000000 species per partition. Species may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, or 100000-1000000 species per partition.
- Species may be partitioned such that at least one partition comprises a species that is unique within that partition. This may be true for about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more of the partitions. This may be true for at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more of the partitions. This may be true for less than about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions.
- wells are used as partitions.
- the wells may be microwells.
- a well may comprise a medium comprising a species or plurality of species. Species may be contained within a well in various configurations.
- a species is dispensed directly into a well.
- a species dispensed directly into a well may be overlaid with a layer that is, for example, dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. This layer may be, for example, an oil, wax, membrane, or the like.
- the layer may be dissolved or melted prior to or after introduction of another species into the well.
- the well may be sealed at any point, with a sealing layer, for example after addition of any species.
- reagents for sample processing are dispensed directly into a well and overlaid with a layer that is dissolvable, meltable, or permeable.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced on top of the layer.
- the layer is dissolved or melted, or the analyte (or reagent) diffuses through the layer.
- the well is sealed and incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered.
- wells comprise other partitions.
- a well may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another well, a spot, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like.
- Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- a well comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing.
- a capsule may be loaded into a well using a liquid medium, or loaded into a well without a liquid medium (e.g., essentially dry).
- a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed may be introduced into the well.
- the well may be sealed and a stimulus may be applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the well, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the well may be incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the well, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the well and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- a well comprises an emulsion and the droplets of the emulsion comprise capsules comprising reagents for sample processing.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplets of the emulsion.
- the well is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsules into the droplets, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the well is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in a droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- Wells may be arranged as an array, for example a microwell array. Based on the dimensions of individual wells and the size of the substrate, the well array may comprise a range of well densities. In some cases, the well density may be 10 wells/cm 2 , 50 wells/cm 2 , 100 wells/cm 2 , 500 wells/cm 2 , 1000 wells/cm 2 , 5000 wells/cm 2 , 10000 wells/cm 2 , 50000 wells/cm 2 , or 100000 wells/cm 2 .
- the well density may be at least 10 wells/cm 2 , 50 wells/cm 2 , 100 wells/cm 2 , 500 wells/cm 2 , 1000 wells/cm 2 , 5000 wells/cm 2 , 10000 wells/cm 2 , 50000 wells/cm 2 , or 100000 wells/cm 2 .
- the well density may be less than 10 wells/cm 2 , 50 wells/cm 2 , 100 wells/cm 2 , 500 wells/cm 2 , 1000 wells/cm 2 , 5000 wells/cm 2 , 10000 wells/cm 2 , 50000 wells/cm 2 , or 100000 wells/cm 2 .
- spots are used as partitions.
- a spot may be made, for example, by dispensing a substance on a surface. Species may be contained within a spot in various configurations.
- a species is dispensed directly into a spot by including the species in the medium used to form the spot.
- a species dispensed directly onto a spot may be overlaid with a layer that is, for example, dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. This layer may be, for example, an oil, wax, membrane, or the like. The layer may be dissolved or melted prior to or after introduction of another species onto the spot.
- the spot may be sealed at any point, for example after addition of any species, by an overlay.
- reagents for sample processing are dispensed directly onto a spot, for example on a glass slide, and overlaid with a layer that is dissolvable, meltable, or permeable.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced on top of the layer.
- the layer is dissolved or melted, or the analyte (or reagent) diffuses through the layer.
- the spot is sealed and incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered.
- spots may also be arranged within a well.
- a plurality of spots may be arranged within a well such that the contents of each spot do not mix.
- Such a configuration may be useful, for example, when it is desirable to prevent species from contacting each other.
- a well may comprise 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more spots.
- a well may comprise at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more spots.
- a well may comprise less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 spots.
- a well may comprise 2-4, 2-6, 2-8, 4-6, 4-8, 5-10, or 4-12 spots.
- a substance e.g., a medium containing an analyte
- the species in the spot may mix.
- using separate spots to contain different species (or combinations of species) may also be useful to prevent cross-contamination of devices used to place the spots inside the well.
- spots comprise other partitions.
- a spot may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another spot a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like.
- Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- a spot comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing.
- a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced into the spot.
- the spot is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the spot, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the spot is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the spot, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the spot and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- a spot comprises an emulsion and the droplets of the emulsion comprise capsules comprising reagents for sample processing.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplets of the emulsion.
- the spot is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsules into the droplets, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the spot is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in a droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- Spots may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size.
- the diameter of a spot may be about 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm.
- a spot may have a diameter of at least about 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, 1 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm.
- a spot may have a diameter of less than about 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, 1 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm.
- a spot may have a diameter of about 0.1 ⁇ m to 1 cm, 100 ⁇ m to 1 mm, 100 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m.
- Spots may be arranged as an array, for example a spot array. Based on the dimensions of individual spots and the size of the substrate, the spot array may comprise a range of spot densities. In some cases, the spot density may be 10 spots/cm 2 , 50 spots/cm 2 , 100 spots/cm 2 , 500 spots/cm 2 , 1000 spots/cm 2 , 5000 spots/cm 2 , 10000 spots/cm 2 , 50000 spots/cm 2 , or 100000 spots/cm 2 .
- the spot density may be at least 10 spots/cm 2 , 50 spots/cm 2 , 100 spots/cm 2 , 500 spots/cm 2 , 1000 spots/cm 2 , 5000 spots/cm 2 , 10000 spots/cm 2 , 50000 spots/cm 2 , or 100000 spots/cm 2 . In some cases, the spot density may be less than 10 spots/cm 2 , 50 spots/cm 2 , 100 spots/cm 2 , 500 spots/cm 2 , 1000 spots/cm 2 , 5000 spots/cm 2 , 10000 spots/cm 2 , 50000 spots/cm 2 , or 100000 spots/cm 2 .
- the droplets in an emulsion are used as partitions.
- An emulsion may be prepared, for example, by any suitable method, including methods known in the art. (See e.g., Weizmann et al., Nature Methods, 2006, 3(7):545-550; Weitz et al. U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0211084).
- water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions may be used. These emulsions may incorporate fluorosurfactants such as oligomeric perfluorinated polyethers (PFPE) with polyethylene glycol (PEG). (Holtze et al., Lab on a Chip, 2008, 8(10):1632-1639).
- PFPE oligomeric perfluorinated polyethers
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- monodisperse emulsions may be formed in a microfluidic flow focusing device. (Garstecki et al., Applied Physics Letters, 2004, 85(13
- a species may be contained within a droplet in an emulsion containing, for example, a first phase (e.g., oil or water) forming the droplet and a second (continuous) phase (e.g., water or oil).
- a first phase e.g., oil or water
- a second phase e.g., water or oil
- An emulsion may be a single emulsion, for example, a water-in-oil or an oil-in-water emulsion.
- An emulsion may be a double emulsion, for example a water-in-oil-in-water or an oil-in-water-in-oil emulsion. Higher-order emulsions are also possible.
- the emulsion may be held in any suitable container, including any suitable partition described in this disclosure.
- droplets in an emulsion comprise other partitions.
- a droplet in an emulsion may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like.
- Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- a droplet in an emulsion comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing.
- a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions.
- a sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplet.
- a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the droplet, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the droplet is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- the droplets in an emulsion may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size.
- the diameter of a droplet in an emulsion may be about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a droplet may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a droplet may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a droplet may have a diameter of about 0.001 ⁇ m to 1 mm, 0.01 ⁇ m to 900 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m.
- Droplets in an emulsion also may have a particular density.
- the droplets are less dense than an aqueous fluid (e.g., water); in some cases, the droplets are denser than an aqueous fluid.
- the droplets are less dense than a non-aqueous fluid (e.g., oil); in some cases, the droplets are denser than a non-aqueous fluid.
- Droplets may have a density of about 0.05 g/cm 3 , 0.1 g/cm 3 , 0.2 g/cm 3 , 0.3 g/cm 3 , 0.4 g/cm 3 , 0.5 g/cm 3 , 0.6 g/cm 3 , 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.96 g/
- Droplets may have a density of at least about 0.05 g/cm 3 , 0.1 g/cm 3 , 0.2 g/cm 3 , 0.3 g/cm 3 , 0.4 g/cm 3 , 0.5 g/cm 3 , 0.6 g/cm 3 , 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.96
- droplet densities may be at most about 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.96 g/cm 3 , 0.97 g/cm 3 , 0.98 g/cm 3 , 0.99 g/cm 3 , 1.00 g/cm 3 , 1.05 g/cm 3 , 1.1 g/cm 3 ,
- capsules are used as partitions.
- a capsule may be prepared by any suitable method, including methods known in the art, including emulsification polymerization (Weitz et al. (U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0211084)), layer-by-layer assembly with polyelectrolytes, coacervation, internal phase separation, and flow focusing. Any suitable species may be contained within a capsule.
- the capsule may be held in any suitable container, including any suitable partition described in this disclosure.
- capsules comprise other partitions.
- a capsule may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another capsule, a droplet in an emulsion, a bead, and the like.
- Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- an outer capsule comprises an inner capsule.
- the inner capsule comprises reagents for sample processing.
- An analyte is encapsulated in the medium between the inner capsule and the outer capsule.
- a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the inner capsule into the outer capsule, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed.
- the outer capsule is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered.
- Capsules may be pre-formed and filled with reagents by injection.
- the picoinjection methods described in Abate et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2010, 107(45), 19163-19166) and Weitz et al. (U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0132288) may be used to introduce reagents into the interior of capsules described herein.
- the picoinjection will be performed prior to the hardening of the capsule shell, for example by injecting species into the interior of a capsule precursor, such as a droplet of an emulsion, before formation of the capsule shell.
- Capsules may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size.
- the diameter of a capsule may be about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a capsule may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a capsule may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 ⁇ m, 0.01 ⁇ m, 0.05 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 50 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m, 200 ⁇ m, 300 ⁇ m, 400 ⁇ m, 500 ⁇ m, 600 ⁇ m, 700 ⁇ m, 800 ⁇ m, 900 ⁇ m, or 1 mm.
- a capsule may have a diameter of about 0.001 ⁇ m to 1 mm, 0.01 ⁇ m to 900 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m, 100 ⁇ m to 600 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m, 150 ⁇ m to 300 ⁇ m, or 150 ⁇ m to 400 ⁇ m.
- Capsules also may have a particular density.
- the capsules are less dense than an aqueous fluid (e.g., water); in some cases, the capsules are denser than an aqueous fluid.
- the capsules are less dense than a non-aqueous fluid (e.g., oil); in some cases, the capsules are denser than a non-aqueous fluid.
- Capsules may have a density of about 0.05 g/cm 3 , 0.1 g/cm 3 , 0.2 g/cm 3 , 0.3 g/cm 3 , 0.4 g/cm 3 , 0.5 g/cm 3 , 0.6 g/cm 3 , 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.96
- Capsules may have a density of at least about 0.05 g/cm 3 , 0.1 g/cm 3 , 0.2 g/cm 3 , 0.3 g/cm 3 , 0.4 g/cm 3 , 0.5 g/cm 3 , 0.6 g/cm 3 , 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 ,
- capsule densities may be at most about 0.7 g/cm 3 , 0.8 g/cm 3 , 0.81 g/cm 3 , 0.82 g/cm 3 , 0.83 g/cm 3 , 0.84 g/cm 3 , 0.85 g/cm 3 , 0.86 g/cm 3 , 0.87 g/cm 3 , 0.88 g/cm 3 , 0.89 g/cm 3 , 0.90 g/cm 3 , 0.91 g/cm 3 , 0.92 g/cm 3 , 0.93 g/cm 3 , 0.94 g/cm 3 , 0.95 g/cm 3 , 0.96 g/cm 3 , 0.97 g/cm 3 , 0.98 g/cm 3 , 0.99 g/cm 3 , 1.00 g/cm 3 , 1.05 g/cm 3 , 1.1 g/cm 3 , 1.2
- capsules may be produced by flow focusing.
- Flow focusing is a method whereby a first fluid that is immiscible with a second fluid is flowed into the second fluid.
- a first (e.g., aqueous) fluid comprising a monomer, crosslinker, initiator, and aqueous surfactant 1201 is flowed into a second (e.g., oil) fluid comprising a surfactant and an accelerator 1202 .
- a droplet of first fluid breaks off from the first fluid stream and a capsule shell begins to form 1204 due to the mixing of the monomer, crosslinker, and initiator in the first fluid and the accelerator in the second fluid.
- a capsule is formed.
- the shell becomes thicker due to increased exposure to the accelerator. Varying the concentrations of the reagents may also be used to vary the thickness and permeability of the capsule shell.
- a species, or other partition such as a droplet may be encapsulated by, for example, including the species in the first fluid. Including the species in the second fluid may embed the species in the shell of the capsule.
- the phases may also be reversed—i.e., the first phase may be an oil phase and the second phase may be an aqueous phase.
- capsules within capsules may be produced by flow focusing.
- a first (e.g., aqueous) fluid comprising a capsule, monomer, crosslinker, initiator, and aqueous surfactant 1301 is flowed into a second (oil) fluid comprising a surfactant and an accelerator 1302 .
- a droplet of first fluid breaks off from the first fluid stream and a second capsule shell begins to form around the capsule 1304 due to the mixing of the monomer, crosslinker, and initiator in the first fluid and the accelerator in the second fluid.
- a capsule within a capsule is formed.
- the shell becomes thicker due to increased exposure to the accelerator. Varying the concentrations of the reagents may also be used to vary the thickness and permeability of the second capsule shell.
- a species may be encapsulated by, for example, including the species in the first fluid. Including the species in the second fluid may embed the species in the second shell of the capsule.
- the phases may also be reversed—i.e., the first phase may be an oil phase and the second phase may be an aqueous phase.
- capsules may be produced in batch, using capsule precursors, such as the droplets in an emulsion.
- Capsule precursors may be formed by any suitable method, for example by producing an emulsion with droplets comprising a monomer, a crosslinker, an initiator, and a surfactant.
- An accelerator may then be added to the medium, resulting in the formation of capsules.
- the thickness of the shell can be varied by varying the concentrations of the reactants, and the time of exposure to the accelerator.
- the capsules may then be washed and recovered.
- a species, including other partitions may be encapsulated within the capsule or, if suitable, within the shell.
- the droplets of an emulsion may be exposed to an accelerator that is present in an outlet well during the emulsion generation process.
- capsule precursors may be formed by any suitable method, such as the flow focusing method illustrated in FIG. 12 .
- the accelerator may be included in a medium located at the exit of the T-junction (e.g., a medium located at the far-right of the horizontal channel of FIG. 12 .
- the emulsion droplets i.e., capsule precursors
- the medium comprising the accelerator i.e., the outlet medium.
- the capsule precursor has a density that is less than the density of outlet medium, the capsule precursors will rise through the medium, ensuring convectional and diffusional exposure to the accelerator and reducing the likelihood of polymerization at the outlet of the channel.
- a species can be, for example, any substance used in sample processing, such as a reagent or an analyte.
- Exemplary species include whole cells, chromosomes, polynucleotides, organic molecules, proteins, polypeptides, carbohydrates, saccharides, sugars, lipids, enzymes, restriction enzymes, ligases, polymerases, barcodes, adapters, small molecules, antibodies, fluorophores, deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs), dideoxynucleotide triphosphates (ddNTPs), buffers, acidic solutions, basic solutions, temperature-sensitive enzymes, pH-sensitive enzymes, light-sensitive enzymes, metals, metal ions, magnesium chloride, sodium chloride, manganese, aqueous buffer, mild buffer, ionic buffer, inhibitors, saccharides, oils, salts, ions, detergents, ionic detergents, non-
- a partition comprises a set of species that have a similar attribute (e.g., a set of enzymes, a set of minerals, a set of oligonucleotides, a mixture of different barcodes, a mixture of identical barcodes).
- a partition comprises a heterogeneous mixture of species.
- the heterogeneous mixture of species comprises all components necessary to perform a particular reaction.
- such mixture comprises all components necessary to perform a reaction, except for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more components necessary to perform the reaction.
- additional components are contained within a different partition or within a solution within or surrounding a partition.
- a species may be naturally-occurring or synthetic.
- a species may be present in a sample obtained using any methods known in the art.
- a sample may be processed before analyzing it for an analyte.
- a species may be obtained from any suitable location, including from organisms, whole cells, cell preparations and cell-free compositions from any organism, tissue, cell, or environment.
- a species may be obtained from environmental samples, biopsies, aspirates, formalin fixed embedded tissues, air, agricultural samples, soil samples, petroleum samples, water samples, or dust samples.
- a species may be obtained from bodily fluids which may include blood, urine, feces, serum, lymph, saliva, mucosal secretions, perspiration, central nervous system fluid, vaginal fluid, or semen.
- Species may also be obtained from manufactured products, such as cosmetics, foods, personal care products, and the like.
- Species may be the products of experimental manipulation including, recombinant cloning, polynucleotide amplification, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification, purification methods (such as purification of genomic DNA or RNA), and synthesis reactions.
- PCR polymerase chain reaction
- a species may quantified by mass.
- a species may be provided in a mass of about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 ⁇ g, 5 ⁇ g, 10 ⁇ g, 15 ⁇ g, or 20 ⁇ g.
- a species may be provided in a mass of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 ⁇ g, 5 ⁇ g, 10 ⁇ g, 15 ⁇ g, or 20 ⁇ g.
- a species may be provided in a mass of less than about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 ⁇ g, 5 ⁇ g, 10 ⁇ g, 15 ⁇ g, or 20 ⁇ g.
- a species may be provided in a mass ranging from about 1-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-200, 200-1000, 1000-10000 ng, 1-5 or 1-20 ⁇ g.
- amplification may be used to increase the quantity of a polynucleotide.
- Polynucleotides may also be quantified as “genome equivalents.”
- a genome equivalent is an amount of polynucleotide equivalent to one haploid genome of an organism from which the target polynucleotide is derived. For example, a single diploid cell contains two genome equivalents of DNA.
- Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount ranging from about 1-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, or 100000-1000000 genome equivalents.
- Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, or 1000000 genome equivalents.
- Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount less than about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, or 1000000 genome equivalents.
- Polynucleotides may also be quantified by the amount of sequence coverage provided.
- the amount of sequence coverage refers to the average number of reads representing a given nucleotide in a reconstructed sequence. Generally, the greater the number of times a region is sequenced, the more accurate the sequence information obtained.
- Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides a range of sequence coverage from about 0.1 ⁇ -10 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ -50 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ -100 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ -200 ⁇ , or 200 ⁇ -500 ⁇ .
- Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides at least about 0.1 ⁇ , 0.2 ⁇ , 0.3 ⁇ , 0.4 ⁇ , 0.5 ⁇ , 0.6 ⁇ , 0.7 ⁇ , 0.8 ⁇ , 0.9 ⁇ , 1.0 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 25 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ , 125 ⁇ , 150 ⁇ , 175 ⁇ , or 200 ⁇ sequence coverage. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides less than about 0.2 ⁇ , 0.3 ⁇ , 0.4 ⁇ , 0.5 ⁇ , 0.6 ⁇ , 0.7 ⁇ , 0.8 ⁇ , 0.9 ⁇ , 1.0 ⁇ , 5 ⁇ , 10 ⁇ , 25 ⁇ , 50 ⁇ , 100 ⁇ , 125 ⁇ , 150 ⁇ , 175 ⁇ , or 200 ⁇ sequence coverage.
- species are introduced into a partition either before or after a particular step.
- a lysis buffer reagent may be introduced into a partition following partitioning of a cellular sample into the partitions.
- reagents and/or partitions comprising reagents are introduced sequentially such that different reactions or operations occur at different steps.
- the reagents (or partitions comprising reagents) may be also be loaded at steps interspersed with a reaction or operation step.
- capsules comprising reagents for fragmenting molecules may be loaded into a well, followed by a fragmentation step, which may be followed by loading of capsules comprising reagents for ligating barcodes (or other unique identifiers, e.g., antibodies) and subsequent ligation of the barcodes to the fragmented molecules.
- reagents for fragmenting molecules e.g., nucleic acids
- a fragmentation step which may be followed by loading of capsules comprising reagents for ligating barcodes (or other unique identifiers, e.g., antibodies) and subsequent ligation of the barcodes to the fragmented molecules.
- the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure may be used to process a sample containing a species, for example an analyte. Any suitable process can be performed.
- the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure may be used for polynucleotide fragmentation. Fragmentation of polynucleotides is used as a step in a variety of methods, including polynucleotide sequencing.
- the size of the polynucleotide fragments typically described in terms of length (quantified by the linear number of nucleotides per fragment), may vary depending on the source of the target polynucleotide, the method used for fragmentation, and the desired application. A single fragmentation step or a plurality of fragmentation steps may be used.
- Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be about 1-10, 10-20, 20-50, 50-100, 50-200, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, 400-500, 500-1000, 1000-5000, 5000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-250000, or 250000-500000 nucleotides in length. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be at least about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, or more nucleotides in length. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be less than about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, nucleotides in length.
- Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of about 1-10, 10-20, 20-50, 50-100, 50-200, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, 400-500, 500-1000, 1000-5000, 5000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-250000, or 250000-500000 nucleotides. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of at least about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, or more nucleotides. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of less than about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, nucleotides.
- fragmentation may be performed through physical, mechanical or enzymatic methods.
- Physical fragmentation may include exposing a target polynucleotide to heat or to UV light.
- Mechanical disruption may be used to mechanically shear a target polynucleotide into fragments of the desired range.
- Mechanical shearing may be accomplished through a number of methods known in the art, including repetitive pipetting of the target polynucleotide, sonication (e.g., using ultrasonic waves), cavitation and nebulization.
- Target polynucleotides may also be fragmented using enzymatic methods. In some cases, enzymatic digestion may be performed using enzymes such as using restriction enzymes.
- this polynucleotide may be a target polynucleotide, such as a genome.
- this polynucleotide may be a fragment of a target polynucleotide which one wishes to further fragment.
- still further fragments may be still further fragmented.
- Any suitable polynucleotide may be fragmented according the methods described herein.
- Restriction enzymes may be used to perform specific or non-specific fragmentation of target polynucleotides.
- the methods of the present disclosure may use one or more types of restriction enzymes, generally described as Type I enzymes, Type II enzymes, and/or Type III enzymes.
- Type II and Type III enzymes are generally commercially available and well known in the art.
- Type II and Type III enzymes recognize specific sequences of nucleotide base pairs within a double stranded polynucleotide sequence (a “recognition sequence” or “recognition site”). Upon binding and recognition of these sequences, Type II and Type III enzymes cleave the polynucleotide sequence.
- cleavage will result in a polynucleotide fragment with a portion of overhanging single stranded DNA, called a “sticky end.” In other cases, cleavage will not result in a fragment with an overhang, creating a “blunt end.”
- the methods of the present disclosure may comprise use of restriction enzymes that generate either sticky ends or blunt ends.
- Restriction enzymes may recognize a variety of recognition sites in the target polynucleotide. Some restriction enzymes (“exact cutters”) recognize only a single recognition site (e.g., GAATTC). Other restriction enzymes are more promiscuous, and recognize more than one recognition site, or a variety of recognition sites. Some enzymes cut at a single position within the recognition site, while others may cut at multiple positions. Some enzymes cut at the same position within the recognition site, while others cut at variable positions.
- the present disclosure provides method of selecting one or more restriction enzymes to produce fragments of a desired length.
- Polynucleotide fragmentation may be simulated in silico, and the fragmentation may be optimized to obtain the greatest number or fraction of polynucleotide fragments within a particular size range, while minimizing the number or fraction of fragments within undesirable size ranges. Optimization algorithms may be applied to select a combination of two or more enzymes to produce the desired fragment sizes with the desired distribution of fragments quantities.
- a polynucleotide may be exposed to two or more restriction enzymes simultaneously or sequentially. This may be accomplished by, for example, adding more than one restriction enzyme to a partition, or by adding one restriction enzyme to a partition, performing the digestion, deactivating the restriction enzyme (e.g., by heat treatment) and then adding a second restriction enzyme. Any suitable restriction enzyme may be used alone, or in combination, in the methods presented herein.
- a species is a restriction enzyme that is a “rare-cutter.”
- the term “rare-cutter enzyme,” as used herein, generally refers to an enzyme with a recognition site that occurs only rarely in a genome.
- the size of restriction fragments generated by cutting a hypothetical random genome with a restriction enzyme may be approximated by 4 N , where N is the number of nucleotides in the recognition site of the enzyme. For example, an enzyme with a recognition site consisting of 7 nucleotides would cut a genome once every 4 7 bp, producing fragments of about 16,384 bp.
- rare-cutter enzymes have recognition sites comprising 6 or more nucleotides.
- a rare cutter enzyme may have a recognition site comprising or consisting of 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides.
- rare-cutter enzymes include NotI (GCGGCCGC), XmaIII (CGGCCG), SstII (CCGCGG), SalI (GTCGAC), NruI (TCGCGA), NheI (GCTAGC), Nb.BbvCI (CCTCAGC), BbvCI (CCTCAGC), AscI (GGCGCGCC), AsiSI (GCGATCGC), FseI (GGCCGGCC), Pad (TTAATTAA), PmeI (GTTTAAAC), SbfI (CCTGCAGG), SgrAI (CRCCGGYG), SwaI (ATTTAAAT), BspQI (GCTCTTC), SapI (GCTCTTC), SfiI (GGCCNNNNNGGCC) (SEQ ID NO: 27), CspCI (CAANNNNNGTGG) (SEQ ID NO: 28), Abs
- polynucleotides may be fragmented and barcoded at the same time.
- a transposase e.g., NEXTERA
- NEXTERA e.g., NEXTERA
- stimuli may be used to trigger the release of a species from a partition.
- a stimulus may cause disruption of the structure of a partition, such as the wall of a well, a component of a spot, the stability of a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), or the shell of a capsule.
- These stimuli are particularly useful in inducing a partition to release its contents.
- stimuli-responsiveness may be employed to release the contents of one partition (e.g., a partition responsive to the stimulus) into another partition (e.g., a partition not responsive to that stimulus, or less responsive to that stimulus).
- the contents of an inner capsule may be released into the contents of an outer capsule by applying a stimulus that dissolves the inner capsule, resulting in a capsule containing a mixed sample.
- a stimulus that dissolves the inner capsule resulting in a capsule containing a mixed sample.
- this embodiment is purely illustrative, and stimuli-responsiveness may be used to release the contents of any suitable partition into any other suitable partition, medium, or container (see, e.g., Table 1 for more specific examples of partitions within partitions).
- stimuli examples include chemical stimuli, bulk changes, biological stimuli, light, thermal stimuli, magnetic stimuli, addition of a medium to a well, and any combination thereof, as described more fully below. (See, e.g., Esser-Kahn et al., (2011) Macromolecules 44: 5539-5553; Wang et al., (2009) Chem Phys Chem 10:2405-2409.)
- Numerous chemical triggers may be used to trigger the disruption of partitions (e.g., Plunkett et al., Biomacromolecules, 2005, 6:632-637).
- Examples of these chemical changes may include, but are not limited to pH-mediated changes to the integrity of a component of a partition, disintegration of a component of a partition via chemical cleavage of crosslink bonds, and triggered depolymerization of a component of a partition.
- Bulk changes may also be used to trigger disruption of partitions.
- a change in pH of a solution may trigger disruption of a partition via a number of different mechanisms.
- the addition of acid may cause degradation or disassembly a portion of a partition through a variety of mechanisms.
- Addition of protons may disassemble cross-linking of polymers in a component of a partition, disrupt ionic or hydrogen bonds in a component of a partition, or create nanopores in a component of a partition to allow the inner contents to leak through to the exterior.
- a change in pH may also destabilize an emulsion, leading to release of the contents of the droplets.
- a partition is produced from materials that comprise acid-degradable chemical cross-linkers, such a ketals.
- a decrease in pH, particular to a pH lower than 5, may induce the ketal to convert to a ketone and two alcohols and facilitate disruption of the partition.
- the partitions may be produced from materials comprising one or more polyelectrolytes that are pH sensitive. A decrease in pH may disrupt the ionic- or hydrogen-bonding interactions of such partitions, or create nanopores therein.
- partitions made from materials comprising polyelectrolytes comprise a charged, gel-based core that expands and contracts upon a change of pH.
- Disruption of cross-linked materials comprising a partition can be accomplished through a number of mechanisms.
- a partition can be contacted with various chemicals that induce oxidation, reduction or other chemical changes.
- a reducing agent such as beta-mercaptoethanol
- enzymes may be added to cleave peptide bonds in materials forming a partition, thereby resulting in a loss of integrity of the partition.
- Depolymerization can also be used to disrupt partitions.
- a chemical trigger may be added to facilitate the removal of a protecting head group.
- the trigger may cause removal of a head group of a carbonate ester or carbamate within a polymer, which in turn causes depolymerization and release of species from the inside of a partition.
- a chemical trigger may comprise an osmotic trigger, whereby a change in ion or solute concentration in a solution induces swelling of a material used to make a partition. Swelling may cause a buildup of internal pressure such that a partition ruptures to release its contents. Swelling may also cause an increase in the pore size of the material, allowing species contained within the partition to diffuse out, and vice versa.
- a partition may also be made to release its contents via bulk or physical changes, such as pressure induced rupture, melting, or changes in porosity.
- Biological stimuli may also be used to trigger disruption of partitions.
- biological triggers resemble chemical triggers, but many examples use biomolecules, or molecules commonly found in living systems such as enzymes, peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, nucleic acids and the like.
- partitions may be made from materials comprising polymers with peptide cross-links that are sensitive to cleavage by specific proteases. More specifically, one example may comprise a partition made from materials comprising GFLGK (SEQ ID NO: 34) peptide cross links.
- GFLGK SEQ ID NO: 34
- partitions comprise a component comprising cellulose. Addition of the hydrolytic enzyme chitosan serves as biologic trigger for cleavage of cellulosic bonds, depolymerization of component of the partition comprising chitosan, and release of its inner contents.
- Partitions may also be induced to release their contents upon the application of a thermal stimulus.
- a change in temperature can cause a variety changes to a partition.
- a change in heat may cause melting of a partition such that a portion of the partition disintegrates, or disruption of an emulsion.
- heat may increase the internal pressure of the inner components of a partition such that the partition ruptures or explodes.
- heat may transform a partition into a shrunken dehydrated state. Heat may also act upon heat-sensitive polymers used as materials to construct partitions.
- a partition is made from materials comprising a thermo-sensitive hydrogel.
- a thermo-sensitive hydrogel Upon the application of heat, such as a temperature above 35 C, the hydrogel material shrinks. The sudden shrinkage of the material increases the pressure and ruptures the partition.
- a material used to produce a partition may comprise a diblock polymer, or a mixture of two polymers, with different heat sensitivities.
- One polymer may be particularly likely to shrink after the application of heat, while the other is more heat-stable. When heat is applied to such shell wall, the heat-sensitive polymer may shrink, while the other remains intact, causing a pore to form.
- a material used to produce a partition may comprise magnetic nanoparticles. Exposure to a magnetic field may cause the generation of heat, leading to rupture of the partition.
- Inclusion of magnetic nanoparticles in a material used to produce a partition may allow triggered rupture of the partition, as described above, as well as enable guidance of these partitions to other partitions (e.g., guidance of capsules to wells in an array).
- incorporation of Fe 3 O 4 nanoparticles into materials used to produce partitions triggers rupture in the presence of an oscillating magnetic field stimulus.
- a partition may also be disrupted as the result of electrical stimulation. Similar to the magnetic particles described in the previous section, electrically sensitive particles can allow for both triggered rupture of partitions, as well as other functions such as alignment in an electric field or redox reactions. In one example, partitions made from materials comprising electrically sensitive material are aligned in an electric field such that release of inner reagents can be controlled. In other examples, electric fields may induce redox reactions within a partition that may increase porosity.
- a light stimulus may also be used to disrupt the partitions.
- Numerous light triggers are possible and may include systems that use various molecules such as nanoparticles and chromophores capable of absorbing photons of specific ranges of wavelengths.
- metal oxide coatings can be used to produce certain partitions. UV irradiation of partitions coated with SiO2/TiO2 may result in disintegration of the partition wall.
- photo switchable materials such as azobenzene groups may be incorporated in the materials used to produce the partitions. Upon the application of UV or visible light, chemicals such as these undergo a reversible cis-to-trans isomerization upon absorption of photons. In this aspect, incorporation of photo switches results in disintegration of a portion of a partition, or an increase in porosity of a portion of a partition.
- the devices, methods, compositions, systems, and kits of this disclosure may be used in combination with any apparatus or device that provides such trigger or stimulus.
- a device may be used in combination with a heated or thermally controlled plate, which allows heating of the wells and may induce the rupture of capsules.
- Any of a number of methods of heat transfer may be used for thermal stimuli, including but not limited to applying heat by radiative heat transfer, convective heat transfer, or conductive heat transfer.
- the stimulus is a biological enzyme
- the enzyme may be injected into a device such that it is deposited into each well.
- a device may be used in combination with a magnetic or electric plate.
- Sequencing may be performed by any available technique. For example, sequencing may be performed by the classic Sanger sequencing method. Sequencing methods may also include: high-throughput sequencing, pyrosequencing, sequencing-by-synthesis, single-molecule sequencing, nanopore sequencing, sequencing-by-ligation, sequencing-by-hybridization, RNA-Seq (Illumina), Digital Gene Expression (Helicos), next generation sequencing, single molecule sequencing by synthesis (SMSS) (Helicos), massively-parallel sequencing, clonal single molecule Array (Solexa), shotgun sequencing, Maxim-Gilbert sequencing, primer walking, and any other sequencing methods known in the art.
- varying numbers of fragments are sequenced. For example, in some cases about 30%-90% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases, about 35%-85%, 40%-80%, 45%-75%, 50%-70%, 55%-65%, or 50%-60% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases less than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the fragments are sequenced.
- sequences from fragments are assembled to provide sequence information for a contiguous region of the original target polynucleotide that is longer than the individual sequence reads.
- Individual sequence reads may be about 10-50, 50-100, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, or more nucleotides in length.
- the identities of the barcode tags may serve to order the sequence reads from individual fragments as well as to differentiate between haplotypes. For example, during the partitioning of individual fragments, parental polynucleotide fragments may separated into different partitions. With an increase in the number of partitions, the likelihood of a fragment from both a maternal and paternal haplotype contained in the same partition becomes negligibly small. Thus, sequence reads from fragments in the same partition may be assembled and ordered.
- This disclosure also provides methods and compositions to prepare polynucleotide fragments in such a manner that may enable phasing or linkage information to be generated. Such information may allow for the detection of linked genetic variations in sequences, including genetic variations (e.g., SNPs, mutations, indels, copy number variations, transversions, translocations, inversions, etc.) that are separated by long stretches of polynucleotides.
- the term “indel” refers to a mutation resulting in a colocalized insertion and deletion and a net gain or loss in nucleotides.
- a “microindel” is an indel that results in a net gain or loss of 1 to 50 nucleotides.
- These variations may exist in either a cis or trans relationship. In a cis relationship, two or more genetic variations exist in the same polynucleotide or strand. In a trans relationship, two or more genetic variations exist on multiple polynucleotide molecules or strands.
- Methods provided herein may be used to determine polynucleotide phasing.
- a polynucleotide sample e.g., a polynucleotide that spans a given locus or loci
- the polynucleotide may then be fragmented, barcoded, and sequenced.
- the sequences may be examined for genetic variation.
- the detection of genetic variations in the same sequence tagged with two different bar codes may indicate that the two genetic variations are derived from two separate strands of DNA, reflecting a trans relationship.
- the detection of two different genetic variations tagged with the same bar codes may indicate that the two genetic variations are from the same strand of DNA, reflecting a cis relationship.
- Phase information may be important for the characterization of a polynucleotide fragment, particularly if the polynucleotide fragment is derived from a subject at risk of, having, or suspected of a having a particular disease or disorder (e.g., hereditary recessive disease such as cystic fibrosis, cancer, etc.).
- the information may be able to distinguish between the following possibilities: (1) two genetic variations within the same gene on the same strand of DNA and (2) two genetic variations within the same gene but located on separate strands of DNA.
- Possibility (1) may indicate that one copy of the gene is normal and the individual is free of the disease, while possibility (2) may indicate that the individual has or will develop the disease, particularly if the two genetic variations are damaging to the function of the gene when present within the same gene copy.
- the phasing information may also be able to distinguish between the following possibilities: (1) two genetic variations, each within a different gene on the same strand of DNA and (2) two genetic variations, each within a different gene but located on separate strands of DNA.
- Methods provided herein may also be used to prepare polynucleotides contained within cells in a manner that enables cell-specific information to be obtained.
- the methods enable detection of genetic variations (e.g., SNPs, mutations, indels, copy number variations, transversions, translocations, inversions, etc.) from very small samples, such as from samples comprising about 10-100 cells.
- about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein.
- at least about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein.
- at most about 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein.
- a method comprises partitioning a cellular sample (or crude cell extract) such that at most one cell (or extract of one cell) is present per partition, lysing the cells, fragmenting the polynucleotides contained within the cells by any of the methods described herein, attaching the fragmented polynucleotides to barcodes, pooling, and sequencing.
- the barcodes and other reagents may be contained within a partition (e.g., a capsule). These capsules may be loaded into another partition (e.g., a well) before, after, or concurrently with the loading of the cell, such that each cell is contacted with a different capsule.
- This technique may be used to attach a unique barcode to polynucleotides obtained from each cell.
- the resulting tagged polynucleotides may then be pooled and sequenced, and the barcodes may be used to trace the origin of the polynucleotides. For example, polynucleotides with identical barcodes may be determined to originate from the same cell, while polynucleotides with different barcodes may be determined to originate from different cells.
- the methods described herein may be used to detect the distribution of oncogenic mutations across a population of cancerous tumor cells.
- some tumor cells may have a mutation, or amplification, of an oncogene (e.g., HER2, BRAF, EGFR, KRAS) in both alleles (homozygous), others may have a mutation in one allele (heterozygous), and still others may have no mutation (wild-type).
- an oncogene e.g., HER2, BRAF, EGFR, KRAS
- the methods described herein may be used to detect these differences, and also to quantify the relative numbers of homozygous, heterozygous, and wild-type cells. Such information may be used, for example, to stage a particular cancer and/or to monitor the progression of the cancer and its treatment over time.
- this disclosure provides methods of identifying mutations in two different oncogenes (e.g., KRAS and EGFR). If the same cell comprises genes with both mutations, this may indicate a more aggressive form of cancer. In contrast, if the mutations are located in two different cells, this may indicate that the cancer is more benign, or less advanced.
- oncogenes e.g., KRAS and EGFR
- a sample may comprise a cell, mRNA, or cDNA reverse transcribed from mRNA.
- the sample may be a pooled sample, comprising extracts from several different cells or tissues, or a sample comprising extracts from a single cell or tissue.
- Cells may be placed directly into a partition (e.g., a microwell) and lysed. After lysis, the methods of the invention may be used to fragment and barcode the polynucleotides of the cell for sequencing. Polynucleotides may also be extracted from cells prior to introducing them into a partition used in a method of the invention. Reverse transcription of mRNA may be performed in a partition described herein, or outside of such a partition. Sequencing cDNA may provide an indication of the abundance of a particular transcript in a particular cell over time, or after exposure to a particular condition.
- a partition e.g., a microwell
- the methods of the invention may be used to fragment and barcode the polynucleotides of the cell for sequencing. Polynucleotides may also be extracted from cells prior to introducing them into a partition used in a method of the invention. Reverse transcription of mRNA may be performed in a partition described herein, or outside of such a partition. Sequencing
- the methods presented above provide several advantages over current polynucleotide processing methods.
- Second, the methods may be carried out in microfluidic devices, which have a low cost and can be easily fabricated.
- Third, the controlled fragmentation of the target polynucleotides allows the user to produce polynucleotide fragments with a defined and appropriate length. This aids in partitioning the polynucleotides and also reduces the amount of sequence information loss due to the present of overly-large fragments.
- the methods and systems also provide a facile workflow that maintains the integrity of the processed polynucleotide.
- the use of restriction enzymes enables the user to create DNA overhangs (“sticky ends”) that may be designed for compatibility with adapters and/or barcodes.
- compositions, systems, devices, and kits provided in this disclosure may be used to partition polynucleotides, including whole chromosomes, from cells.
- a single cell or a plurality of cells e.g., 2, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 25000, 50000, 100000, 500000, 1000000, or more cells
- lysis buffer and proteinase K e.g., 1, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 25000, 50000, 100000, 500000, 1000000, or more cells
- Utilization of a plurality of cells will enable polynucleotide phasing, for example, by partitioning each polynucleotide to be analyzed in its own partition.
- the cell lysate is partitioned, for example by flow focusing the cell lysate into a capsule. If phasing is to be performed, flow focusing is performed such that each capsule comprises only a single analyte (e.g., a single chromosome), or only a single copy of any particular chromosome (e.g., one copy of a first chromosome and one copy of a second chromosome). In some cases, a plurality of chromosomes may be encapsulated within the same capsule, so long as the chromosomes are not the same chromosome. The encapsulation is performed under gentle flow, to minimize shearing of the polynucleotides.
- flow focusing is performed such that each capsule comprises only a single analyte (e.g., a single chromosome), or only a single copy of any particular chromosome (e.g., one copy of a first chromosome and one copy of a second chro
- the capsule may be porous, to allow washing of the contents of the capsule, and introduction of reagents into the capsule, while maintaining the polynucleotides (e.g., chromosomes) within the capsules.
- the encapsulated polynucleotides e.g., chromosomes
- the capsule shells protect the encapsulated polynucleotides (e.g., chromosomes) from shearing and further degradation. Of course, this method can also be applied to any other cellular component.
- the capsule shell may be used to protect a polynucleotide from shearing.
- a capsule may also be used as a partition to enable compartmentalized shearing of a polynucleotide or other analyte.
- a polynucleotide may be encapsulated within a capsule and then subject to ultrasonic shear, or any other suitable shearing.
- the capsule shell may be configured to remain intact under the shear, while the encapsulated polynucleotide may be sheared, but will remain within the capsule.
- a hydrogel droplet may be used to accomplish the same end.
- Barcoding methods via amplification-based barcoding schemes in partitions described herein may be useful generating barcode libraries from degraded samples such as, for example, fixed formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tissue sections.
- Methods described herein may be capable of identifying that all amplicons within a partition originated from the same initial molecule. Indeed, with partition barcoding, information can be retained about a unique starting polynucleotide. Such identification may aid in determinations of library complexity as amplicons from different original molecules can be distinguished.
- methods described herein can permit assessing unique coverage which may aid in determining variant calling sensitivity. These advantages may be particularly useful in cancer mutation detection and forensics.
- Barcoding methods described herein may be useful in low polynucleotide input applications, such as, for example the sequencing of nucleic acids of circulating tumor cells (CTCs).
- CTCs circulating tumor cells
- MALBAC methods described herein within a partition may aid in obtaining good data quality in low polynucleotide input applications and/or aid in filtering out amplification errors.
- kits comprising reagents for the generation of partitions.
- the kit may comprise any suitable reagents and instructions for the generation of partitions and partitions within partitions.
- a kit comprises reagents for generating capsules within droplets in an emulsion.
- a kit may comprise reagents for generating capsules, reagents for generating an emulsion, and instructions for introducing the capsules into the droplets of the emulsion.
- any suitable species may be incorporated into the droplets and/or into the capsule.
- a kit of this disclosure may also provide any of these species, such as a polynucleotide comprising a barcode that is pre-partitioned.
- the capsule may be designed to release its contents into the droplets of the emulsion upon the application of a stimulus.
- a kit comprises reagents for generating capsules within capsules.
- a kit may comprise reagents for generating inner capsules, reagents for generating outer capsules, and instructions for generating capsules within capsules.
- any suitable species may be incorporated into the inner and/or outer capsules.
- a kit of this disclosure may also provide any of these species, such as a polynucleotide comprising a barcode that is pre-partitioned.
- the inner capsule may be designed to release its contents into the outer capsule upon the application of a stimulus.
- this disclosure provides devices comprising partitions for the processing of analytes.
- a device may be a microwell array, or a microspot array, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- a device may formed in a manner that it comprises any suitable partition.
- a device comprises a plurality of wells, or a plurality of spots.
- any partition in a device may also hold other partitions, such as a capsule, a droplet in an emulsion, and the like.
- a device may be formed from any suitable material.
- a device is formed from a material selected from the group consisting of fused silica, soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, poly(methyl methacrylate), sapphire, silicon, germanium, cyclic olefin copolymer, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, plastic, and combinations thereof.
- a device comprises channels for the flow of fluids into and between partitions. Any suitable channels may be used.
- a device may comprise a fluid inlet and a fluid outlet. The inlet and outlet may be attached to liquid handling devices to introduce species into the device. The device may be sealed, before or after introduction of any species.
- a device of this disclosure comprises a partition with an interior surface comprising a hydrophilic material.
- a surface exterior to the partitions comprises a hydrophobic material.
- a fluid flow path is coated with a hydrophobic or hydrophilic material.
- compositions, libraries, methods, devices, and kits described herein for a particular use or purpose, including the various applications, uses, and purposes described herein.
- the disclosure provides for the use of the compositions, methods, libraries, devices, and kits described herein in partitioning species, in partitioning oligonucleotides, in stimulus-selective release of species from partitions, in performing reactions (e.g., ligation and amplification reactions) in partitions, in performing nucleic acid synthesis reactions, in barcoding nucleic acid, in preparing polynucleotides for sequencing, in sequencing polynucleotides, in polynucleotide phasing, in sequencing polynucleotides from small numbers of cells, in analyzing gene expression, in partitioning polynucleotides from cells, in mutation detection, in neurologic disorder diagnostics, in diabetes diagnostics, in fetal aneuploidy diagnostics, in cancer mutation detection and forensics, in
- This example provides methods for the manufacture of forked adapters comprising barcode sequences compatible with next generation sequencing technologies (e.g., ILLUMINA).
- the barcode is placed in position 207 as depicted in FIG. 2 .
- a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 401 comprising a first immobilization region 402 , a barcode region 403 , and a first sequencing primer region 404 is synthesized.
- the barcode region 403 is a seven nucleotide random sequence synthesized by including equimolar concentrations of A, G, T, and C in each coupling step.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 401 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 0.1 polynucleotides.
- the droplets also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 401 , by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts) and a DNA intercalating dye (e.g., ethidium bromide).
- the reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification.
- the polynucleotides are amplified and the reaction proceeds through an exponential phase of amplification 410 , which produces double-stranded products 405 , and a linear phase amplification 411 , which produces single-stranded products 406 .
- the droplets are sorted on a fluorescence assisted cell sorter (FACS) 412 to collect droplets comprising amplified polynucleotides.
- FACS fluorescence assisted cell sorter
- a partially complementary universal sequence 407 is added to the partitions to generate a partially annealed fork structure 413 .
- Partially complementary universal sequence 407 comprises a second immobilization region 408 and a second sequencing primer region 409 , the latter of which comprises a T overhang that is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown).
- a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence (e.g., FIG. 4 : 401 ) comprising a first immobilization region 402 , a barcode region 403 , and a first sequencing primer region 404 is synthesized, partitioned, amplified, and sorted as described in Example 1, or by any other method described in this disclosure.
- Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence, to generate a plurality of capsules comprising a library of single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequences 406 , where each (or most) sequences in the library differ in the sequence of their respective barcode regions 403 .
- a library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides is generated.
- Mixture Z 1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE), and a partially complementary universal sequence (e.g., FIG. 4 : 407 ).
- a second mixture Z 2 comprises the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides, generated as described above and magnesium chloride in a concentration sufficient to activate the fragmentase enzyme.
- Mixture Z 1 , Z 2 , or both Z 1 and Z 2 also comprise T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase.
- FIG. 5 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above.
- the outer capsule 501 comprises an inner capsule 502 and medium 504 .
- the inner capsule 502 is one member of the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides.
- inner capsule 502 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 503 , which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as outer capsule 501 .
- the medium 504 contains the contents of mixtures Z 1 and Z 2 , described above. More specifically, medium 504 comprises target polynucleotide 505 , the partially complementary universal sequence 506 , and the enzyme mix 507 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers.
- the enzymes Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture inner capsule 502 , releasing its contents into outer capsule 501 . The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 503 hybridizes with the partially complementary universal sequence 506 , forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide.
- the thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating barcoded target polynucleotide.
- the outer capsule 501 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. Additional preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) may then be performed as needed prior to sequencing.
- mixture Z 1 comprises multiple versions of the partially complementary universal sequence 506 , where each version has its own sample-specific barcode.
- PCR can also be used to accomplish this step, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- a library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides is generated as described in Example 2, or by any other suitable method described in this disclosure.
- Target polynucleotides i.e., polynucleotides to be fragmented
- the capsules comprising the target polynucleotides are configured to withstand ultrasonic stress.
- the capsules comprising the target polynucleotides are exposed to ultrasonic stress (e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator) and the target polynucleotide is fragmented, generating fragmented target polynucleotide capsules.
- ultrasonic stress e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator
- a mixture Z 1 is prepared, comprising the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides (e.g., FIG. 4 : 406 ), the fragmented target polynucleotide capsules, a partially complementary universal sequence (e.g., FIG. 4 : 407 ), an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase), and appropriate buffers.
- a capsule within capsule is generated according to the method described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
- FIG. 6 illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the methods described above.
- the outer capsule 601 comprises a plurality of inner capsules 602 and 605 and medium 604 .
- the inner capsules 602 and 605 include capsules comprising single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides 603 and capsules comprising fragmented target polynucleotide 606 , respectively.
- Inner capsule 602 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 603 , which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as the fragmented polynucleotides 606 contained within inner capsules 605 .
- the medium 604 contains the contents of mixture Z 1 , described above. More specifically, medium 604 comprises a partially complementary universal sequence 607 , an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 608 , and appropriate buffers.
- an enzyme mixture T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase
- Inner capsules 605 comprising fragmented target polynucleotides 606 are exposed to a stimulus to rupture them and release their contents into the contents of outer capsule 601 .
- the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotides; the Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide.
- the T4 polymerase and Taq polymerase is then heat-inactivated and a stimulus is applied to release the contents of inner capsule 602 into outer capsule 601 .
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 603 hybridizes with the partially complementary universal sequence 607 , forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide.
- the thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating a barcoded target polynucleotide.
- the outer capsule 601 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced.
- Z 1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary universal sequence 607 .
- this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step.
- FIG. 7 provides an example of a product (or intermediate) that may be generated according to the methods of this example.
- a hairpin adapter 701 (SEQ ID NO: 2) is shown that can be used as a precursor to a forked-adapter as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- the hairpin adapter is synthesized as a single-stranded amplification product utilizing SPIA.
- the hairpin adapter 701 comprises a double-stranded region 702 , a 3′-T overhang for AT ligation 703 , and a region that can be cut by a restriction enzyme 704 (i.e., between positions 33 and 34 ).
- the hairpin adapter may comprise a barcode region and functional regions, such as immobilization regions and regions for annealing of sequencing primers.
- FIG. 8 a SEQ ID NOs: 3-4.
- the adapter is cut by introducing an oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the region to be cut and exposing the annealed adapter to a restriction enzyme. Ligation of the forked-adapter region depicted in FIG. 8 a to a target polynucleotide results in the structure depicted in FIG. 8 b (SEQ ID NOs: 5-6).
- FIG. 8 the underlined portions of the sequences in FIG.
- SEQ ID NOs: 5-6 are then amplified by polymerase chain reaction to produce SEQ ID NO: 7 (amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 5) and SEQ ID NO: 8 (amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 6), shown in FIG. 8 c .
- SEQ ID NO: 7 represents an amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 5 that adds a first immobilization sequence (underlined 5′ portion) and a second immobilization sequence (underlined 3′ portion) to SEQ ID NO: 5.
- SEQ ID NO: 8 represents an amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 6 that replaces the unhybridized portions of SEQ ID NO: 6 with different sequences (underlined 3′ portion and underlined 5′ portion). Additionally, SEQ ID NO: 8 includes a six nucleotide barcode (TAGTGC; bolded) within the 5′ unhybridized region of the polynucleotide.
- the amplification product therefore comprises barcoded target polynucleotide sequence (represented by 111), immobilization sequences, and a barcode.
- FIG. 9 a shows the forked-adapter in single-stranded format (SEQ ID NO: 11), where the single stranded format is capable of forming a hairpin structure. Cutting the hairpin structure at the position designated by the asterisk yields the forked adapter shown in FIG. 9 a.
- FIG. 9 c The template for the SPIA will be the sequence shown in FIG. 9 c (SEQ ID NO: 12).
- R represents a region of RNA.
- FIG. 9 d shows the hairpin structure formed by the sequence in FIG. 9 c .
- the sequence in FIG. 9 d (SEQ ID NO: 12) is treated with polymerase to add nucleotides to the 3′ end, generating the sequence shown in FIG. 9 e (SEQ ID NO: 13).
- the sequence in FIG. 9 e (SEQ ID NO: 13) is then treated with RNase H, which degrades RNA hybridized to DNA, yielding the sequence in FIG. 9 f (SEQ ID NO: 14).
- Strand displacement SPIA is then performed on SEQ ID NO: 14.
- the primer in the strand displacement amplification is of the form RRRRRRRRRRRRR (i.e., R 13 ).
- This primer is an RNA primer that is one base longer than the unhybridized 3 ′ terminus of SEQ ID NO: 14 (i.e., N 12 ) ( FIG. 90 . More specifically, as shown in FIG. 9 f , the 3′ terminus of SEQ ID NO: 14 contains twelve N nucleotides.
- the RNA primer contains 13 nucleotides. Nucleotides 2-13 of the RNA primer are complementary with the twelve unhybridized N nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 14.
- Nucleotide 1 of the RNA primer is complementary with the first hybridized base (going from 3′ to 5′), in this case, T.
- the RNA primer displaces the A and generates the double-stranded extension product shown in FIG. 9 g (SEQ ID NOs: 15-16). Because only one primer is present, the reaction produces multiple copies of the single-stranded product.
- the single-stranded amplification products are treated with RNase H to generate the single-stranded amplification products shown in FIG. 9 h (SEQ ID NO: 17).
- FIG. 9 i shows this sequence in 5′-3′ format (SEQ ID NO: 17).
- FIG. 9 j shows this sequence in hairpin format (SEQ ID NO 17).
- the hairpin adapter shown in FIG. 9 j is then ligated to a fragmented polynucleotide with a 3′-A overhang.
- the hairpin is cleaved between the A and C residues separated by the curved line in FIG. 9 j by adding an oligonucleotide complementary to that region and cutting with a restriction enzyme. This generates a forked adapter.
- PCR amplification is then conducted, as described in Example 4, to add immobilization regions and barcodes to the forked adapter that is attached to the target polynucleotide.
- FIG. 10 a shows the exemplary forked adapter provided in FIG. 8 a .
- this adapter may be ligated to a target polynucleotide and then an amplification reaction may be performed to add additional functional sequences, including a barcode.
- a barcode (and other functional sequences) may also be incorporated directly into the forked adapter, prior to attachment of the forked adapter to the target polynucleotide.
- FIG. 10 b shows the forked adapter of FIG. 10 a , with the addition of a first immobilization region (underlined) and a seven nucleotide barcode region (bold/underline; “N”).
- the barcoded forked adapter of FIG. 10 b is produced by first synthesizing SEQ ID NO: 18 as a single strand.
- the diversity in the barcode region is generated using an equimolar mixture of A, G, T, and C, as described throughout this disclosure.
- Droplet-based PCR is performed, as described in Example 1. However, one DNA primer and one RNA primer are used to amplify SEQ ID NO: 18 in the droplets.
- the amplification is conducted in the presence of an intercalating dye, and droplets comprising amplified SEQ ID NO: 18 are isolated, as described in Example 1.
- FIG. 10 c shows the double-stranded amplification product.
- the underlined portion of SEQ ID NO: 19 is an RNA strand derived from the RNA primer.
- sequences shown in FIG. 10 c are then treated with RNase H, which digests the underlined RNA region, yielding the construct shown in FIG. 10 d .
- RNase H which digests the underlined RNA region
- a partially complementary universal sequence (SEQ ID NO: 21) is added to the construct shown in FIG. 10 d , producing the product shown in FIG. 10 e .
- SEQ ID NO: 21 partially complementary universal sequence
- a dual-index read is a read of both strands of a double-stranded fragment, using barcodes attached to each strand.
- FIG. 11 shows an example of the synthesis of barcodes for a dual-indexing approach and an example use of the barcodes in a capsules in a capsule configuration.
- a first single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 1101 comprising a first immobilization region 1102 , a first barcode region 1103 , and a first sequencing primer region 1104 is synthesized.
- a second single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 1131 comprising a second immobilization region 1132 , a second barcode region 1133 , and a second sequencing primer region 1134 is synthesized.
- barcode regions 1103 and 1133 are of the same sequence. In other cases, barcode regions 1103 and 1133 are of different sequences or of partially different sequences.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides 1101 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1131 ( FIG. 11 b ) are, in parallel, diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion.
- the droplets also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcodes polynucleotide 1101 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1131 ( FIG. 11 b ) respectively, by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts) and a DNA intercalating dye (e.g., ethidium bromide).
- asymmetric PCR e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts
- a DNA intercalating dye e.g., ethidium bromide
- the reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification.
- the polynucleotides 1101 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1131 ( FIG. 11 b ) are amplified and the reaction proceeds through an exponential phase of amplification 1110 , which produces double-stranded products 1105 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1135 ( FIG. 11 b ), and a linear phase amplification 1111 , which produces single-stranded products 1106 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1136 ( FIG. 11 b ) respectively.
- the droplets are sorted on a fluorescence assisted cell sorter (FACS) 1112 to collect droplets comprising amplified polynucleotides.
- FACS fluorescence assisted cell sorter
- Interfacial polymerization is then performed on the droplets comprising the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequences 1106 and 1136 droplets respectively, to generate two types of capsules 1120 ( FIG. 11 a ) and 1150 ( FIG. 11 b ), each comprising one of single-stranded adapter barcode polynucleotide sequences 1106 or 1136 respectively.
- Mixture Z 1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded) 1170 and a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE).
- a second mixture Z 2 comprises capsules 1120 and 1180 , generated as described above and magnesium chloride in a concentration sufficient to activate the fragmentase enzyme.
- Mixture Z 1 , Z 2 , or both Z 1 and Z 2 also comprise T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase.
- FIG. 11 c illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the method described above.
- the outer capsule 1160 comprises capsules 1120 and 1150 and medium 1190 .
- capsules 1120 and 1150 each comprise multiple copies of single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides 1106 and 1136 , respectively, and can be used to attach barcodes 1103 and 1133 to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as target polynucleotide 1170 in medium 1190 of outer capsule 1160 .
- the medium 1190 contains the contents of mixtures Z 1 and Z 2 , described above. More specifically, medium 1190 comprises target polynucleotide 1170 and the enzyme mix 1180 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers.
- the enzymes Upon generation of the capsules within a capsule, and exposure of the capsules within the capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture capsules 1120 and 1150 , releasing their contents into medium 1190 of outer capsule 1160 . The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 1106 hybridizes with single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 1136 , forming a forked adapter, comprising barcode regions 1103 and 1133 , with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang (not shown) on the fragmented target polynucleotide.
- the thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating barcoded target polynucleotide.
- the outer capsule 1160 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced.
- PCR can also be used to accomplish this step, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- a single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 comprising a first immobilization region 1402 , a barcode region 1403 , and a first sequencing primer region 1404 is synthesized.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 1 polynucleotide.
- the droplets also comprise first beads 1405 that are linked, via a photolabile linker, to one or more copies of an RNA primer 1406 complementary to a sequence comprised in the first sequencing primer region 1404 ; a DNA primer complementary to a sequence (not shown) comprised in the first immobilization region 1402 ; and reagents necessary for amplification (e.g., polymerase, dNTPs, buffer, salts) of single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 .
- the polynucleotides are amplified 1407 which produces double-stranded products 1408 both attached to the first beads 1405 to form structure 1420 and in solution (not shown).
- the emulsion is then broken and the emulsion components are pooled to form a product mixture.
- the liberated beads are then washed 1409 (via centrifugation) several times with appropriate medium, treated with sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 1410 to denature the double-stranded products attached to the first beads 1405 , and then further washed 1411 .
- the resulting structure 1430 comprises a single-stranded complement 1412 to the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 , comprising a complementary immobilization region 1413 , a complementary barcode region 1414 , and a complementary sequencing primer region 1415 .
- the complementary sequencing primer region 1415 comprises the RNA primer 1406 .
- Structure 1430 is then resuspended in an appropriate medium.
- second beads 1416 that comprise one or more copies of a DNA polynucleotide 1417 complementary to the complementary immobilization region 1413 are then added to the medium. Via the complementary DNA polynucleotide 1417 and the complementary immobilization region 1413 of the single-stranded complement 1412 , the second beads 1416 bind to the single-stranded complement 1412 .
- the single stranded complement is now bound at one end to first bead 1405 and at its other end second bead 1416 to form structure 1440 .
- structure 1440 is then centrifuged 1418 using a glycerol gradient to separate structure 1440 from structure 1430 not comprised in structure 1440 .
- the second beads 1416 are magnetic
- a magnetic separation may be used as an alternative.
- the product is then treated with NaOH 1419 to denature the single-stranded complement 1412 from the second bead 1416 , resulting in regeneration of structure 1430 .
- Structure 1430 is then subject to several rounds of washing (via centrifugation) to remove second beads 1416 .
- Single-stranded complement 1412 attached to structure 1430 , represents a single-stranded barcode adapter.
- single-stranded complement 1412 can be used to generate a forked adapter.
- the single-stranded complement 1412 is then released 1424 from structure 1430 with light and then combined 1425 with a universal complementary sequence 1426 or is first combined 1425 with a universal complementary sequence 1426 and then released 1424 from structure 1430 .
- RNAase H is used to digest the RNA primer 1406 of the single-stranded complement 1412 and a Type IIs restriction enzyme is used to generate a single base T overhang on the universal complementary sequence 1426 .
- the T overhang is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown).
- a single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 comprising a first immobilization region 1502 , a barcode region 1503 , and a first sequencing primer region 1504 is synthesized.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 1 polynucleotides.
- the droplets also comprise first beads 1505 that are linked, via a photolabile linker, to one or more copies of an RNA primer 1506 complementary to a sequence comprised in the first immobilization region 1502 ; a DNA primer complementary to a sequence (not shown) comprised in the first sequencing primer region 1502 ; and reagents necessary for amplification (e.g., polymerase, dNTPs, buffer, salts) of single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 .
- the polynucleotides are amplified 1507 which produces double-stranded products 1508 both attached to the first beads 1505 to form structure 1520 and in solution (not shown).
- the emulsion is then broken and the emulsion components are pooled to form a product mixture.
- the liberated beads are then washed 1509 (via centrifugation) several times with appropriate medium, treated with sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 1510 to denature the double-stranded products attached to the first beads 1505 , and then further washed 1511 .
- the resulting structure 1430 comprises a single-stranded complement 1512 to the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 , comprising a complementary immobilization region 1513 , a complementary barcode region 1514 , and a complementary sequencing primer region 1515 .
- the complementary sequencing primer region 1515 comprises the RNA primer 1506 .
- Structure 1530 is then resuspended in an appropriate medium.
- second beads 1516 that comprise one or more copies of a DNA polynucleotide 1517 complementary to the complementary sequencing primer region 1515 are then added to the medium.
- the second beads 1416 bind to the single-stranded complement 1512 .
- the single stranded complement is now bound at one end to first bead 1505 and at its other end second bead 1516 to form structure 1540 .
- structure 1540 is then centrifuged 1518 using a glycerol gradient to separate structure 1540 from structure 1530 not comprised in structure 1540 .
- the second beads 1516 are magnetic
- a magnetic separation may be used as an alternative.
- the product is then treated with NaOH 1519 to denature the single-stranded complement 1512 from the second bead 1516 , resulting in regeneration of structure 1530 .
- Structure 1530 is then subject to several rounds of washing (via centrifugation) to remove second beads 1516 .
- Single-stranded complement 1512 attached to structure 1530 , represents a single-stranded barcode adapter.
- single-stranded complement 1512 can be used to generate a forked adapter.
- the single-stranded complement 1512 is then optionally released 1524 from structure 1530 with light and then combined 1525 with a universal complementary sequence 1526 .
- a Type IIs restriction enzyme is used to generate a single base T overhang on the universal complementary sequence 1526 .
- the T overhang is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown).
- structure 1600 comprising a magnetic bead ( 1601 )-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein.
- structure 1600 is partitioned into capsules (or alternatively, another emulsion) 1620 by methods described herein, for example, interfacial polymerization.
- the capsules 1620 also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 , by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts).
- the reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification.
- Single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 is amplified 1603 and the reaction proceeds through a linear phase amplification 1604 , which produces single-stranded adapter product 1605 , complementary to single-stranded barcode adapter-template 1602 .
- capsules 1620 comprise both single-stranded adapter 1605 in solution and magnetic bead ( 1601 )-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 .
- Capsules 1620 are then separated from those not comprising beads (and thus templates 1602 and single-stranded adapters 1605 ) by magnetic separation 1606 .
- Capsules 1620 may be ruptured and forked adapters generated as described in Example 9.
- structure 1700 comprising a magnetic bead ( 1701 )-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein.
- Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the structure 1700 , to generate a capsule 1704 comprising single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 attached, via a photolabile linker, to a bead 1701 .
- Mixture Z 1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE), and a partially complementary universal sequence.
- a second mixture Z 2 comprises capsule 1704 generated as described above and magnesium chloride in a concentration sufficient to activate the fragmentase enzyme.
- Mixture Z 1 , Z 2 , or both Z 1 and Z 2 also comprise T4 polymerase, Tag polymerase, and a thermostable ligase.
- FIG. 17 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above.
- the outer capsule 1703 comprises an inner capsule 1704 and medium 1705 .
- the inner capsule 1704 is one member of a library of encapsulated, bead-bound single-stranded barcode adapters.
- inner capsule 1704 comprises multiple copies of structure 1700 , which can be used to generate a free single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 and attach the same barcode adapter to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as outer capsule 1703 .
- the medium 1705 contains the contents of mixtures Z 1 and Z 2 , described above. More specifically, medium 1705 comprises target polynucleotide 1706 , the partially complementary universal sequence 1707 , and the enzyme mix 1708 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers.
- the enzymes Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture inner capsule 1704 , releasing its contents into outer capsule 1703 . The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide.
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 hybridizes with the partially complementary universal sequence 1707 and is released from the bead with light, forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide.
- the thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating barcoded target polynucleotide.
- the outer capsule 1703 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. Additional preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) may be performed as needed prior to sequencing.
- Z 1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary universal sequence 1707 .
- this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step.
- structure 1800 comprising a magnetic bead ( 1801 )-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein.
- Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the structure 1800 , to generate a capsule 1803 comprising single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 attached, via a photolabile linker, to a bead 1801 .
- Target polynucleotides i.e., polynucleotides to be fragmented
- the capsules 1804 comprising the target polynucleotides are configured to withstand ultrasonic stress.
- the capsules 1804 comprising the target polynucleotides are exposed to ultrasonic stress (e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator) and the target polynucleotide is fragmented, generating fragmented target polynucleotide capsules.
- ultrasonic stress e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator
- a mixture Z 1 is prepared, comprising capsule 1803 , the fragmented target polynucleotide capsules 1804 , a partially complementary universal sequence 1805 , an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 1806 , and appropriate buffers.
- a capsule within capsule is generated according to the method described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
- FIG. 18 illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the methods described above.
- the outer capsule 1807 comprises capsules 1803 and 1804 and medium 1808 .
- the inner capsules 1803 and 1804 include capsules comprising structure 1800 and capsules comprising fragmented target polynucleotide 1809 , respectively.
- Inner capsule 1803 comprises multiple copies of structure 1800 , which can be used to generate a free single-stranded barcode adapter 1802 and attach the same barcode adapter to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as the fragmented polynucleotides 1809 contained within inner capsules 1804 .
- the medium 1808 contains the contents of mixture Z 1 , described above. More specifically, medium 1808 comprises a partially complementary universal sequence 1805 , an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 1806 , and appropriate buffers.
- an enzyme mixture T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase
- Inner capsules 1804 comprising fragmented target polynucleotides 1809 are exposed to a stimulus to rupture them and release their contents into the contents of outer capsule 1807 .
- the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotides; the Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide.
- the T4 polymerase and Taq polymerase is then heat-inactivated and a stimulus is applied to release the contents of inner capsule 1803 into outer capsule 1807 .
- the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 hybridizes with the partially complementary universal sequence 1805 and the adapter is released from the bead with light forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide.
- the thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating a barcoded target polynucleotide.
- the outer capsule 1807 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced.
- Z 1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary universal sequence 1807 .
- this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step.
- a primer comprising SEQ ID NO: 36 is prepared.
- the primer comprises a barcode region (designated “Barcode”), a primer sequencing region (designated “PrimingSeq”), and a eight-nucleotide variable region (designated as “NNNNNNNN”) that may comprise any combination of A, T, C, or G.
- the primer shown in FIG. 19 is combined with a target polynucleotide (indicated by the loop in FIG.
- a polymerase e.g., Vent, exo +DeepVent, exo ⁇ DeepVent
- a partition e.g., a capsule, droplet of an emulsion, etc.
- a non strand-displacing polymerase e.g., Taq, PfuUltra
- MALBAC cycling conditions are known and are, described for example, in Zong et al., Science, 338(6114), 1622-1626 (2012), which is incorporated herein by reference, in its entirety.
- a looped MALBAC product is produced as shown in FIG. 19 b as SEQ ID NO: 23.
- the looped MALBAC product comprises the original primer shown in FIG. 19 a , the target polynucleotide to be barcoded oriented in a loop, and a region complementary to and hybridized to the original primer sequence.
- the partition is broken and the contents recovered. In some cases, a plurality of partitions are generated. The partitions are collectively broken, the contents of each recovered, and then pooled.
- the generated MALBAC product shown in FIG. 19 b is treated with a restriction enzyme (e.g., BfuCl or similar) to generate a 4-basepair overhang (in this case, GATC shown in italics) on the MALBAC product.
- a restriction enzyme e.g., BfuCl or similar
- SEQ ID NO: 24 SEQ ID NO: 24
- SEQ ID NO: 37 SEQ ID NO: 37
- the forked adapter shown in FIG. 19 d as SEQ ID NO: 25 and SEQ ID NO: 37, comprising an overhang (in this case, CTAG shown in bold) complementary to the overhang generated on the MALBAC product.
- the forked adapter is mixed with the MALBAC product in FIG. 19 c and the complementary regions hybridize.
- thermostable ligase is used to ligate the forked adapter and MALBAC product together to form the desired structure FIG. 19 e as SEQ ID NO: 26.
- Additional amplification methods e.g., PCR
- additional regions e.g., immobilization regions, additional barcodes, etc.
- basepair overhangs e.g., 1 basepair overhang-10 basepair overhang
- Restriction enzymes used to generate these overhangs may be used as an alternative, including those described herein, where desired.
- a two basepair overhang is generated on the MALBAC product using Taq ⁇ I.
- MALBAC product 1900 comprises an RNA primer sequence 1901 placed 5 ′ of a barcode region 1902 .
- MALBAC product 1900 also comprises a sequencing primer region 1903 , the target polynucleotide 1904 , a complementary sequencing primer region 1905 , a complementary barcode region 1906 , and a region 1907 complementary to the RNA primer sequence 1901 .
- MALBAC product 1900 is treated with an RNAse H 1908 and the RNA primer region sequence 1901 is digested to yield a 2-6 basepair overhang 1909 on MALBAC product 1900 to give structure 1920 .
- a universal complementary region 1910 is then added to structure 1910 that comprises a region complementary to the overhang on structure 1910 .
- Universal complementary region 1910 then hybridizes with structure 1920 and a thermostable ligase is used to ligate universal complementary region 1910 to structure 1920 .
- a template 2000 comprising a barcode region is combined with agents 2001 necessary for PCR into a capsule 2002 , using, for example interfacial polymerization or any other method described herein.
- PCR is used to generate a MALBAC primer from the template 2000 .
- the capsule 2000 is encapsulated into an outer capsule 2003 that also comprises a mixture 2004 that comprises a target polynucleotide 2005 to be barcoded and reagents 2006 necessary for MALBAC amplification (e.g., DeepVent polymerase, dNTPs, buffer).
- reagents 2006 necessary for MALBAC amplification e.g., DeepVent polymerase, dNTPs, buffer.
- Capsule 2002 is broken upon proper exposure of capsule 2002 to a stimulus designed to rupture capsule 2002 , the contents of capsule 2002 mix with those of mixture 2004 .
- MALBAC amplification of the target polynucleotide 2005 commences to produce a MALBAC product similar to that described as that shown as 1900
- the outer capsule 2003 is then broken with the appropriate stimulus and the contents recovered.
- the MALBAC product is then treated with an appropriate restriction enzyme and coupled to a forked adapter in a matter as described in Example 13. Additional downstream preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) are then performed as needed.
- MALBAC primer 2100 comprises a sequence priming region 2101 and an 8-nucleotide variable region 1902 .
- Primer 2100 is combined with target polynucleotide 2103 , along with a polymerase (e.g., Vent, exo +DeepVent, exo ⁇ DeepVent) possessing of strand-displacement activity into a partition (e.g., a capsule, emulsion, etc.).
- a non strand-displacing polymerase e.g., Taq, PfuUltra
- the partition is then subject to MALBAC amplification 2104 .
- a looped MALBAC product 2110 is produced and comprises sequencing priming region 2101 , target polynucleotide 2103 , and a complementary sequence priming region 2105 . Shown in linear form 2120 in FIG. 21 b , MALBAC product 2110 is then contacted with another primer 2130 that comprises a sequencing primer region 2106 , a barcode region 2107 , and an immobilization region 2108 .
- Primer 2130 is produced using asymmetric digital PCR. Using a single cycle of PCR, the primer is used to generate double-stranded product 2140 that comprises primer 2130 , and, thus, barcode region 2107 .
- Double-stranded product 2140 may be then denatured and subsequently contacted with another primer 2150 shown in FIG. 21 c .
- Primer 2150 comprises a barcode region 2109 , a sequencing primer region 2111 , and an immobilization region 2112 .
- additional rounds of PCR can add the barcode region 2109 to the end of the target polynucleotide that attached to barcode region 2107 .
- Additional downstream preparation steps e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc. are then performed as needed.
- a primer template 2200 comprising a barcode region is combined with agents 2201 necessary for PCR into a capsule 2202 , using, for example interfacial polymerization or any other method described herein. PCR is then used to generate a primer from template 2200 .
- the capsule 2200 is encapsulated into an outer capsule 2003 that also comprises a mixture 2204 that comprises a target polynucleotide 2205 to be barcoded, reagents 2206 necessary for MALBAC amplification (e.g., DeepVent polymerase, dNTPs, buffer), and a MALBAC primer 2207 that does not comprise a barcode (similar to MALBAC primer 2100 described in Example 15).
- MALBAC amplification of the target polynucleotide 2205 commences to produce a MALBAC product similar to that described as that shown as 2110 in FIG. 21 a .
- Capsule 2202 is then broken upon proper exposure of capsule 2202 to a stimulus designed to rupture capsule 2202 , the contents of capsule 2202 mix with those of mixture 2004 .
- a single cycle of PCR commences using the primer generated from template 2200 to generate a barcoded product, similar to that described in Example 15.
- Outer capsule 2203 is then broken with the appropriate stimulus and the contents recovered. Additional downstream preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, addition of additional barcodes, etc.) are then performed as needed.
- Additional downstream preparation steps e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, addition of additional barcodes, etc.
- a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 2300 is synthesized, partitioned, amplified, and sorted as described in Example 1, or by any other method described in this disclosure. Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence, to generate a capsule 2301 .
- Mixture Z 1 comprises a target polynucleotide 2302 (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a transposome 2303 , and a partially complementary universal sequence 2304 .
- a second mixture Z 2 comprises capsule 2301 , generated as described above and reagents 2305 necessary for PCR as described elsewhere herein.
- FIG. 23 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above.
- the outer capsule 2306 comprises capsule 2301 and medium 2307 .
- Capsule 2301 is one member of a library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides.
- capsule 2301 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 2300 , which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as outer capsule 2306 .
- the medium 2307 contains the contents of mixtures Z 1 and Z 2 , described above. More specifically, medium 2307 comprises target polynucleotide 2302 , the partially complementary universal sequence 2304 , and the reagents 2305 necessary for PCR, including a hot start Taq.
- the transposome Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the transposome process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the transposase fragments the target polynucleotide via tagmentations and tags it with a common priming sequence. The tagged target polynucleotide is then heated to fill in any gap in the target nucleotide generated by the transposase. The transposase is then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture inner capsule 2301 , releasing its contents into outer capsule 2306 . The hot start Taq is activated by heating the outer capsule 2306 to 95° C.
- the reaction proceeds with limited cycle PCR to add single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 2300 to target polynucleotide 2302 .
- the outer capsule 2306 is then ruptured and the target polynucleotides are sequenced.
Landscapes
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Plant Pathology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)
- Apparatus Associated With Microorganisms And Enzymes (AREA)
Abstract
The present disclosure provides compositions, methods, systems, and devices for polynucleotide processing. Such polynucleotide processing may be useful for a variety of applications, including polynucleotide sequencing. In some cases, this disclosure provides methods for the generation of polynucleotide barcode libraries, and for the attachment of such polynucleotides to target polynucleotides.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/175,973, filed Feb. 7, 2014, which applications claim the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/762,435, filed Feb. 8, 2013, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/800,223, filed Mar. 15, 2013, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/840,403, filed Jun. 27, 2013, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/844,804, filed Jul. 10, 2013, said applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties for all purposes.
- The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted in ASCII format via EFS-Web and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Apr. 2, 2014, is named 43487706301Seqlist.txt and is 15 Kilobytes in size.
- Polynucleotide barcodes have utility in numerous applications, including next generation sequencing techniques. Such barcodes generally contain unique identifier sequences, which can be extremely expensive to manufacture at sufficient diversity and scale. The cost of synthesizing a single polynucleotide barcode is a function of the cost per base during synthesis and the length of the polynucleotide. The cost of synthesizing a plurality of barcodes, each with a different sequence, is therefore equivalent to the cost per base, multiplied by the number of bases per molecule, multiplied by the number of molecules within the plurality of barcodes. Currently, it costs approximately $0.10 per base to synthesize a DNA sequence. For a barcode library of tens of thousands to millions of barcodes, this cost is prohibitive. Thus, there is a significant need for improved methods of generating libraries of barcodes.
- This disclosure provides methods, compositions, systems, and kits for the generation of polynucleotide barcodes and the use of such polynucleotide barcodes. Such polynucleotide barcodes may be used for any suitable application.
- An aspect of the disclosure provides a library comprising one or more polynucleotides, each of the polynucleotides comprising a barcode sequence, wherein the polynucleotides are disposed within one or more partitions, and wherein the library comprises at least about 1,000 different barcode sequences.
- In some cases, the barcode sequences are at least about 5 nucleotides in length. Also, the barcode sequences may be random polynucleotide sequences.
- Moreover, the partitions may comprise, on average, about 1 polynucleotide, about 0.5 polynucleotides, or about 0.1 polynucleotides. The partitions may be droplets, capsules, wells or beads.
- Furthermore, the library may comprise at least about 10,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 100,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 500,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 1,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 2,500,00 different barcode sequences, at least about 5,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- In some cases, the partitions may comprise multiple copies of the same polynucleotide.
- Additionally, each of the polynucleotides may comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of an immobilization sequence, an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer, and a sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide.
- In some cases, each of the polynucleotides is a MALBAC primer.
- Another aspect of the disclosure provides a method of synthesizing a library of polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, the method comprising: a.) synthesizing a plurality of polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences; b.) separating the polynucleotides into a plurality of partitions, thereby generating partitioned polynucleotides; c.) amplifying the partitioned polynucleotides, thereby generating amplified polynucleotides; and d.) isolating partitions comprising amplified polynucleotides. In some cases, the synthesizing comprises including a mixture of adenine, thymine, guanine, and cytosine in a coupling reaction.
- Moreover, the separating may comprise performing a limiting dilution, thereby generating diluted polynucleotides. In some cases, the separating further comprises partitioning said diluted polynucleotides.
- Additionally, the amplifying may be performed by a method selected from the group consisting of polymerase chain reaction, asymmetric polymerase chain reaction, emulsion PCR (ePCR), ePCR including the use of a bead, ePCR including the use of a hydrogel, multiple annealing and looping-based amplification cycles (MALBAC), single primer isothermal amplification, and combinations thereof. In some cases, the amplifying is performed using an RNA primer and may include exposing the amplified polynucleotides to an RNAase H.
- In some cases, each of said polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences is a MALBAC primer.
- In some cases, the isolating may be performed by flow-assisted sorting.
- Also, a hairpin structure may be formed from a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of the polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences and the amplified polynucleotides. In some cases, a method may further comprise cutting the hairpin structure within an unannealed region.
- Moreover, a polynucleotide selected from the group consisting of said polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, said partitioned polynucleotides, and said amplified polynucleotides may be attached to a bead.
- The method may further comprise annealing the amplified polynucleotides with a partially complementary sequence. The partially complementary sequence may comprise a barcode sequence.
- The method may further comprise attaching at least one of the amplified polynucleotides to a target sequence. The target sequence may be fragmented. In some cases, the target sequence is fragmented by a method selected from the group consisting of mechanical shear and treatment with an enzyme. The mechanical shear may be induced by ultrasound. In some cases, the enzyme is selected from the group consisting of a restriction enzyme, a fragmentase, and a transposase. Additionally, the attaching may be performed by a method selected from the group consisting of ligation and amplification.
- In some cases, the amplification is a MALBAC amplification performed with MALBAC primers, thereby generating a MALBAC amplification product. In some cases, the MALBAC primers comprise the amplified polynucleotides. In some cases, the MALBAC primers comprise polynucleotides that are not said amplified polynucleotides. In such cases, the method may further comprise attaching the MALBAC amplification product to the amplified polynucleotide.
- Additionally, each of the partitions may comprise, on average, about 1 polynucleotide comprising a barcode sequence, 0.5 polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences, or 0.1 polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences. Moreover, the partitions may be selected from the group consisting of droplets, capsules, and wells.
- In some cases, the library comprises at least about 1,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 100,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 500,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 1,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 2,500,00 different barcode sequences, at least about 5,000,000 different barcode sequences, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- In some cases, the partitions comprise multiple copies of the same polynucleotide comprising a barcode sequence.
- Moreover, the polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences may comprise a sequence selected from the group consisting of an immobilization sequence, an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer, and a sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide.
- An additional aspect of the disclosure provides a library comprising at least about 1,000 beads, wherein each bead of the at least about 1,000 beads comprises a different barcode sequence. In some cases, the different barcode sequence can be included in a polynucleotide comprising an immobilization sequence and/or an annealing sequence for a sequencing primer. In some cases, the different barcode sequence can be at least about 5 nucleotides or at least about 10 nucleotides in length. In some cases, the different barcode sequence can be a random polynucleotide sequence or can be generated combinatorially.
- Moreover, each of the 1,000 beads can comprise multiple copies of the different barcode sequence. For example, each of the 1,000 beads may comprise at least about 100,000, at least about 1,000,000, or at least about 10,000,000 copies of the different barcode sequence. In some cases, the library can further comprise two or more beads comprising the same barcode sequence. In some cases, at least two beads of the 1,000 beads can comprise the same barcode sequence. Furthermore, the at least about 1,000 beads may comprise at least about 10,000 beads, or at least about 100,000 beads.
- Also, the library can comprise at least about 1,000, at least about 10,000, at least about 100,000, at least about 1,000,000, at least about 2,500,000, at least about 5,000,000, at least about 10,000,000, at least about 25,000,000, at least about 50,000,000, or at least about 100,000,000 different barcode sequences.
- In some cases, the at least about 1,000 beads can be distributed across a plurality of partitions. In some cases, the partitions can be droplets of an emulsion. In some cases, each bead of the 1,000 beads can be included in a different partition. In some cases, the different partition can be a droplet of an emulsion. In some cases, two or more beads of the 1,000 beads can be included in a different partition. In some cases, the different partition can be a droplet of an emulsion. In some cases, the 1,000 beads can be hydrogel beads.
- An additional aspect of the disclosure provides for use of a library, composition, method, device, or kit described herein in partitioning species, in partitioning oligonucleotides, in stimulus-selective release of species from partitions, in performing reactions (e.g., ligation and amplification reactions) in partitions, in performing nucleic acid synthesis reactions, in barcoding nucleic acid, in preparing polynucleotides for sequencing, in sequencing polynucleotides, in mutation detection, in neurologic disorder diagnostics, in diabetes diagnostics, in fetal aneuploidy diagnostics, in cancer mutation detection and forenscics, in disease detection, in medical diagnostics, in low input nucleic acid applications, in circulating tumor cell (CTC) sequencing, in polynucleotide phasing, in sequencing polynucleotides from small numbers of cells, in analyzing gene expression, in partitioning polynucleotides from cells, or in a combination thereof.
- All publications, patents, and patent applications mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent, or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
- The novel features of methods, compositions, systems, and devices of this disclosure are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. A better understanding of the features and advantages of this disclosure will be obtained by reference to the following detailed description that sets forth illustrative embodiments, in which the principles of the methods, compositions, systems, and devices of this disclosure are utilized, and the accompanying drawings of which:
-
FIG. 1 is schematically depicts an example forked adapter. -
FIG. 2 schematically depicts example placements of barcode regions. -
FIG. 3 depicts example sequences of two forked adapters ligated to opposite ends of a target polynucleotide. Full-length sequence disclosed as SEQ ID NO: 35. -
FIG. 4 is a schematic example method used to generate a forked adapter described in Example 1. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic example of a capsule within a capsule described in Example 2. -
FIG. 6 is a schematic example of capsules within a capsule described in Example 3. -
FIG. 7 is a schematic example of a product (or intermediate) that may be generated according to methods of Example 4. -
FIGS. 8 a-c depict example sequences described in Example 4. -
FIGS. 9 a-j depict example sequences described in Example 5. -
FIGS. 10 a-e depict example sequences described in Example 6. -
FIGS. 11 a-d schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 7. -
FIG. 12 schematically depicts the production capsules via an example flow-focusing method. -
FIG. 13 schematically depicts the production of capsules within capsules via an example flow-focusing method. -
FIGS. 14 a-e schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 8. -
FIGS. 15 a-e schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 9. -
FIG. 16 schematically depicts methods and structures described in Example 10. -
FIG. 17 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 11. -
FIG. 18 schematically depicts capsules within a capsule described in Example 12. -
FIGS. 19 a-e depict example sequences described in Example 13.FIG. 19 f describes example methods and structures described in Example 13. -
FIG. 20 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 14. -
FIGS. 21 a-c schematically depict methods and structures described in Example 15. -
FIG. 22 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 16. -
FIG. 23 schematically depicts a capsule within a capsule described in Example 17. - While various embodiments of the invention have been shown and described herein, it will be obvious to those skilled in the art that such embodiments are provided by way of example only. Numerous variations, changes, and substitutions may occur to those skilled in the art without departing from the invention. It should be understood that various alternatives to the embodiments of the invention described herein may be employed.
- This disclosure provides methods, compositions, systems, and kits for the generation of polynucleotide barcodes and the use of such polynucleotide barcodes. Such polynucleotide barcodes may be used for any suitable application. In some cases, the polynucleotide barcodes provided in this disclosure may be used in next generation sequencing reactions. Next generation sequencing reactions include the sequencing of whole genomes, detection of specific sequences such as single nucleotide polymorphisms (SNPs) and other mutations, detection of nucleic acid (e.g., deoxyribonucleic acid) insertions, and detection of nucleic acid deletions.
- Utilization of the methods, compositions, systems, and kits described herein may incorporate, unless otherwise indicated, any conventional techniques of organic chemistry, polymer technology, microfluidics, molecular biology, recombinant techniques, cell biology, biochemistry, and immunology. Such conventional techniques include well and microwell construction, capsule generation, generation of emulsions, spotting, microfluidic device construction, polymer chemistry, restriction digestion, ligation, cloning, polynucleotide sequencing, and polynucleotide sequence assembly. Specific, non-limiting, illustrations of suitable techniques are described throughout this disclosure. However, equivalent procedures may also be utilized. Descriptions of certain techniques may be found in standard laboratory manuals, such as Genome Analysis: A Laboratory Manual Series (Vols. I-IV), Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cells: A Laboratory Manual, PCR Primer: A Laboratory Manual, and Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (all from Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press), and “Oligonucleotide Synthesis: A Practical Approach” 1984, IRL Press London, all of which are herein incorporated in their entirety by reference for all purposes.
- The terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
- As used herein, the singular forms “a,” “an,” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Furthermore, to the extent that the terms “including,” “includes,” “having,” “has,” “with,” “such as,” or variants thereof, are used in either the specification and/or the claims, such terms are not limiting and are intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprising”.
- The term “about,” as used herein, generally refers to a range that is 15% greater than or less than a stated numerical value within the context of the particular usage. For example, “about 10” would include a range from 8.5 to 11.5.
- The term “barcode,” as used herein, generally refers to a label that may be attached to an analyte to convey information about the analyte. For example, a barcode may be a polynucleotide sequence attached to fragments of a target polynucleotide contained within a particular partition. This barcode may then be sequenced with the fragments of the target polynucleotide. The presence of the same barcode on multiple sequences may provide information about the origin of the sequence. For example, a barcode may indicate that the sequence came from a particular partition and/or a proximal region of a genome. This may be particularly useful for sequence assembly when several partitions are pooled before sequencing.
- The term “bp,” as used herein, generally refers to an abbreviation for “base pairs”.
- The term “microwell,” as used herein, generally refers to a well with a volume of less than 1 mL. Microwells may be made in various volumes, depending on the application. For example, microwells may be made in a size appropriate to accommodate any of the partition volumes described herein.
- The term “partition,” as used herein, may be a verb or a noun. When used as a verb (e.g., “to partition,” or “partitioning”), the term generally refers to the fractionation (e.g., subdivision) of a species or sample (e.g., a polynucleotide) between vessels that can be used to sequester one fraction (or subdivision) from another. Such vessels are referred to using the noun “partition.” Partitioning may be performed, for example, using microfluidics, dilution, dispensing, and the like. A partition may be, for example, a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a bead, a surface of a bead in dilute solution, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample from another. A partition may also comprise another partition.
- The terms “polynucleotide” or “nucleic acid,” as used herein, generally refer to molecules comprising a plurality of nucleotides. Exemplary polynucleotides include deoxyribonucleic acids, ribonucleic acids, and synthetic analogues thereof, including peptide nucleic acids.
- The term “species,” as used herein, generally refers to any substance that can be used with the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure. Examples of species include reagents, analytes, cells, chromosomes, tagging molecules or groups of molecules, barcodes, and any sample comprising any of these species. Any suitable species may be used, as more fully discussed elsewhere in this disclosure.
- Certain applications, for example polynucleotide sequencing, may rely on unique identifiers (“barcodes”) to identify the origin of a sequence and, for example, to assemble a larger sequence from sequenced fragments. Therefore, it may be desirable to add barcodes to polynucleotide fragments before sequencing. Barcodes may be of a variety of different formats, including polynucleotide barcodes. Depending upon the specific application, barcodes may be attached to polynucleotide fragments in a reversible or irreversible manner. Additionally, barcodes may allow for identification and/or quantification of individual polynucleotide fragments during sequencing.
- Barcodes may be loaded into partitions so that one or more barcodes are introduced into a particular partition. In some cases, each partition may contain a different set of barcodes. This may be accomplished by directly dispensing the barcodes into the partitions, or by placing the barcodes within a partition that is contained within another partition.
- The barcodes may be loaded into the partitions at an expected or predicted ratio of barcodes per species to be barcoded (e.g., polynucleotide fragment, strand of polynucleotide, cell, etc.). In some cases, the barcodes are loaded into partitions such that about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species. In some cases, the barcodes are loaded into partitions such that more than about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species. In some cases, the barcodes are loaded in the partitions so that less than about 0.0001, 0.001, 0.1, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, or 200000 barcodes are loaded per species.
- When more than one barcode is present per polynucleotide fragment, such barcodes may be copies of the same barcode, or may be different barcodes. For example, the attachment process may be designed to attach multiple identical barcodes to a single polynucleotide fragment, or multiple different barcodes to the polynucleotide fragment.
- The methods provided herein may comprise loading a partition with the reagents necessary for the attachment of barcodes to polynucleotide fragments. In the case of ligation reactions, reagents including restriction enzymes, ligase enzymes, buffers, adapters, barcodes and the like may be loaded into a partition. In the case of barcoding by amplification, reagents including primers, DNA polymerases, dNTPs, buffers, barcodes and the like may be loaded into a partition. In the case of transposon-mediated barcoding (e.g., NEXTERA), reagents including a transposome (i.e., transposase and transposon end complex), buffers, and the like may be loaded into a partition. In the case of MALBAC-mediated barcoding, reagents including a MALBAC primer, buffers, and the like may be loaded into a partition. As described throughout this disclosure, these reagents may be loaded directly into the partition, or via another partition.
- Barcodes may be ligated to a polynucleotide fragment using sticky or blunt ends. Barcoded polynucleotide fragments may also be generated by amplifying a polynucleotide fragment with primers comprising barcodes. In some cases, MALBAC amplification of the polynucleotide fragment may be used to generate a barcoded polynucleotide fragment. A primer used for MALBAC may or may not comprise a barcode. In cases where a MALBAC primer does not comprise a barcode, the barcode may be added to MALBAC amplification products by other amplification methods, such as, for example, PCR. Barcoded polynucleotide fragments may also be generated using transposon-mediated methods. As with any other species discussed in this disclosure, these modules may be contained within the same or different partitions, depending on the needs of the assay or process.
- In some cases, barcodes may be assembled combinatorially, from smaller components designed to assemble in a modular format. For example, three modules, 1A, 1B, and 1C may be combinatorially assembled to produce barcode 1ABC. Such combinatorial assembly may significantly reduce the cost of synthesizing a plurality of barcodes. For example, a combinatorial system consisting of 3 A modules, 3 B modules, and 3 C modules may generate 3*3*3=27 possible barcode sequences from only 9 modules.
- In some cases, as further described elsewhere in this disclosure, barcodes may be combinatorially assembled by mixing two oligonucleotides and hybridizing them to produce annealed or partially annealed oligonucleotides (e.g., forked adapters). These barcodes may comprise an overhang of one or more nucleotides, in order to facilitate ligation with polynucleotide fragments that are to be barcoded. In some cases, the 5′ end of the antisense strand may be phosphorylated in order to ensure double-stranded ligation. Using this approach, different modules may be assembled by, for example, mixing oligonucleotides A and B, A and C, A and D, B and C, B, and D, and so on. As described in more detail elsewhere in this disclosure, the annealed oligonucleotides may also be synthesized as a single molecule with a hairpin loop that may be cut after ligation to the polynucleotide to be barcoded.
- As described in more detail elsewhere in this disclosure, attachment of polynucleotides to each other may rely on hybridization-compatible overhangs. For example, the hybridization between A and T is often used to ensure ligation compatibility between fragments. In some cases, an A overhang may be created by treatment with an enzyme, such as a Taq polymerase. In some cases, a restriction enzyme may be used to create a cleavage product with a
single base 3′ overhang which may be, for example, A or T. Examples of restriction enzymes that leave asingle base 3′ overhang include MnII, HphI, Hpy188I, HpyAV, HpyCH4III, MboII, BciVI, BmrI, AhdI, and XcmI. In other cases, different overhangs (e.g., 5′ overhangs, overhangs of greater than a single base) may be generated by restriction enzymes. Additional restriction enzymes that may be used to generate overhangs include BfuCl, TagαI, BbVI, Bccl, BceAl, BcoDI, BsmAI, and BsmFI. - In some cases, this disclosure provides methods for the generation of partitioned barcode libraries and libraries produced according to such methods. In some cases, the methods provided herein combine random synthesis of DNA sequences, separation into partitions, amplification of separated sequences, and isolation of amplified separated sequences to provide a library of barcodes contained within partitions.
- a. Random Synthesis of Polynucleotide Barcodes
- In some cases, the methods described herein utilize random methods of polynucleotide synthesis, including random methods of DNA synthesis. During random DNA synthesis, any combination of A, C, G, and/or T may be added to a coupling step so that each type of base in the coupling step is coupled to a subset of the product. If A, C, G, and T are present at equivalent concentrations, approximately one-quarter of the product will incorporate each base. Successive coupling steps, and the random nature of the coupling reaction, enable the generation of 4n possible sequences, where n is the number of bases in the polynucleotide. For example, a library of random polynucleotides of
length 6 could have a diversity of 46=4,096 members, while a library oflength 10 would have diversity of 1,048,576 members. Therefore, very large and complex libraries can be generated. These random sequences may serve as barcodes. - Any suitable synthetic bases may also be used with the invention. In some cases, the bases included in each coupling step may be altered in order to synthesize a preferred product. For example, the number of bases present in each coupling step may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more. In some cases, the number of bases present in each coupling step may be at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more. In some cases, the number of bases present in each coupling step may be less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10.
- The concentration of the individual bases may also be altered in order to synthesize the preferred product. For example, any base may be present at a concentration of about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base. In some cases, any base may be present at a concentration of at least about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base. In some cases, any base may be present at a concentration of less than about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, or 10-fold the concentration of another base.
- The length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be any suitable length, depending on the application. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more nucleotides. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be at least 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more nucleotides. In some cases, the length of the random polynucleotide sequence may be less than 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or nucleotides.
- In some cases, the library is defined by the number of members. In some cases, a library may comprise about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*1011, or 1.09951*1012 members. In some cases, a library may comprise at least about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*1011, or 1.09951*1012 members. In some cases, a library may comprise less than about 256, 1024, 4096, 16384, 65536, 262144, 1048576, 4194304, 16777216, 67108864, 268435456, 1073741824, 4294967296, 17179869184, 68719476736, 2.74878*1011, or 1.09951*1012 members. In some cases, the library is a barcode library. In some cases, a barcode library may comprise at least about 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000, 2500000, 5000000, 10000000, 25000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcode sequences.
- The random barcode libraries may also comprise other polynucleotide sequences. In some cases, these other polynucleotide sequences are non-random in nature and include, for example, primer binding sites, annealing sites for the generation of forked adapters, immobilization sequences, and regions that enable annealing with a target polynucleotide sequence, and thus barcoding of the polynucleotide sequence.
- b. Separation of Polynucleotides into Partitions
- After synthesis of polynucleotides comprising random barcode sequences, the polynucleotides are partitioned into separate compartments to generate a library of partitioned polynucleotides comprising barcode sequences. Any suitable method of separation and any suitable partition or partitions within partitions may be used.
- In some cases, partitioning is performed by diluting the mixture of polynucleotides comprising random barcode sequences such that a particular volume of the dilution contains, on average, less than a single polynucleotide. The particular volume of the dilution may then be transferred to a partition. In any plurality of partitions, each partition is therefore likely to have one or zero polynucleotide molecules.
- In some cases a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, or more molecules. In some cases a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises at least about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, 2, or more molecules. In some cases a dilution may be performed such that each partition comprises less than about 0.001, 0.01, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, or 2 molecules.
- In some cases, about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules. In some cases, at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules. In some cases, less than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise the specified number of molecules.
- In some cases, about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides. In some cases, at least about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides. In some cases, less than about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions comprise one or fewer polynucleotides.
- In some cases, a partition is a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a surface of a bead, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample from another. In cases where a partition includes a bead, a primer for amplification may be attached to the bead. Partitions are described in greater detail elsewhere in this disclosure.
- c. Amplification of Partitioned Polynucleotides
- The polynucleotides partitioned as described above are then amplified in order to generate sufficient material for barcoding of a target polynucleotide sequence. Any suitable method of amplification may be utilized, including polymerase chain reaction (PCR), ligase chain reaction (LCR), helicase-dependent amplification, linear after the exponential PCR (LATE-PCR), asymmetric amplification, digital PCR, degenerate oligonucleotide primer PCR (DOP-PCR), primer extension pre-amplification PCR (PEP-PCR), ligation mediated PCR, rolling circle amplification, multiple displacement amplification (MDA), and single primer isothermal amplification (SPIA), emulsion PCR (ePCR), ePCR including the use of a bead, ePCR including the use of a hydrogel, multiple annealing and looping-based amplification cycles (MALBAC), and combinations thereof MALBAC methods are described, for example, in Zong et al., Science, 338(6114), 1622-1626 (2012), which is incorporated herein by reference, in its entirety.
- In some cases, amplification methods that generate single-stranded product (e.g., asymmetric amplification, SPIA, and LATE-PCR) may be preferred, for example. In some cases, amplification methods that generate double-stranded products (e.g., standard PCR) may be preferred. In some cases, an amplification method will exponentially amplify the partitioned polynucleotide. In some cases, an amplification method will linearly amplify the partitioned polynucleotide. In some cases, an amplification method will first exponentially and then linearly amplify a polynucleotide. Moreover, a single type of amplification may be used to amplify polynucleotides or amplification may be completed with sequential steps of different types of amplification. For example, ePCR may be combined with further rounds of ePCR or may be combined with a different type of amplification.
- Amplification is performed until a suitable amount of polynucleotide comprising a barcode is produced. In some cases, amplification may be performed for 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, or more cycles. In some cases, amplification may be performed for at least 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, or more cycles. In some cases, amplification may be performed for less than 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60 cycles.
- In some cases, amplification may be performed until a certain amount of polynucleotide product is produced in each partition. In some cases, amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is about 10,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 500,000,000; 100,000,000; 50,000,000; 10,000,000; 5,000,000; 1,000,000; 500,000; 400,000; 300,000; 200,000; or 100,000 molecules. In some cases, amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is at least about 100,000; 200,000; 300,000; 400,000; 500,000; 1,000,000; 5,000,000; 10,000,000; 50,000,000; 100,000,000; 500,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; or 10,000,000,000 molecules. In some cases, amplification is performed until the amount of polynucleotide product is less than about 10,000,000,000; 5,000,000,000; 1,000,000,000; 500,000,000; 100,000,000; 50,000,000; 10,000,000; 5,000,000; 1,000,000; 500,000; 400,000; 300,000; 200,000; or 100,000 molecules.
- d. Isolation of Partitions Comprising Amplified Sequences
- As described above, in some cases polynucleotides comprising barcodes are partitioned such that each partition contains, on average, less than one polynucleotide sequence. Therefore, in some cases, a fraction of the partitions will not contain a polynucleotide and therefore cannot contain an amplified polynucleotide. Thus, it may be desirable to separate partitions comprising polynucleotides from partitions not comprising polynucleotides.
- In one case, partitions comprising polynucleotides are separated from partitions not comprising polynucleotides using flow-based sorting methods capable of identifying partitions comprising polynucleotides. In some cases an indicator of the presence of a polynucleotide may be used in order to differentiate partitions comprising polynucleotides from those not comprising polynucleotides.
- In some cases, a nucleic acid stain may be used to identify partition comprising polynucleotides. Exemplary stains include intercalating dyes, minor-groove binders, major groove binders, external binders, and bis-intercalators. Specific examples of such dyes include SYBR green, SYBR blue, DAPI, propidium iodide, SYBR gold, ethidium bromide, acridines, proflavine, acridine orange, acriflavine, fluorcoumanin, ellipticine, daunomycin, chloroquine, distamycin D, chromomycin, homidium, mithramycin, ruthenium polypyridyls, anthramycin, phenanthridines and acridines, ethidium bromide, propidium iodide, hexidium iodide, dihydroethidium, ethidium homodimer-1 and -2, ethidium monoazide, ACMA, indoles, imidazoles (e.g., Hoechst 33258, Hoechst 33342, Hoechst 34580 and DAPI), acridine orange (also capable of intercalating), 7-AAD, actinomycin D, LDS751, hydroxystilbamidine, SYTOX Blue, SYTOX Green, SYTOX Orange, POPO-1, POPO-3, YOYO-1, YOYO-3, TOTO-1, TOTO-3, JOJO-1, LOLO-1, BOBO-1, BOBO-3, PO-PRO-1, PO-PRO-3, BO-PRO-1, BO-PRO-3, TO-PRO-1, TO-PRO-3, TO-PRO-5, JO-PRO-1, LO-PRO-1, YO-PRO-1, YO-PRO-3, PicoGreen, OliGreen, RiboGreen, SYBR Gold, SYBR Green I, SYBR Green II, SYBR DX, SYTO-40, -41, -42, -43, -44, -45 (blue), SYTO-13, -16, -24, -21, -23, -12, -11, -20, -22, -15, -14, -25 (green), SYTO-81, -80, -82, -83, -84, -85 (orange), SYTO-64, -17, -59, -61, -62, -60, and -63 (red).
- In some cases, isolation methods such as magnetic separation or sedimentation of particles may be used. Such methods may include, for example, a step of attaching a polynucleotide to be amplified, a primer corresponding to said polynucleotide to be amplified, and/or a polynucleotide product of amplification to a bead. In some cases, attachment of a polynucleotide to be amplified, primer corresponding to said polynucleotide to be amplified, and/or a polynucleotide product to a bead may be via a photolabile linker, such as, for example, PC Amino C6. In cases where a photolabile linker is used, light may be used to release a linked polynucleotide from the bead. The bead may be, for example, a magnetic bead or a latex bead. The bead may then enable separation by, for example, magnetic sorting or sedimentation. Sedimentation of latex particles may be performed, for example, by centrifugation in a liquid that is more dense than latex, such as glycerol. In some cases, density gradient centrifugation may be used.
- Beads may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size. In some cases, the diameter of a bead may be about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. A bead may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a bead may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a bead may have a diameter of about 0.001 μm to 1 mm, 0.01 μm to 900 μm, 0.1 μm to 600 μm, 100 μm to 200 μm, 100 μm to 300 μm, 100 μm to 400 μm, 100 μm to 500 μm, 100 μm to 600 μm, 20 μm to 50 μm, 150 μm to 200 μm, 150 μm to 300 μm, or 150 μm to 400 μm.
- In some cases, a differential charge between the partitions comprising polynucleotides and partitions not comprising polynucleotides may be used to isolate partitions comprising polynucleotides, for example by performing electrophoresis or dielectrophoresis on the partitions.
- In some cases, selective swelling or shrinking of partitions, based on differences in the osmotic pressures, may be used to identify particles comprising polynucleotides. In some instances, partitions comprising polynucleotides may be isolated by flow fractionation, solvent extraction, differential melting (e.g., with nucleic acid probes), or freezing.
- Isolation of partitions comprising polynucleotides provides a library of partitioned polynucleotide barcodes with significant diversity while incurring only a one-time bulk synthesis expense.
- The barcodes described in this disclosure can have a variety of structures. In some cases, barcodes of this disclosure are a part of an adapter. Generally, an “adapter” is a structure used to enable attachment of a barcode to a target polynucleotide. An adapter may comprise, for example, a barcode, polynucleotide sequence compatible for ligation with a target polynucleotide, and functional sequences such as primer binding sites and immobilization regions.
- In some cases, an adapter is a forked adapter. An example of a forked adapter is schematically depicted in
FIG. 1 . With reference toFIG. 1 , two copies of a forkedadapter structure 106 are depicted on opposite sides of atarget polynucleotide 105. Each forked adapter comprises afirst immobilization region 101, asecond immobilization region 102, a firstsequencing primer region 103, a secondsequencing primer region 104 and a pair of partially complementary regions (within 103 and 104) that anneal to each other. Either the sequencing primer regions or immobilization regions may be used to immobilize the barcoded polynucleotides, for example, onto the surface of a bead. The sequencing primer regions may be used, for example, as annealing sites for sequencing primers. In some cases, an overhang may be designed to enable compatibility with a target sequence. InFIG. 1 , the pair of annealedpolynucleotides target polynucleotide 105. A barcode may be included in any suitable portion of a forked adapter. After attachment of the forked adapter comprising the barcode to thetarget sequence 105, thesequencing primer regions -
FIG. 2 illustrates three schematic examples of placement of barcode regions within the forked adapter depicted inFIG. 1 . In one example, a barcode 205 (BC1) is placed within thefirst immobilization region 201 or between thefirst immobilization region 201 and the firstsequencing primer region 203. In another example, a barcode 206 (BC2) is placed within or adjacent to the firstsequencing primer region 203. In yet another example, a barcode 207 (BC3) is placed within thesecond immobilization region 202 or between thesecond immobilization region 202 and the secondsequencing primer region 204. AlthoughFIG. 2 depicts barcodes on both ends of the target sequence, this is not necessary, as only one barcode per target sequence is sufficient for some applications. However, as described elsewhere in this disclosure, more than one barcode per target sequence may also be used. -
FIG. 3 provides exemplary sequences (SEQ ID NO: 1 and SEQ ID NO: 22) of two forked adapters ligated to opposite ends of a target polynucleotide (NNN) and shows barcode regions of each forked adapter at the sequence level (bolded, nucleotides 30-37, 71-77, 81-87, and 122-129). InFIG. 3 , nucleotides 1-29 represent an immobilization region of the first forked adapter, nucleotides 38-70 represent a sequencing primer region of the first forked adapter, nucleotides 78-80 (NNN) represent a target polynucleotide of arbitrary length, nucleotides 88-120 represent a sequencing primer region of the second forked adapter, and nucleotides 129-153 represent an immobilization region of the second forked adapter. - a. General Characteristics of Partitions
- As described throughout this disclosure, certain methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of the disclosure may utilize the subdivision (partitioning) of certain species into separate partitions. A partition may be, for example, a well, a microwell, a hole, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase of an emulsion, a test tube, a spot, a capsule, a surface of a bead, or any other suitable container for sequestering one fraction of a sample or a species. Partitions may be used to contain a species for further processing. For example, if a species is a polynucleotide analyte, further processing may comprise cutting, ligating, and/or barcoding with species that are reagents. Any number of devices, systems or containers may be used to hold, support or contain partitions. In some cases, a microwell plate may be used to hold, support, or contain partitions. Any suitable microwell plate may be used, for example microwell plates having 96, 384, or 1536 wells.
- Each partition may also contain, or be contained within any other suitable partition. For example, a well, microwell, hole, a surface of a bead, or a tube may comprise a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a continuous phase in an emulsion, a spot, a capsule, or any other suitable partition. A droplet may comprise a capsule, bead, or another droplet. A capsule may comprise a droplet, bead, or another capsule. These descriptions are merely illustrative, and all suitable combinations and pluralities are also envisioned. For example, any suitable partition may comprise a plurality of the same or different partitions. In one example, a well or microwell comprises a plurality of droplets and a plurality of capsules. In another example, a capsule comprises a plurality of capsules and a plurality of droplets. All combinations of partitions are envisioned. Table 1 shows non-limiting examples of partitions that may be combined with each other.
-
TABLE 1 Examples of partitions that may be combined with each other. Well Spot Droplet Capsule Well Well inside Spot inside Droplet Capsule well well inside well inside well Spot Spot inside Spot inside Droplet Capsule well spot inside spot inside spot Droplet Droplet Droplet Droplet Droplet inside well inside spot inside droplet inside capsule Capsule inside droplet Capsule Capsule Capsule Capsule Capsule inside well inside spot inside droplet inside Spot inside Droplet capsule capsule inside capsule Surface Bead inside Spot on bead Bead inside Bead inside of a Bead well Bead inside droplet capsule spot - Any partition described herein may comprise multiple partitions. For example, a partition may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions. A partition may comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions. In some cases, a partition may comprise less than 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, or 50000 partitions. In some cases, each partition may comprise 2-50, 2-20, 2-10, or 2-5 partitions.
- A partition may comprise any suitable species or mixture of species. For example, in some cases a partition may comprise a reagent, an analyte, a sample, a cell, and combinations thereof. A partition comprising other partitions may comprise certain species in the same partitions and certain species in different partitions. Species may be distributed between any suitable partitions, depending on the needs of the particular process. For example, any of the partitions in Table 1 may contain at least one first species and any of the partitions in Table 1 may contain at least one second species. In some cases the first species may be a reagent and the second species may be an analyte.
- In some cases, a species is a polynucleotide isolated from a cell. For example, in some cases polynucleotides (e.g., genomic DNA, RNA, etc.) is isolated from a cell utilizing any suitable method (e.g., a commercially available kit). The polynucleotide may be quantified. The quantified polynucleotide may then be partitioned into a plurality of partitions as described herein. The partitioning of the polynucleotide may be performed at a predetermined coverage amount, according to the quantification and the needs of the assay. In some cases, all or most (e.g., at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or 95%) of the partitions do not comprise polynucleotides that overlap, such that separate mixtures of non-overlapping fragments are formed across the plurality of partitions. The partitioned polynucleotides may then be treated according to any suitable method known in the art or described in this disclosure. For example, the partitioned polynucleotides may be fragmented, amplified, barcoded, and the like.
- Species may be partitioned using a variety of methods. For example, species may be diluted and dispensed across a plurality of partitions. A terminal dilution of a medium comprising species may be performed such that the number of partitions exceeds the number of species. Dilution may also be used prior to forming an emulsion or capsules, or prior to spotting a species on a substrate. The ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000. The ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be at least about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000. The ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may be less than about 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, or 1000. The ratio of the number of species to the number of partitions may range from about 0.1-10, 0.5-10, 1-10, 2-10, 10-100, 100-1000, or more.
- Partitioning may also be performed using piezoelectric droplet generation (e.g., Bransky et al., Lab on a Chip, 2009, 9, 516-520) or surface acoustic waves (e.g., Demirci and Montesano, Lab on a Chip, 2007, 7, 1139-1145).
- The number of partitions employed may vary depending on the application. For example, the number of partitions may be about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, or 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000, or more. The number of partitions may be at least about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000, or more. The number of partitions may be less than about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000. The number of partitions may be about 5-10000000, 5-5000000, 5-1,000,000, 10-10,000, 10-5,000, 10-1,000, 1,000-6,000, 1,000-5,000, 1,000-4,000, 1,000-3,000, or 1,000-2,000.
- The number of different barcodes or different sets of barcodes that are partitioned may vary depending upon, for example, the particular barcodes to be partitioned and/or the application. Different sets of barcodes may be, for example, sets of identical barcodes where the identical barcodes differ between each set. Or different sets of barcodes may be, for example, sets of different barcodes, where each set differs in its included barcodes. For example, about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more different barcodes or different sets of barcodes may be partitioned. In some examples, at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more different barcodes or different sets of barcodes may be partitioned. In some examples, less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes or different sets of barcodes may be partitioned. In some examples, about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 barcodes may be partitioned.
- Barcodes may be partitioned at a particular density. For example, barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that identical barcodes are partitioned at a particular density. For example, identical barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 identical barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more identical barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 identical barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 identical barcodes per partition.
- Barcodes may be partitioned such that different barcodes are partitioned at a particular density. For example, different barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, 50,000, 60,000, 70,000, 80,000, 90,000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, 100000000, or more different barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200,000, 300,000, 400,000, 500,000, 600,000, 700,000, 800,000, 900,000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 6000000, 7000000, 8000000, 9000000, 10000000, 20000000, 50000000, or 100000000 different barcodes per partition. Barcodes may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-1000000, 10000-1000000, 10000-10000000, or 10000-100000000 different barcodes per partition.
- The number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may vary, for example, depending on the application and/or the number of different barcodes to be partitioned. For example, the number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, or 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100,000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1,000,000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000 or more. The number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be at least about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, 20000000 or more. The number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be less than about 5, 10, 50, 100, 250, 500, 750, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 5000, 7500, 10,000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000, 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, 1000000, 2000000, 3000000, 4000000, 5000000, 10000000, or 20000000. The number of partitions employed to partition barcodes may be about 5-10000000, 5-5000000, 5-1,000,000, 10-10,000, 10-5,000, 10-1,000, 1,000-6,000, 1,000-5,000, 1,000-4,000, 1,000-3,000, or 1,000-2,000.
- As described above, different barcodes or different sets of barcodes (e.g., each set comprising a plurality of identical barcodes or different barcodes) may be partitioned such that each partition comprises a different barcode or different barcode set. In some cases, each partition may comprise a different set of identical barcodes. Where different sets of identical barcodes are partitioned, the number of identical barcodes per partition may vary. For example, about 100,000 or more different sets of identical barcodes may be partitioned across about 100,000 or more different partitions, such that each partition comprises a different set of identical barcodes. In each partition, the number of identical barcodes per set of barcodes may be about 1,000,000 identical barcodes. In some cases, the number of different sets of barcodes may be equal to or substantially equal to the number of partitions. Any suitable number of different barcodes or different barcode sets (including numbers of different barcodes or different barcode sets to be partitioned described elsewhere herein), number of barcodes per partition (including numbers of barcodes per partition described elsewhere herein), and number of partitions (including numbers of partitions described elsewhere herein) may be combined to generate a diverse library of partitioned barcodes with high numbers of barcodes per partition. Thus, as will be appreciated, any of the above-described different numbers of barcodes may be provided with any of the above-described barcode densities per partition, and in any of the above-described numbers of partitions.
- The volume of the partitions may vary depending on the application. For example, the volume of any of the partitions described in this disclosure (e.g., wells, spots, droplets (e.g., in an emulsion), and capsules) may be about 1000 μl, 900 μl, 800 μl, 700 μl, 600 μl, 500 μl, 400 μl, 300 μl, 200 μl, 100 μl, 50 μl, 25 μl, 10 μl, 5 μl, 1 μl, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 mL, 1 mL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 pL, 300 pL, 200 pL, 100 pL, 50 pL, 25 pL, 10 pL, 5 pL, 1 pL, 900 fL, 800 fL, 700 fL, 600 fL, 500 fL, 400 fL, 300 fL, 200 fL, 100 fL, 50 fL, 25 fL, 10 fL, 5 fL, 1 fL, or 0.5 fL. The volume of the partitions may be at least about 1000 μl, 900 μl, 800 μl, 700 μl, 600 μl, 500 μl, 400 μl, 300 μl, 200 μl, 100 μl, 50 μl, 25 μl, 10 μl, 5 μl, 1 μl, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 nL, 1 nL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 pL, 300 pL, 200 pL, 100 pL, 50 pL, 25 pL, 10 pL, 5 pL, 1 pL, 900 fL, 800 fL, 700 fL, 600 fL, 500 fL, 400 fL, 300 fL, 200 fL, 100 fL, 50 fL, 25 fL, 10 fL, 5 fL, 1 fL, or 0.5 fL. The volume of the partitions may be less than about 1000 μl, 900 μl, 800 μl, 700 μl, 600 μl, 500 μl, 400 μl, 300 μl, 200 μl, 100 μl, 50 μl, 25 μl, 10 μl, 5 μl, 1 μl, 900 nL, 800 nL, 700 nL, 600 nL, 500 nL, 400 nL, 300 nL, 200 nL, 100 nL, 50 nL, 25 nL, 10 nL, 5 nL, 5 nL, 2.5 nL, 1 nL, 900 pL, 800 pL, 700 pL, 600 pL, 500 pL, 400 pL, 300 pL, 200 pL, 100 pL, 50 pL, 25 pL, 10 pL, 5 pL, 1 pL, 900 fL, 800 fL, 700 fL, 600 fL, 500 fL, 400 fL, 300 fL, 200 fL, 100 fL, 50 fL, 25 fL, 10 fL, 5 fL, 1 fL, or 0.5 fL. the volume of the partitions may be about 0.5 fL-5 pL, 10 pL-10 nL, 10 nL-10 μl, 10 μl-100 μl, or 100 μl to 1 mL.
- There may be variability in the volume of fluid in different partitions. More specifically, the volume of different partitions may vary by at least (or at most) plus or minus 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, 200%, 300%, 400%, 500%, or 1000% across a set of partitions. For example, a well (or other partition) may comprise a volume of fluid that is at most 80% of the fluid volume within a second well (or other partition).
- Particular species may also be targeted to specific partitions. For example, in some cases, a capture reagent (e.g., an oligonucleotide probe) may be immobilized or placed within a partition to capture specific species (e.g., polynucleotides). For example, a capture oligonucleotide may be immobilized on the surface of a bead in order to capture a species comprising an oligonucleotide with a complementary sequence.
- Species may also be partitioned at a particular density. For example, species may be partitioned so that each partition contains about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, or 1000000 species per partition. Species may be partitioned so that each partition contains at least about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, 1000000 or more species per partition. Species may be partitioned so that each partition contains less than about 1, 5, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 100000, or 1000000 species per partition. Species may be partitioned such that each partition contains about 1-5, 5-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, or 100000-1000000 species per partition.
- Species may be partitioned such that at least one partition comprises a species that is unique within that partition. This may be true for about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more of the partitions. This may be true for at least about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more of the partitions. This may be true for less than about 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the partitions.
- a. Wells as Partitions
- In some cases, wells are used as partitions. The wells may be microwells. A well may comprise a medium comprising a species or plurality of species. Species may be contained within a well in various configurations. In one example, a species is dispensed directly into a well. A species dispensed directly into a well may be overlaid with a layer that is, for example, dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. This layer may be, for example, an oil, wax, membrane, or the like. The layer may be dissolved or melted prior to or after introduction of another species into the well. The well may be sealed at any point, with a sealing layer, for example after addition of any species.
- In one example, reagents for sample processing are dispensed directly into a well and overlaid with a layer that is dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced on top of the layer. The layer is dissolved or melted, or the analyte (or reagent) diffuses through the layer. The well is sealed and incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered.
- In some cases, wells comprise other partitions. A well may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another well, a spot, a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like. Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- In one example, a well comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing. A capsule may be loaded into a well using a liquid medium, or loaded into a well without a liquid medium (e.g., essentially dry). As described elsewhere in this disclosure, a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed may be introduced into the well. The well may be sealed and a stimulus may be applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the well, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The well may be incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the well, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the well and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- In another example, a well comprises an emulsion and the droplets of the emulsion comprise capsules comprising reagents for sample processing. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplets of the emulsion. The well is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsules into the droplets, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The well is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in a droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- Wells may be arranged as an array, for example a microwell array. Based on the dimensions of individual wells and the size of the substrate, the well array may comprise a range of well densities. In some cases, the well density may be 10 wells/cm2, 50 wells/cm2, 100 wells/cm2, 500 wells/cm2, 1000 wells/cm2, 5000 wells/cm2, 10000 wells/cm2, 50000 wells/cm2, or 100000 wells/cm2. In some cases, the well density may be at least 10 wells/cm2, 50 wells/cm2, 100 wells/cm2, 500 wells/cm2, 1000 wells/cm2, 5000 wells/cm2, 10000 wells/cm2, 50000 wells/cm2, or 100000 wells/cm2. In some cases, the well density may be less than 10 wells/cm2, 50 wells/cm2, 100 wells/cm2, 500 wells/cm2, 1000 wells/cm2, 5000 wells/cm2, 10000 wells/cm2, 50000 wells/cm2, or 100000 wells/cm2.
- b. Spots as Partitions
- In some cases, spots are used as partitions. A spot may be made, for example, by dispensing a substance on a surface. Species may be contained within a spot in various configurations. In one example, a species is dispensed directly into a spot by including the species in the medium used to form the spot. A species dispensed directly onto a spot may be overlaid with a layer that is, for example, dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. This layer may be, for example, an oil, wax, membrane, or the like. The layer may be dissolved or melted prior to or after introduction of another species onto the spot. The spot may be sealed at any point, for example after addition of any species, by an overlay.
- In one example, reagents for sample processing are dispensed directly onto a spot, for example on a glass slide, and overlaid with a layer that is dissolvable, meltable, or permeable. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced on top of the layer. The layer is dissolved or melted, or the analyte (or reagent) diffuses through the layer. The spot is sealed and incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered.
- As described elsewhere in this disclosure (e.g., Table 1), spots may also be arranged within a well. In some cases, a plurality of spots may be arranged within a well such that the contents of each spot do not mix. Such a configuration may be useful, for example, when it is desirable to prevent species from contacting each other. In some cases, a well may comprise 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more spots. In some cases, a well may comprise at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more spots. In some cases, a well may comprise less than 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 spots. In some cases, a well may comprise 2-4, 2-6, 2-8, 4-6, 4-8, 5-10, or 4-12 spots. Upon addition of a substance (e.g., a medium containing an analyte) to the well, the species in the spot may mix. Moreover, using separate spots to contain different species (or combinations of species) may also be useful to prevent cross-contamination of devices used to place the spots inside the well.
- In some cases, spots comprise other partitions. A spot may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another spot a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like. Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- In one example, a spot comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing. As described elsewhere in this disclosure, a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is introduced into the spot. The spot is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the spot, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The spot is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the spot, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the spot and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- In another example, a spot comprises an emulsion and the droplets of the emulsion comprise capsules comprising reagents for sample processing. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplets of the emulsion. The spot is sealed and a stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsules into the droplets, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The spot is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in a droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- Spots may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size. In some cases, the diameter of a spot may be about 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm. A spot may have a diameter of at least about 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm. In some cases, a spot may have a diameter of less than about 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, 1 mm, 1 mm, 2 mm, 5 mm, or 1 cm. In some cases, a spot may have a diameter of about 0.1 μm to 1 cm, 100 μm to 1 mm, 100 μm to 500 μm, 100 μm to 600 μm, 150 μm to 300 μm, or 150 μm to 400 μm.
- Spots may be arranged as an array, for example a spot array. Based on the dimensions of individual spots and the size of the substrate, the spot array may comprise a range of spot densities. In some cases, the spot density may be 10 spots/cm2, 50 spots/cm2, 100 spots/cm2, 500 spots/cm2, 1000 spots/cm2, 5000 spots/cm2, 10000 spots/cm2, 50000 spots/cm2, or 100000 spots/cm2. In some cases, the spot density may be at least 10 spots/cm2, 50 spots/cm2, 100 spots/cm2, 500 spots/cm2, 1000 spots/cm2, 5000 spots/cm2, 10000 spots/cm2, 50000 spots/cm2, or 100000 spots/cm2. In some cases, the spot density may be less than 10 spots/cm2, 50 spots/cm2, 100 spots/cm2, 500 spots/cm2, 1000 spots/cm2, 5000 spots/cm2, 10000 spots/cm2, 50000 spots/cm2, or 100000 spots/cm2.
- c. Emulsions as Partitions
- In some cases, the droplets in an emulsion are used as partitions. An emulsion may be prepared, for example, by any suitable method, including methods known in the art. (See e.g., Weizmann et al., Nature Methods, 2006, 3(7):545-550; Weitz et al. U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0211084). In some cases, water-in-fluorocarbon emulsions may be used. These emulsions may incorporate fluorosurfactants such as oligomeric perfluorinated polyethers (PFPE) with polyethylene glycol (PEG). (Holtze et al., Lab on a Chip, 2008, 8(10):1632-1639). In some cases, monodisperse emulsions may be formed in a microfluidic flow focusing device. (Garstecki et al., Applied Physics Letters, 2004, 85(13):2649-2651).
- A species may be contained within a droplet in an emulsion containing, for example, a first phase (e.g., oil or water) forming the droplet and a second (continuous) phase (e.g., water or oil). An emulsion may be a single emulsion, for example, a water-in-oil or an oil-in-water emulsion. An emulsion may be a double emulsion, for example a water-in-oil-in-water or an oil-in-water-in-oil emulsion. Higher-order emulsions are also possible. The emulsion may be held in any suitable container, including any suitable partition described in this disclosure.
- In some cases, droplets in an emulsion comprise other partitions. A droplet in an emulsion may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), a capsule, a bead, and the like. Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- In one example, a droplet in an emulsion comprises a capsule comprising reagents for sample processing. As described elsewhere in this disclosure, a capsule may contain one or more capsules, or other partitions. A sample comprising an analyte to be processed is contained within the droplet. A stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the capsule into the droplet, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The droplet is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in a capsule and an analyte is in the droplet, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the droplet and analyte in the capsule—is also possible.
- The droplets in an emulsion may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size. In some cases, the diameter of a droplet in an emulsion may be about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. A droplet may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a droplet may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a droplet may have a diameter of about 0.001 μm to 1 mm, 0.01 μm to 900 μm, 0.1 μm to 600 μm, 100 μm to 200 μm, 100 μm to 300 μm, 100 μm to 400 μm, 100 μm to 500 μm, 100 μm to 600 μm, 150 μm to 200 μm, 150 μm to 300 μm, or 150 μm to 400 μm.
- Droplets in an emulsion also may have a particular density. In some cases, the droplets are less dense than an aqueous fluid (e.g., water); in some cases, the droplets are denser than an aqueous fluid. In some cases, the droplets are less dense than a non-aqueous fluid (e.g., oil); in some cases, the droplets are denser than a non-aqueous fluid. Droplets may have a density of about 0.05 g/cm3, 0.1 g/cm3, 0.2 g/cm3, 0.3 g/cm3, 0.4 g/cm3, 0.5 g/cm3, 0.6 g/cm3, 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. Droplets may have a density of at least about 0.05 g/cm3, 0.1 g/cm3, 0.2 g/cm3, 0.3 g/cm3, 0.4 g/cm3, 0.5 g/cm3, 0.6 g/cm3, 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. In other cases, droplet densities may be at most about 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. Such densities can reflect the density of the capsule in any particular fluid (e.g., aqueous, water, oil, etc.)
- d. Capsules as Partitions
- In some cases, capsules are used as partitions. A capsule may be prepared by any suitable method, including methods known in the art, including emulsification polymerization (Weitz et al. (U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0211084)), layer-by-layer assembly with polyelectrolytes, coacervation, internal phase separation, and flow focusing. Any suitable species may be contained within a capsule. The capsule may be held in any suitable container, including any suitable partition described in this disclosure.
- In some cases, capsules comprise other partitions. A capsule may comprise any suitable partition including, for example, another capsule, a droplet in an emulsion, a bead, and the like. Each partition may be present as a single partition or a plurality of partitions, and each partition may comprise the same species or different species.
- In one example, an outer capsule comprises an inner capsule. The inner capsule comprises reagents for sample processing. An analyte is encapsulated in the medium between the inner capsule and the outer capsule. A stimulus is applied to cause release of the contents of the inner capsule into the outer capsule, resulting in contact between the reagents and the analyte to be processed. The outer capsule is incubated under appropriate conditions for the processing of the analyte. Processed analyte may then be recovered. While this example describes an embodiment where a reagent is in an inner capsule and an analyte in the medium between the inner capsule and the outer capsule, the opposite configuration—i.e., reagent in the medium between the inner capsule and the outer capsule, and analyte in the inner capsule—is also possible.
- Capsules may be pre-formed and filled with reagents by injection. For example, the picoinjection methods described in Abate et al. (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 2010, 107(45), 19163-19166) and Weitz et al. (U.S. Pub. No. 2012/0132288) may be used to introduce reagents into the interior of capsules described herein. Generally, the picoinjection will be performed prior to the hardening of the capsule shell, for example by injecting species into the interior of a capsule precursor, such as a droplet of an emulsion, before formation of the capsule shell.
- Capsules may be of uniform size or heterogeneous size. In some cases, the diameter of a capsule may be about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. A capsule may have a diameter of at least about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a capsule may have a diameter of less than about 0.001 μm, 0.01 μm, 0.05 μm, 0.1 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm, 5 μm, 10 μm, 50 μm, 100 μm, 150 μm, 200 μm, 300 μm, 400 μm, 500 μm, 600 μm, 700 μm, 800 μm, 900 μm, or 1 mm. In some cases, a capsule may have a diameter of about 0.001 μm to 1 mm, 0.01 μm to 900 μm, 0.1 μm to 600 μm, 100 μm to 200 μm, 100 μm to 300 μm, 100 μm to 400 μm, 100 μm to 500 μm, 100 μm to 600 μm, 150 μm to 200 μm, 150 μm to 300 μm, or 150 μm to 400 μm.
- Capsules also may have a particular density. In some cases, the capsules are less dense than an aqueous fluid (e.g., water); in some cases, the capsules are denser than an aqueous fluid. In some cases, the capsules are less dense than a non-aqueous fluid (e.g., oil); in some cases, the capsules are denser than a non-aqueous fluid. Capsules may have a density of about 0.05 g/cm3, 0.1 g/cm3, 0.2 g/cm3, 0.3 g/cm3, 0.4 g/cm3, 0.5 g/cm3, 0.6 g/cm3, 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. Capsules may have a density of at least about 0.05 g/cm3, 0.1 g/cm3, 0.2 g/cm3, 0.3 g/cm3, 0.4 g/cm3, 0.5 g/cm3, 0.6 g/cm3, 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. In other cases, capsule densities may be at most about 0.7 g/cm3, 0.8 g/cm3, 0.81 g/cm3, 0.82 g/cm3, 0.83 g/cm3, 0.84 g/cm3, 0.85 g/cm3, 0.86 g/cm3, 0.87 g/cm3, 0.88 g/cm3, 0.89 g/cm3, 0.90 g/cm3, 0.91 g/cm3, 0.92 g/cm3, 0.93 g/cm3, 0.94 g/cm3, 0.95 g/cm3, 0.96 g/cm3, 0.97 g/cm3, 0.98 g/cm3, 0.99 g/cm3, 1.00 g/cm3, 1.05 g/cm3, 1.1 g/cm3, 1.2 g/cm3, 1.3 g/cm3, 1.4 g/cm3, 1.5 g/cm3, 1.6 g/cm3, 1.7 g/cm3, 1.8 g/cm3, 1.9 g/cm3, 2.0 g/cm3, 2.1 g/cm3, 2.2 g/cm3, 2.3 g/cm3, 2.4 g/cm3, or 2.5 g/cm3. Such densities can reflect the density of the capsule in any particular fluid (e.g., aqueous, water, oil, etc.)
- In some cases, capsules may be produced by flow focusing. Flow focusing is a method whereby a first fluid that is immiscible with a second fluid is flowed into the second fluid. With reference to
FIG. 12 , a first (e.g., aqueous) fluid comprising a monomer, crosslinker, initiator, andaqueous surfactant 1201 is flowed into a second (e.g., oil) fluid comprising a surfactant and anaccelerator 1202. After entering the second fluid at a T-junction in amicrofluidic device 1203, a droplet of first fluid breaks off from the first fluid stream and a capsule shell begins to form 1204 due to the mixing of the monomer, crosslinker, and initiator in the first fluid and the accelerator in the second fluid. Thus, a capsule is formed. As the capsule proceeds downstream, the shell becomes thicker due to increased exposure to the accelerator. Varying the concentrations of the reagents may also be used to vary the thickness and permeability of the capsule shell. - A species, or other partition such as a droplet, may be encapsulated by, for example, including the species in the first fluid. Including the species in the second fluid may embed the species in the shell of the capsule. Of course, depending on the needs of the particular sample processing method, the phases may also be reversed—i.e., the first phase may be an oil phase and the second phase may be an aqueous phase.
- 2. Production of Capsules within Capsules by Flow Focusing
- In some cases, capsules within capsules may be produced by flow focusing. With reference to
FIG. 13 , a first (e.g., aqueous) fluid comprising a capsule, monomer, crosslinker, initiator, andaqueous surfactant 1301 is flowed into a second (oil) fluid comprising a surfactant and anaccelerator 1302. After entering the second fluid at a T-junction in amicrofluidic device 1303, a droplet of first fluid breaks off from the first fluid stream and a second capsule shell begins to form around thecapsule 1304 due to the mixing of the monomer, crosslinker, and initiator in the first fluid and the accelerator in the second fluid. Thus, a capsule within a capsule is formed. As the capsule proceeds downstream, the shell becomes thicker due to increased exposure to the accelerator. Varying the concentrations of the reagents may also be used to vary the thickness and permeability of the second capsule shell. - A species may be encapsulated by, for example, including the species in the first fluid. Including the species in the second fluid may embed the species in the second shell of the capsule. Of course, depending on the needs of the particular sample processing method, the phases may also be reversed—i.e., the first phase may be an oil phase and the second phase may be an aqueous phase.
- In some cases, capsules may be produced in batch, using capsule precursors, such as the droplets in an emulsion. Capsule precursors may be formed by any suitable method, for example by producing an emulsion with droplets comprising a monomer, a crosslinker, an initiator, and a surfactant. An accelerator may then be added to the medium, resulting in the formation of capsules. As for the methods of flow focusing, the thickness of the shell can be varied by varying the concentrations of the reactants, and the time of exposure to the accelerator. The capsules may then be washed and recovered. As for any method described herein, a species, including other partitions, may be encapsulated within the capsule or, if suitable, within the shell.
- In another example, the droplets of an emulsion may be exposed to an accelerator that is present in an outlet well during the emulsion generation process. For example, capsule precursors may be formed by any suitable method, such as the flow focusing method illustrated in
FIG. 12 . Rather than including the accelerator insecond fluid 1202, the accelerator may be included in a medium located at the exit of the T-junction (e.g., a medium located at the far-right of the horizontal channel ofFIG. 12 . As the emulsion droplets (i.e., capsule precursors) exit the channel, they contact the medium comprising the accelerator (i.e., the outlet medium). If the capsule precursor has a density that is less than the density of outlet medium, the capsule precursors will rise through the medium, ensuring convectional and diffusional exposure to the accelerator and reducing the likelihood of polymerization at the outlet of the channel. - The methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure may be used with any suitable species. A species can be, for example, any substance used in sample processing, such as a reagent or an analyte. Exemplary species include whole cells, chromosomes, polynucleotides, organic molecules, proteins, polypeptides, carbohydrates, saccharides, sugars, lipids, enzymes, restriction enzymes, ligases, polymerases, barcodes, adapters, small molecules, antibodies, fluorophores, deoxynucleotide triphosphates (dNTPs), dideoxynucleotide triphosphates (ddNTPs), buffers, acidic solutions, basic solutions, temperature-sensitive enzymes, pH-sensitive enzymes, light-sensitive enzymes, metals, metal ions, magnesium chloride, sodium chloride, manganese, aqueous buffer, mild buffer, ionic buffer, inhibitors, saccharides, oils, salts, ions, detergents, ionic detergents, non-ionic detergents, oligonucleotides, nucleotides, DNA, RNA, peptide polynucleotides, complementary DNA (cDNA), double stranded DNA (dsDNA), single stranded DNA (ssDNA), plasmid DNA, cosmid DNA, chromosomal DNA, genomic DNA, viral DNA, bacterial DNA, mtDNA (mitochondrial DNA), mRNA, rRNA, tRNA, nRNA, siRNA, snRNA, snoRNA, scaRNA, microRNA, dsRNA, ribozyme, riboswitch and viral RNA, a locked nucleic acid (LNA) in whole or part, locked nucleic acid nucleotides, any other type of nucleic acid analogue, proteases, nucleases, protease inhibitors, nuclease inhibitors, chelating agents, reducing agents, oxidizing agents, probes, chromophores, dyes, organics, emulsifiers, surfactants, stabilizers, polymers, water, small molecules, pharmaceuticals, radioactive molecules, preservatives, antibiotics, aptamers, and the like. In summary, the species that are used will vary depending on the particular sample processing needs.
- In some cases, a partition comprises a set of species that have a similar attribute (e.g., a set of enzymes, a set of minerals, a set of oligonucleotides, a mixture of different barcodes, a mixture of identical barcodes). In other cases, a partition comprises a heterogeneous mixture of species. In some cases, the heterogeneous mixture of species comprises all components necessary to perform a particular reaction. In some cases, such mixture comprises all components necessary to perform a reaction, except for 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or more components necessary to perform the reaction. In some cases, such additional components are contained within a different partition or within a solution within or surrounding a partition.
- A species may be naturally-occurring or synthetic. A species may be present in a sample obtained using any methods known in the art. In some cases, a sample may be processed before analyzing it for an analyte.
- A species may be obtained from any suitable location, including from organisms, whole cells, cell preparations and cell-free compositions from any organism, tissue, cell, or environment. A species may be obtained from environmental samples, biopsies, aspirates, formalin fixed embedded tissues, air, agricultural samples, soil samples, petroleum samples, water samples, or dust samples. In some instances, a species may be obtained from bodily fluids which may include blood, urine, feces, serum, lymph, saliva, mucosal secretions, perspiration, central nervous system fluid, vaginal fluid, or semen. Species may also be obtained from manufactured products, such as cosmetics, foods, personal care products, and the like. Species may be the products of experimental manipulation including, recombinant cloning, polynucleotide amplification, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification, purification methods (such as purification of genomic DNA or RNA), and synthesis reactions.
- In some cases, a species may quantified by mass. A species may be provided in a mass of about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 μg, 5 μg, 10 μg, 15 μg, or 20 μg. A species may be provided in a mass of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 μg, 5 μg, 10 μg, 15 μg, or 20 μg. A species may be provided in a mass of less than about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000 ng, 1 μg, 5 μg, 10 μg, 15 μg, or 20 μg. A species may be provided in a mass ranging from about 1-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-200, 200-1000, 1000-10000 ng, 1-5 or 1-20 μg. As described elsewhere in this disclosure, if a species is a polynucleotide, amplification may be used to increase the quantity of a polynucleotide.
- Polynucleotides may also be quantified as “genome equivalents.” A genome equivalent is an amount of polynucleotide equivalent to one haploid genome of an organism from which the target polynucleotide is derived. For example, a single diploid cell contains two genome equivalents of DNA. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount ranging from about 1-10, 10-50, 50-100, 100-1000, 1000-10000, 10000-100000, or 100000-1000000 genome equivalents. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, or 1000000 genome equivalents. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount less than about 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 50, 100, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 8500, 9000, 9500, 10000, 20000, 30000, 40000, 50000, 60000 70000, 80000, 90000, 100000, 200000, 300000, 400000, 500000, 600000, 700000, 800000, 900000, or 1000000 genome equivalents.
- Polynucleotides may also be quantified by the amount of sequence coverage provided. The amount of sequence coverage refers to the average number of reads representing a given nucleotide in a reconstructed sequence. Generally, the greater the number of times a region is sequenced, the more accurate the sequence information obtained. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides a range of sequence coverage from about 0.1×-10×, 10×-50×, 50×-100×, 100×-200×, or 200×-500×. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides at least about 0.1×, 0.2×, 0.3×, 0.4×, 0.5×, 0.6×, 0.7×, 0.8×, 0.9×, 1.0×, 5×, 10×, 25×, 50×, 100×, 125×, 150×, 175×, or 200× sequence coverage. Polynucleotides may be provided in an amount that provides less than about 0.2×, 0.3×, 0.4×, 0.5×, 0.6×, 0.7×, 0.8×, 0.9×, 1.0×, 5×, 10×, 25×, 50×, 100×, 125×, 150×, 175×, or 200× sequence coverage.
- In some cases, species are introduced into a partition either before or after a particular step. For example, a lysis buffer reagent may be introduced into a partition following partitioning of a cellular sample into the partitions. In some cases, reagents and/or partitions comprising reagents are introduced sequentially such that different reactions or operations occur at different steps. The reagents (or partitions comprising reagents) may be also be loaded at steps interspersed with a reaction or operation step. For example, capsules comprising reagents for fragmenting molecules (e.g., nucleic acids) may be loaded into a well, followed by a fragmentation step, which may be followed by loading of capsules comprising reagents for ligating barcodes (or other unique identifiers, e.g., antibodies) and subsequent ligation of the barcodes to the fragmented molecules.
- In some cases, the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure may be used to process a sample containing a species, for example an analyte. Any suitable process can be performed.
- a. Fragmentation of Target Polynucleotides
- In some cases, the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits of this disclosure may be used for polynucleotide fragmentation. Fragmentation of polynucleotides is used as a step in a variety of methods, including polynucleotide sequencing. The size of the polynucleotide fragments, typically described in terms of length (quantified by the linear number of nucleotides per fragment), may vary depending on the source of the target polynucleotide, the method used for fragmentation, and the desired application. A single fragmentation step or a plurality of fragmentation steps may be used.
- Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be about 1-10, 10-20, 20-50, 50-100, 50-200, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, 400-500, 500-1000, 1000-5000, 5000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-250000, or 250000-500000 nucleotides in length. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be at least about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, or more nucleotides in length. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may be less than about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, nucleotides in length.
- Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of about 1-10, 10-20, 20-50, 50-100, 50-200, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, 400-500, 500-1000, 1000-5000, 5000-10000, 10000-100000, 100000-250000, or 250000-500000 nucleotides. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of at least about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, or more nucleotides. Fragments generated using the methods described herein may have a mean or median length of less than about 10, 20, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 1000, 5000, 10000, 100000, 250000, 500000, nucleotides.
- Numerous fragmentation methods are known in the art. For example, fragmentation may be performed through physical, mechanical or enzymatic methods. Physical fragmentation may include exposing a target polynucleotide to heat or to UV light. Mechanical disruption may be used to mechanically shear a target polynucleotide into fragments of the desired range. Mechanical shearing may be accomplished through a number of methods known in the art, including repetitive pipetting of the target polynucleotide, sonication (e.g., using ultrasonic waves), cavitation and nebulization. Target polynucleotides may also be fragmented using enzymatic methods. In some cases, enzymatic digestion may be performed using enzymes such as using restriction enzymes.
- While the methods of fragmentation described in the preceding paragraph, and in some paragraphs of the disclosure, are described with reference to “target” polynucleotides, this is not meant to be limiting, above or anywhere else in this disclosure. Any method of fragmentation described herein, or known in the art, can be applied to any polynucleotide used with the invention. In some cases, this polynucleotide may be a target polynucleotide, such as a genome. In other cases, this polynucleotide may be a fragment of a target polynucleotide which one wishes to further fragment. In still other cases, still further fragments may be still further fragmented. Any suitable polynucleotide may be fragmented according the methods described herein.
- Restriction enzymes may be used to perform specific or non-specific fragmentation of target polynucleotides. The methods of the present disclosure may use one or more types of restriction enzymes, generally described as Type I enzymes, Type II enzymes, and/or Type III enzymes. Type II and Type III enzymes are generally commercially available and well known in the art. Type II and Type III enzymes recognize specific sequences of nucleotide base pairs within a double stranded polynucleotide sequence (a “recognition sequence” or “recognition site”). Upon binding and recognition of these sequences, Type II and Type III enzymes cleave the polynucleotide sequence. In some cases, cleavage will result in a polynucleotide fragment with a portion of overhanging single stranded DNA, called a “sticky end.” In other cases, cleavage will not result in a fragment with an overhang, creating a “blunt end.” The methods of the present disclosure may comprise use of restriction enzymes that generate either sticky ends or blunt ends.
- Restriction enzymes may recognize a variety of recognition sites in the target polynucleotide. Some restriction enzymes (“exact cutters”) recognize only a single recognition site (e.g., GAATTC). Other restriction enzymes are more promiscuous, and recognize more than one recognition site, or a variety of recognition sites. Some enzymes cut at a single position within the recognition site, while others may cut at multiple positions. Some enzymes cut at the same position within the recognition site, while others cut at variable positions.
- The present disclosure provides method of selecting one or more restriction enzymes to produce fragments of a desired length. Polynucleotide fragmentation may be simulated in silico, and the fragmentation may be optimized to obtain the greatest number or fraction of polynucleotide fragments within a particular size range, while minimizing the number or fraction of fragments within undesirable size ranges. Optimization algorithms may be applied to select a combination of two or more enzymes to produce the desired fragment sizes with the desired distribution of fragments quantities.
- A polynucleotide may be exposed to two or more restriction enzymes simultaneously or sequentially. This may be accomplished by, for example, adding more than one restriction enzyme to a partition, or by adding one restriction enzyme to a partition, performing the digestion, deactivating the restriction enzyme (e.g., by heat treatment) and then adding a second restriction enzyme. Any suitable restriction enzyme may be used alone, or in combination, in the methods presented herein.
- In some cases, a species is a restriction enzyme that is a “rare-cutter.” The term “rare-cutter enzyme,” as used herein, generally refers to an enzyme with a recognition site that occurs only rarely in a genome. The size of restriction fragments generated by cutting a hypothetical random genome with a restriction enzyme may be approximated by 4N, where N is the number of nucleotides in the recognition site of the enzyme. For example, an enzyme with a recognition site consisting of 7 nucleotides would cut a genome once every 47 bp, producing fragments of about 16,384 bp. Generally rare-cutter enzymes have recognition sites comprising 6 or more nucleotides. For example, a rare cutter enzyme may have a recognition site comprising or consisting of 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 nucleotides. Examples of rare-cutter enzymes include NotI (GCGGCCGC), XmaIII (CGGCCG), SstII (CCGCGG), SalI (GTCGAC), NruI (TCGCGA), NheI (GCTAGC), Nb.BbvCI (CCTCAGC), BbvCI (CCTCAGC), AscI (GGCGCGCC), AsiSI (GCGATCGC), FseI (GGCCGGCC), Pad (TTAATTAA), PmeI (GTTTAAAC), SbfI (CCTGCAGG), SgrAI (CRCCGGYG), SwaI (ATTTAAAT), BspQI (GCTCTTC), SapI (GCTCTTC), SfiI (GGCCNNNNNGGCC) (SEQ ID NO: 27), CspCI (CAANNNNNGTGG) (SEQ ID NO: 28), AbsI (CCTCGAGG), CciNI (GCGGCCGC), FspAI (RTGCGCAY), MauBI (CGCGCGCG), MreI (CGCCGGCG), MssI (GTTTAAAC), PalAI (GGCGCGCC), RgaI (GCGATCGC), RigI (GGCCGGCC), SdaI (CCTGCAGG), SfaAI (GCGATCGC), SgfI (GCGATCGC), SgrDI (CGTCGACG), SgsI (GGCGCGCC), SmiI (ATTTAAAT), SrfI (GCCCGGGC), Sse2321 (CGCCGGCG), Sse83871 (CCTGCAGG), LguI (GCTCTTC), PciSI (GCTCTTC), AarI (CACCTGC), AjuI (GAANNNNNNNTTGG) (SEQ ID NO: 29), AloI (GAACNNNNNNTCC) (SEQ ID NO: 30), BarI (GAAGNNNNNNTAC) (SEQ ID NO: 31), PpiI (GAACNNNNNCTC) (SEQ ID NO: 32), PsrI (GAACNNNNNNTAC) (SEQ ID NO: 33), and others.
- In some cases, polynucleotides may be fragmented and barcoded at the same time. For example, a transposase (e.g., NEXTERA) may be used to fragment a polynucleotide and add a barcode to the polynucleotide.
- In some cases, stimuli may be used to trigger the release of a species from a partition. Generally, a stimulus may cause disruption of the structure of a partition, such as the wall of a well, a component of a spot, the stability of a droplet (e.g., a droplet in an emulsion), or the shell of a capsule. These stimuli are particularly useful in inducing a partition to release its contents. Because a partition may be contained within another partition, and each partition may be responsive (or not responsive) to different stimuli, stimuli-responsiveness may be employed to release the contents of one partition (e.g., a partition responsive to the stimulus) into another partition (e.g., a partition not responsive to that stimulus, or less responsive to that stimulus).
- In some cases, the contents of an inner capsule may be released into the contents of an outer capsule by applying a stimulus that dissolves the inner capsule, resulting in a capsule containing a mixed sample. Of course, this embodiment is purely illustrative, and stimuli-responsiveness may be used to release the contents of any suitable partition into any other suitable partition, medium, or container (see, e.g., Table 1 for more specific examples of partitions within partitions).
- Examples of stimuli that may be used include chemical stimuli, bulk changes, biological stimuli, light, thermal stimuli, magnetic stimuli, addition of a medium to a well, and any combination thereof, as described more fully below. (See, e.g., Esser-Kahn et al., (2011) Macromolecules 44: 5539-5553; Wang et al., (2009) Chem Phys Chem 10:2405-2409.)
- a. Chemical Stimuli and Bulk Changes
- Numerous chemical triggers may be used to trigger the disruption of partitions (e.g., Plunkett et al., Biomacromolecules, 2005, 6:632-637). Examples of these chemical changes may include, but are not limited to pH-mediated changes to the integrity of a component of a partition, disintegration of a component of a partition via chemical cleavage of crosslink bonds, and triggered depolymerization of a component of a partition. Bulk changes may also be used to trigger disruption of partitions.
- A change in pH of a solution, such as a decrease in pH, may trigger disruption of a partition via a number of different mechanisms. The addition of acid may cause degradation or disassembly a portion of a partition through a variety of mechanisms. Addition of protons may disassemble cross-linking of polymers in a component of a partition, disrupt ionic or hydrogen bonds in a component of a partition, or create nanopores in a component of a partition to allow the inner contents to leak through to the exterior. A change in pH may also destabilize an emulsion, leading to release of the contents of the droplets.
- In some examples, a partition is produced from materials that comprise acid-degradable chemical cross-linkers, such a ketals. A decrease in pH, particular to a pH lower than 5, may induce the ketal to convert to a ketone and two alcohols and facilitate disruption of the partition. In other examples, the partitions may be produced from materials comprising one or more polyelectrolytes that are pH sensitive. A decrease in pH may disrupt the ionic- or hydrogen-bonding interactions of such partitions, or create nanopores therein. In some cases, partitions made from materials comprising polyelectrolytes comprise a charged, gel-based core that expands and contracts upon a change of pH.
- Disruption of cross-linked materials comprising a partition can be accomplished through a number of mechanisms. In some examples, a partition can be contacted with various chemicals that induce oxidation, reduction or other chemical changes. In some cases, a reducing agent, such as beta-mercaptoethanol, can be used, such that disulfide bonds of a partition are disrupted. In addition, enzymes may be added to cleave peptide bonds in materials forming a partition, thereby resulting in a loss of integrity of the partition.
- Depolymerization can also be used to disrupt partitions. A chemical trigger may be added to facilitate the removal of a protecting head group. For example, the trigger may cause removal of a head group of a carbonate ester or carbamate within a polymer, which in turn causes depolymerization and release of species from the inside of a partition.
- In yet another example, a chemical trigger may comprise an osmotic trigger, whereby a change in ion or solute concentration in a solution induces swelling of a material used to make a partition. Swelling may cause a buildup of internal pressure such that a partition ruptures to release its contents. Swelling may also cause an increase in the pore size of the material, allowing species contained within the partition to diffuse out, and vice versa.
- A partition may also be made to release its contents via bulk or physical changes, such as pressure induced rupture, melting, or changes in porosity.
- b. Biological Stimuli
- Biological stimuli may also be used to trigger disruption of partitions. Generally, biological triggers resemble chemical triggers, but many examples use biomolecules, or molecules commonly found in living systems such as enzymes, peptides, saccharides, fatty acids, nucleic acids and the like. For example, partitions may be made from materials comprising polymers with peptide cross-links that are sensitive to cleavage by specific proteases. More specifically, one example may comprise a partition made from materials comprising GFLGK (SEQ ID NO: 34) peptide cross links. Upon addition of a biological trigger such as the protease Cathepsin B, the peptide cross links of the shell well are cleaved and the contents of the capsule are released. In other cases, the proteases may be heat-activated. In another example, partitions comprise a component comprising cellulose. Addition of the hydrolytic enzyme chitosan serves as biologic trigger for cleavage of cellulosic bonds, depolymerization of component of the partition comprising chitosan, and release of its inner contents.
- c. Thermal Stimuli
- Partitions may also be induced to release their contents upon the application of a thermal stimulus. A change in temperature can cause a variety changes to a partition. A change in heat may cause melting of a partition such that a portion of the partition disintegrates, or disruption of an emulsion. In other cases, heat may increase the internal pressure of the inner components of a partition such that the partition ruptures or explodes. In still other cases, heat may transform a partition into a shrunken dehydrated state. Heat may also act upon heat-sensitive polymers used as materials to construct partitions.
- In one example, a partition is made from materials comprising a thermo-sensitive hydrogel. Upon the application of heat, such as a temperature above 35 C, the hydrogel material shrinks. The sudden shrinkage of the material increases the pressure and ruptures the partition.
- In some cases, a material used to produce a partition may comprise a diblock polymer, or a mixture of two polymers, with different heat sensitivities. One polymer may be particularly likely to shrink after the application of heat, while the other is more heat-stable. When heat is applied to such shell wall, the heat-sensitive polymer may shrink, while the other remains intact, causing a pore to form. In still other cases, a material used to produce a partition may comprise magnetic nanoparticles. Exposure to a magnetic field may cause the generation of heat, leading to rupture of the partition.
- d. Magnetic Stimuli
- Inclusion of magnetic nanoparticles in a material used to produce a partition may allow triggered rupture of the partition, as described above, as well as enable guidance of these partitions to other partitions (e.g., guidance of capsules to wells in an array). In one example, incorporation of Fe3O4 nanoparticles into materials used to produce partitions triggers rupture in the presence of an oscillating magnetic field stimulus.
- e. Electrical and Light Stimuli
- A partition may also be disrupted as the result of electrical stimulation. Similar to the magnetic particles described in the previous section, electrically sensitive particles can allow for both triggered rupture of partitions, as well as other functions such as alignment in an electric field or redox reactions. In one example, partitions made from materials comprising electrically sensitive material are aligned in an electric field such that release of inner reagents can be controlled. In other examples, electric fields may induce redox reactions within a partition that may increase porosity.
- A light stimulus may also be used to disrupt the partitions. Numerous light triggers are possible and may include systems that use various molecules such as nanoparticles and chromophores capable of absorbing photons of specific ranges of wavelengths. For example, metal oxide coatings can be used to produce certain partitions. UV irradiation of partitions coated with SiO2/TiO2 may result in disintegration of the partition wall. In yet another example, photo switchable materials such as azobenzene groups may be incorporated in the materials used to produce the partitions. Upon the application of UV or visible light, chemicals such as these undergo a reversible cis-to-trans isomerization upon absorption of photons. In this aspect, incorporation of photo switches results in disintegration of a portion of a partition, or an increase in porosity of a portion of a partition.
- f. Application of Stimuli
- The devices, methods, compositions, systems, and kits of this disclosure may be used in combination with any apparatus or device that provides such trigger or stimulus. For example, if the stimulus is thermal, a device may be used in combination with a heated or thermally controlled plate, which allows heating of the wells and may induce the rupture of capsules. Any of a number of methods of heat transfer may be used for thermal stimuli, including but not limited to applying heat by radiative heat transfer, convective heat transfer, or conductive heat transfer. In other cases, if the stimulus is a biological enzyme, the enzyme may be injected into a device such that it is deposited into each well. In another aspect, if the stimulus is a magnetic or electric field, a device may be used in combination with a magnetic or electric plate.
- a. Polynucleotide Sequencing
- Generally, the methods and compositions provided herein are useful for preparation of polynucleotide fragments for downstream applications such as sequencing. Sequencing may be performed by any available technique. For example, sequencing may be performed by the classic Sanger sequencing method. Sequencing methods may also include: high-throughput sequencing, pyrosequencing, sequencing-by-synthesis, single-molecule sequencing, nanopore sequencing, sequencing-by-ligation, sequencing-by-hybridization, RNA-Seq (Illumina), Digital Gene Expression (Helicos), next generation sequencing, single molecule sequencing by synthesis (SMSS) (Helicos), massively-parallel sequencing, clonal single molecule Array (Solexa), shotgun sequencing, Maxim-Gilbert sequencing, primer walking, and any other sequencing methods known in the art.
- In some cases varying numbers of fragments are sequenced. For example, in some cases about 30%-90% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases, about 35%-85%, 40%-80%, 45%-75%, 50%-70%, 55%-65%, or 50%-60% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases, at least about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the fragments are sequenced. In some cases less than about 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% of the fragments are sequenced.
- In some cases sequences from fragments are assembled to provide sequence information for a contiguous region of the original target polynucleotide that is longer than the individual sequence reads. Individual sequence reads may be about 10-50, 50-100, 100-200, 200-300, 300-400, or more nucleotides in length.
- The identities of the barcode tags may serve to order the sequence reads from individual fragments as well as to differentiate between haplotypes. For example, during the partitioning of individual fragments, parental polynucleotide fragments may separated into different partitions. With an increase in the number of partitions, the likelihood of a fragment from both a maternal and paternal haplotype contained in the same partition becomes negligibly small. Thus, sequence reads from fragments in the same partition may be assembled and ordered.
- b. Polynucleotide Phasing
- This disclosure also provides methods and compositions to prepare polynucleotide fragments in such a manner that may enable phasing or linkage information to be generated. Such information may allow for the detection of linked genetic variations in sequences, including genetic variations (e.g., SNPs, mutations, indels, copy number variations, transversions, translocations, inversions, etc.) that are separated by long stretches of polynucleotides. The term “indel” refers to a mutation resulting in a colocalized insertion and deletion and a net gain or loss in nucleotides. A “microindel” is an indel that results in a net gain or loss of 1 to 50 nucleotides. These variations may exist in either a cis or trans relationship. In a cis relationship, two or more genetic variations exist in the same polynucleotide or strand. In a trans relationship, two or more genetic variations exist on multiple polynucleotide molecules or strands.
- Methods provided herein may be used to determine polynucleotide phasing. For example, a polynucleotide sample (e.g., a polynucleotide that spans a given locus or loci) may be partitioned such that at most one molecule of polynucleotide is present per partition. The polynucleotide may then be fragmented, barcoded, and sequenced. The sequences may be examined for genetic variation. The detection of genetic variations in the same sequence tagged with two different bar codes may indicate that the two genetic variations are derived from two separate strands of DNA, reflecting a trans relationship. Conversely, the detection of two different genetic variations tagged with the same bar codes may indicate that the two genetic variations are from the same strand of DNA, reflecting a cis relationship.
- Phase information may be important for the characterization of a polynucleotide fragment, particularly if the polynucleotide fragment is derived from a subject at risk of, having, or suspected of a having a particular disease or disorder (e.g., hereditary recessive disease such as cystic fibrosis, cancer, etc.). The information may be able to distinguish between the following possibilities: (1) two genetic variations within the same gene on the same strand of DNA and (2) two genetic variations within the same gene but located on separate strands of DNA. Possibility (1) may indicate that one copy of the gene is normal and the individual is free of the disease, while possibility (2) may indicate that the individual has or will develop the disease, particularly if the two genetic variations are damaging to the function of the gene when present within the same gene copy. Similarly, the phasing information may also be able to distinguish between the following possibilities: (1) two genetic variations, each within a different gene on the same strand of DNA and (2) two genetic variations, each within a different gene but located on separate strands of DNA.
- c. Sequencing Polynucleotides from Small Numbers of Cells
- Methods provided herein may also be used to prepare polynucleotides contained within cells in a manner that enables cell-specific information to be obtained. The methods enable detection of genetic variations (e.g., SNPs, mutations, indels, copy number variations, transversions, translocations, inversions, etc.) from very small samples, such as from samples comprising about 10-100 cells. In some cases, about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein. In some cases, at least about 1, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein. In other cases, at most about 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 or 100 cells may be used in the methods described herein.
- In an example, a method comprises partitioning a cellular sample (or crude cell extract) such that at most one cell (or extract of one cell) is present per partition, lysing the cells, fragmenting the polynucleotides contained within the cells by any of the methods described herein, attaching the fragmented polynucleotides to barcodes, pooling, and sequencing.
- As described elsewhere herein, the barcodes and other reagents may be contained within a partition (e.g., a capsule). These capsules may be loaded into another partition (e.g., a well) before, after, or concurrently with the loading of the cell, such that each cell is contacted with a different capsule. This technique may be used to attach a unique barcode to polynucleotides obtained from each cell. The resulting tagged polynucleotides may then be pooled and sequenced, and the barcodes may be used to trace the origin of the polynucleotides. For example, polynucleotides with identical barcodes may be determined to originate from the same cell, while polynucleotides with different barcodes may be determined to originate from different cells.
- The methods described herein may be used to detect the distribution of oncogenic mutations across a population of cancerous tumor cells. For example, some tumor cells may have a mutation, or amplification, of an oncogene (e.g., HER2, BRAF, EGFR, KRAS) in both alleles (homozygous), others may have a mutation in one allele (heterozygous), and still others may have no mutation (wild-type). The methods described herein may be used to detect these differences, and also to quantify the relative numbers of homozygous, heterozygous, and wild-type cells. Such information may be used, for example, to stage a particular cancer and/or to monitor the progression of the cancer and its treatment over time.
- In some examples, this disclosure provides methods of identifying mutations in two different oncogenes (e.g., KRAS and EGFR). If the same cell comprises genes with both mutations, this may indicate a more aggressive form of cancer. In contrast, if the mutations are located in two different cells, this may indicate that the cancer is more benign, or less advanced.
- d. Analysis of Gene Expression
- Methods of the disclosure may be applicable to processing samples for the detection of changes in gene expression. A sample may comprise a cell, mRNA, or cDNA reverse transcribed from mRNA. The sample may be a pooled sample, comprising extracts from several different cells or tissues, or a sample comprising extracts from a single cell or tissue.
- Cells may be placed directly into a partition (e.g., a microwell) and lysed. After lysis, the methods of the invention may be used to fragment and barcode the polynucleotides of the cell for sequencing. Polynucleotides may also be extracted from cells prior to introducing them into a partition used in a method of the invention. Reverse transcription of mRNA may be performed in a partition described herein, or outside of such a partition. Sequencing cDNA may provide an indication of the abundance of a particular transcript in a particular cell over time, or after exposure to a particular condition.
- The methods presented above provide several advantages over current polynucleotide processing methods. First, inter-operator variability is greatly reduced. Second, the methods may be carried out in microfluidic devices, which have a low cost and can be easily fabricated. Third, the controlled fragmentation of the target polynucleotides allows the user to produce polynucleotide fragments with a defined and appropriate length. This aids in partitioning the polynucleotides and also reduces the amount of sequence information loss due to the present of overly-large fragments. The methods and systems also provide a facile workflow that maintains the integrity of the processed polynucleotide. Additionally, the use of restriction enzymes enables the user to create DNA overhangs (“sticky ends”) that may be designed for compatibility with adapters and/or barcodes.
- e. Partitioning of Polynucleotides, Such as Chromosomes, from Cells
- In one example the methods, compositions, systems, devices, and kits provided in this disclosure may be used to partition polynucleotides, including whole chromosomes, from cells. In one example, a single cell or a plurality of cells (e.g., 2, 10, 50, 100, 1000, 10000, 25000, 50000, 100000, 500000, 1000000, or more cells) is loaded into a vessel with lysis buffer and proteinase K, and incubated for a specified period of time. Utilization of a plurality of cells will enable polynucleotide phasing, for example, by partitioning each polynucleotide to be analyzed in its own partition.
- After incubation, the cell lysate is partitioned, for example by flow focusing the cell lysate into a capsule. If phasing is to be performed, flow focusing is performed such that each capsule comprises only a single analyte (e.g., a single chromosome), or only a single copy of any particular chromosome (e.g., one copy of a first chromosome and one copy of a second chromosome). In some cases, a plurality of chromosomes may be encapsulated within the same capsule, so long as the chromosomes are not the same chromosome. The encapsulation is performed under gentle flow, to minimize shearing of the polynucleotides. The capsule may be porous, to allow washing of the contents of the capsule, and introduction of reagents into the capsule, while maintaining the polynucleotides (e.g., chromosomes) within the capsules. The encapsulated polynucleotides (e.g., chromosomes) may then be processed according to any of the methods provided in this disclosure, or known in the art. The capsule shells protect the encapsulated polynucleotides (e.g., chromosomes) from shearing and further degradation. Of course, this method can also be applied to any other cellular component.
- As described above, the capsule shell may be used to protect a polynucleotide from shearing. However, a capsule may also be used as a partition to enable compartmentalized shearing of a polynucleotide or other analyte. For example, in some cases a polynucleotide may be encapsulated within a capsule and then subject to ultrasonic shear, or any other suitable shearing. The capsule shell may be configured to remain intact under the shear, while the encapsulated polynucleotide may be sheared, but will remain within the capsule. In some cases, a hydrogel droplet may be used to accomplish the same end.
- f. Cancer Mutation Detection and Forensics
- Barcoding methods via amplification-based barcoding schemes in partitions described herein may be useful generating barcode libraries from degraded samples such as, for example, fixed formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (FFPE) tissue sections. Methods described herein may be capable of identifying that all amplicons within a partition originated from the same initial molecule. Indeed, with partition barcoding, information can be retained about a unique starting polynucleotide. Such identification may aid in determinations of library complexity as amplicons from different original molecules can be distinguished. Moreover, methods described herein can permit assessing unique coverage which may aid in determining variant calling sensitivity. These advantages may be particularly useful in cancer mutation detection and forensics.
- g. Low Input DNA Applications (Circulating Tumor Cell (CTC) Sequencing)
- Barcoding methods described herein may be useful in low polynucleotide input applications, such as, for example the sequencing of nucleic acids of circulating tumor cells (CTCs). For example, MALBAC methods described herein within a partition may aid in obtaining good data quality in low polynucleotide input applications and/or aid in filtering out amplification errors.
- In some cases, this disclosure provides kits comprising reagents for the generation of partitions. The kit may comprise any suitable reagents and instructions for the generation of partitions and partitions within partitions.
- In one example, a kit comprises reagents for generating capsules within droplets in an emulsion. For example, a kit may comprise reagents for generating capsules, reagents for generating an emulsion, and instructions for introducing the capsules into the droplets of the emulsion. As specified throughout this disclosure, any suitable species may be incorporated into the droplets and/or into the capsule. A kit of this disclosure may also provide any of these species, such as a polynucleotide comprising a barcode that is pre-partitioned. Similarly, as described throughout the disclosure, the capsule may be designed to release its contents into the droplets of the emulsion upon the application of a stimulus.
- In another example, a kit comprises reagents for generating capsules within capsules. For example, a kit may comprise reagents for generating inner capsules, reagents for generating outer capsules, and instructions for generating capsules within capsules. As specified throughout this disclosure, any suitable species may be incorporated into the inner and/or outer capsules. A kit of this disclosure may also provide any of these species, such as a polynucleotide comprising a barcode that is pre-partitioned. Similarly, as described throughout the disclosure, the inner capsule may be designed to release its contents into the outer capsule upon the application of a stimulus.
- In some cases, this disclosure provides devices comprising partitions for the processing of analytes. A device may be a microwell array, or a microspot array, as described elsewhere in this disclosure. A device may formed in a manner that it comprises any suitable partition. In some cases, a device comprises a plurality of wells, or a plurality of spots. Of course, any partition in a device may also hold other partitions, such as a capsule, a droplet in an emulsion, and the like.
- A device may be formed from any suitable material. In some examples, a device is formed from a material selected from the group consisting of fused silica, soda lime glass, borosilicate glass, poly(methyl methacrylate), sapphire, silicon, germanium, cyclic olefin copolymer, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyacrylate, polycarbonate, plastic, and combinations thereof.
- In some cases, a device comprises channels for the flow of fluids into and between partitions. Any suitable channels may be used. A device may comprise a fluid inlet and a fluid outlet. The inlet and outlet may be attached to liquid handling devices to introduce species into the device. The device may be sealed, before or after introduction of any species.
- Materials that are hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic may be used in different parts of the device. For example, in some cases a device of this disclosure comprises a partition with an interior surface comprising a hydrophilic material. In some cases a surface exterior to the partitions comprises a hydrophobic material. In some cases, a fluid flow path is coated with a hydrophobic or hydrophilic material.
- As will be appreciated, the instant disclosure provides for the use of any of the compositions, libraries, methods, devices, and kits described herein for a particular use or purpose, including the various applications, uses, and purposes described herein. For example, the disclosure provides for the use of the compositions, methods, libraries, devices, and kits described herein in partitioning species, in partitioning oligonucleotides, in stimulus-selective release of species from partitions, in performing reactions (e.g., ligation and amplification reactions) in partitions, in performing nucleic acid synthesis reactions, in barcoding nucleic acid, in preparing polynucleotides for sequencing, in sequencing polynucleotides, in polynucleotide phasing, in sequencing polynucleotides from small numbers of cells, in analyzing gene expression, in partitioning polynucleotides from cells, in mutation detection, in neurologic disorder diagnostics, in diabetes diagnostics, in fetal aneuploidy diagnostics, in cancer mutation detection and forensics, in disease detection, in medical diagnostics, in low input nucleic acid applications, such as circulating tumor cell (CTC) sequencing, in a combination thereof, and in any other application, method, process or use described herein.
- This example provides methods for the manufacture of forked adapters comprising barcode sequences compatible with next generation sequencing technologies (e.g., ILLUMINA). In this example, the barcode is placed in
position 207 as depicted inFIG. 2 . - With reference to
FIG. 4 , a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 401 comprising afirst immobilization region 402, abarcode region 403, and a firstsequencing primer region 404 is synthesized. Thebarcode region 403 is a seven nucleotide random sequence synthesized by including equimolar concentrations of A, G, T, and C in each coupling step. - Following synthesis, the single-stranded adapter-
barcode polynucleotide 401 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 0.1 polynucleotides. The droplets also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 401, by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts) and a DNA intercalating dye (e.g., ethidium bromide). The reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification. The polynucleotides are amplified and the reaction proceeds through an exponential phase ofamplification 410, which produces double-strandedproducts 405, and a linear phase amplification 411, which produces single-strandedproducts 406. - The droplets are sorted on a fluorescence assisted cell sorter (FACS) 412 to collect droplets comprising amplified polynucleotides. A partially complementary
universal sequence 407 is added to the partitions to generate a partially annealedfork structure 413. Partially complementaryuniversal sequence 407 comprises asecond immobilization region 408 and a secondsequencing primer region 409, the latter of which comprises a T overhang that is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown). - A single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence (e.g.,
FIG. 4 : 401) comprising afirst immobilization region 402, abarcode region 403, and a firstsequencing primer region 404 is synthesized, partitioned, amplified, and sorted as described in Example 1, or by any other method described in this disclosure. Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence, to generate a plurality of capsules comprising a library of single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequences 406, where each (or most) sequences in the library differ in the sequence of theirrespective barcode regions 403. Thus, a library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides is generated. - Two mixtures are prepared. Mixture Z1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE), and a partially complementary universal sequence (e.g.,
FIG. 4 : 407). A second mixture Z2 comprises the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides, generated as described above and magnesium chloride in a concentration sufficient to activate the fragmentase enzyme. Mixture Z1, Z2, or both Z1 and Z2 also comprise T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase. - Mixtures Z1 and Z2 are combined and a capsule within a capsule is formed according to methods described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
FIG. 5 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above. Theouter capsule 501 comprises aninner capsule 502 andmedium 504. Theinner capsule 502 is one member of the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides. Thus,inner capsule 502 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 503, which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such asouter capsule 501. - The medium 504 contains the contents of mixtures Z1 and Z2, described above. More specifically, medium 504 comprises
target polynucleotide 505, the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 506, and theenzyme mix 507 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers. - Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture
inner capsule 502, releasing its contents intoouter capsule 501. The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide. The single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 503 hybridizes with the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 506, forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide. The thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating barcoded target polynucleotide. Theouter capsule 501 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. Additional preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) may then be performed as needed prior to sequencing. - In some cases, mixture Z1 comprises multiple versions of the partially complementary
universal sequence 506, where each version has its own sample-specific barcode. - Moreover, although the example described above utilizes a thermally stable ligase to attach the forked adapter comprising the barcode sequence to the target polynucleotide, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- A library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides is generated as described in Example 2, or by any other suitable method described in this disclosure. Target polynucleotides (i.e., polynucleotides to be fragmented) are partitioned into capsules. The capsules comprising the target polynucleotides are configured to withstand ultrasonic stress. The capsules comprising the target polynucleotides are exposed to ultrasonic stress (e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator) and the target polynucleotide is fragmented, generating fragmented target polynucleotide capsules.
- A mixture Z1 is prepared, comprising the library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides (e.g., FIG. 4:406), the fragmented target polynucleotide capsules, a partially complementary universal sequence (e.g., FIG. 4:407), an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase), and appropriate buffers. A capsule within capsule is generated according to the method described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
-
FIG. 6 illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the methods described above. Theouter capsule 601 comprises a plurality ofinner capsules medium 604. Theinner capsules barcode polynucleotides 603 and capsules comprisingfragmented target polynucleotide 606, respectively.Inner capsule 602 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 603, which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as thefragmented polynucleotides 606 contained withininner capsules 605. - The medium 604 contains the contents of mixture Z1, described above. More specifically, medium 604 comprises a partially complementary
universal sequence 607, an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 608, and appropriate buffers. -
Inner capsules 605 comprisingfragmented target polynucleotides 606 are exposed to a stimulus to rupture them and release their contents into the contents ofouter capsule 601. The T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotides; the Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide. The T4 polymerase and Taq polymerase is then heat-inactivated and a stimulus is applied to release the contents ofinner capsule 602 intoouter capsule 601. The single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 603 hybridizes with the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 607, forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide. The thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating a barcoded target polynucleotide. Theouter capsule 601 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. - As described in Example 2, in some cases Z1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary
universal sequence 607. Furthermore, although this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step. - This example demonstrates the synthesis of a forked adapter by SPIA and restriction digestion.
FIG. 7 provides an example of a product (or intermediate) that may be generated according to the methods of this example. With reference toFIG. 7 , a hairpin adapter 701 (SEQ ID NO: 2) is shown that can be used as a precursor to a forked-adapter as described elsewhere in this disclosure. In this example, the hairpin adapter is synthesized as a single-stranded amplification product utilizing SPIA. Thehairpin adapter 701 comprises a double-strandedregion 702, a 3′-T overhang forAT ligation 703, and a region that can be cut by a restriction enzyme 704 (i.e., between positions 33 and 34). The hairpin adapter may comprise a barcode region and functional regions, such as immobilization regions and regions for annealing of sequencing primers. - Cutting of the adapter (e.g., between positions 33 and 34) generates the forked-adapter depicted in
FIG. 8 a (SEQ ID NOs: 3-4). The adapter is cut by introducing an oligonucleotide sequence complementary to the region to be cut and exposing the annealed adapter to a restriction enzyme. Ligation of the forked-adapter region depicted inFIG. 8 a to a target polynucleotide results in the structure depicted inFIG. 8 b (SEQ ID NOs: 5-6). With reference toFIG. 8 , the underlined portions of the sequences inFIG. 8 b comprise the target polynucleotide with 3′-A overhangs compatible for ligation with the forked adapter depicted inFIG. 8 a. The sequences shown inFIG. 8 b (SEQ ID NOs: 5-6) are then amplified by polymerase chain reaction to produce SEQ ID NO: 7 (amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 5) and SEQ ID NO: 8 (amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 6), shown inFIG. 8 c. InFIG. 8 c, SEQ ID NO: 7 represents an amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 5 that adds a first immobilization sequence (underlined 5′ portion) and a second immobilization sequence (underlined 3′ portion) to SEQ ID NO: 5. SEQ ID NO: 8 represents an amplification product of SEQ ID NO: 6 that replaces the unhybridized portions of SEQ ID NO: 6 with different sequences (underlined 3′ portion and underlined 5′ portion). Additionally, SEQ ID NO: 8 includes a six nucleotide barcode (TAGTGC; bolded) within the 5′ unhybridized region of the polynucleotide. The amplification product therefore comprises barcoded target polynucleotide sequence (represented by 111), immobilization sequences, and a barcode. - This example demonstrates the synthesis of a forked adapter as depicted in
FIG. 9 a (SEQ ID NOs: 9-10) by SPIA and restriction digestion, where N represents A, T, G, or C.FIG. 9 b shows the forked-adapter in single-stranded format (SEQ ID NO: 11), where the single stranded format is capable of forming a hairpin structure. Cutting the hairpin structure at the position designated by the asterisk yields the forked adapter shown inFIG. 9 a. - The template for the SPIA will be the sequence shown in
FIG. 9 c (SEQ ID NO: 12). InFIG. 9 c, “R” represents a region of RNA.FIG. 9 d shows the hairpin structure formed by the sequence inFIG. 9 c. The sequence inFIG. 9 d (SEQ ID NO: 12) is treated with polymerase to add nucleotides to the 3′ end, generating the sequence shown inFIG. 9 e (SEQ ID NO: 13). The sequence inFIG. 9 e (SEQ ID NO: 13) is then treated with RNase H, which degrades RNA hybridized to DNA, yielding the sequence inFIG. 9 f (SEQ ID NO: 14). - Strand displacement SPIA is then performed on SEQ ID NO: 14. The primer in the strand displacement amplification is of the form RRRRRRRRRRRRR (i.e., R13). This primer is an RNA primer that is one base longer than the unhybridized 3′ terminus of SEQ ID NO: 14 (i.e., N12) (
FIG. 90 . More specifically, as shown inFIG. 9 f, the 3′ terminus of SEQ ID NO: 14 contains twelve N nucleotides. The RNA primer contains 13 nucleotides. Nucleotides 2-13 of the RNA primer are complementary with the twelve unhybridized N nucleotides of SEQ ID NO: 14.Nucleotide 1 of the RNA primer is complementary with the first hybridized base (going from 3′ to 5′), in this case, T. The RNA primer displaces the A and generates the double-stranded extension product shown inFIG. 9 g (SEQ ID NOs: 15-16). Because only one primer is present, the reaction produces multiple copies of the single-stranded product. The single-stranded amplification products are treated with RNase H to generate the single-stranded amplification products shown inFIG. 9 h (SEQ ID NO: 17).FIG. 9 i shows this sequence in 5′-3′ format (SEQ ID NO: 17).FIG. 9 j shows this sequence in hairpin format (SEQ ID NO 17). - The hairpin adapter shown in
FIG. 9 j is then ligated to a fragmented polynucleotide with a 3′-A overhang. The hairpin is cleaved between the A and C residues separated by the curved line inFIG. 9 j by adding an oligonucleotide complementary to that region and cutting with a restriction enzyme. This generates a forked adapter. PCR amplification is then conducted, as described in Example 4, to add immobilization regions and barcodes to the forked adapter that is attached to the target polynucleotide. - This example demonstrates the production of forked adapters comprising barcodes by hybridization.
FIG. 10 a shows the exemplary forked adapter provided inFIG. 8 a. As described in Example 4, this adapter may be ligated to a target polynucleotide and then an amplification reaction may be performed to add additional functional sequences, including a barcode. However, a barcode (and other functional sequences) may also be incorporated directly into the forked adapter, prior to attachment of the forked adapter to the target polynucleotide. For example,FIG. 10 b shows the forked adapter ofFIG. 10 a, with the addition of a first immobilization region (underlined) and a seven nucleotide barcode region (bold/underline; “N”). - The barcoded forked adapter of
FIG. 10 b is produced by first synthesizing SEQ ID NO: 18 as a single strand. The diversity in the barcode region is generated using an equimolar mixture of A, G, T, and C, as described throughout this disclosure. Droplet-based PCR is performed, as described in Example 1. However, one DNA primer and one RNA primer are used to amplify SEQ ID NO: 18 in the droplets. The amplification is conducted in the presence of an intercalating dye, and droplets comprising amplified SEQ ID NO: 18 are isolated, as described in Example 1.FIG. 10 c shows the double-stranded amplification product. The underlined portion of SEQ ID NO: 19 is an RNA strand derived from the RNA primer. The sequences shown inFIG. 10 c are then treated with RNase H, which digests the underlined RNA region, yielding the construct shown inFIG. 10 d. In order to generate a forked construct, a partially complementary universal sequence (SEQ ID NO: 21) is added to the construct shown inFIG. 10 d, producing the product shown inFIG. 10 e. The advantage to utilizing this process is that it utilizes the significantly greater amplification of polynucleotides provided by exponential PCR versus the linear amplification of polynucleotides provided by SPIA. - This example demonstrates an approach for synthesis of barcodes for dual-index reads. A dual-index read is a read of both strands of a double-stranded fragment, using barcodes attached to each strand.
FIG. 11 shows an example of the synthesis of barcodes for a dual-indexing approach and an example use of the barcodes in a capsules in a capsule configuration. - As shown in
FIG. 11 a, a first single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 1101 comprising afirst immobilization region 1102, afirst barcode region 1103, and a firstsequencing primer region 1104 is synthesized. In parallel, as shown inFIG. 11 b, a second single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 1131, comprising asecond immobilization region 1132, asecond barcode region 1133, and a secondsequencing primer region 1134 is synthesized. In some cases,barcode regions barcode regions - Following synthesis, the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides 1101 (
FIG. 11 a) and 1131 (FIG. 11 b) are, in parallel, diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion. The droplets also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcodes polynucleotide 1101 (FIG. 11 a) and 1131 (FIG. 11 b) respectively, by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts) and a DNA intercalating dye (e.g., ethidium bromide). The reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification. The polynucleotides 1101 (FIG. 11 a) and 1131 (FIG. 11 b) are amplified and the reaction proceeds through an exponential phase ofamplification 1110, which produces double-stranded products 1105 (FIG. 11 a) and 1135 (FIG. 11 b), and a linear phase amplification 1111, which produces single-stranded products 1106 (FIG. 11 a) and 1136 (FIG. 11 b) respectively. - The droplets are sorted on a fluorescence assisted cell sorter (FACS) 1112 to collect droplets comprising amplified polynucleotides.
- Interfacial polymerization is then performed on the droplets comprising the single-stranded adapter-
barcode polynucleotide sequences FIG. 11 a) and 1150 (FIG. 11 b), each comprising one of single-stranded adapterbarcode polynucleotide sequences - Two mixtures are prepared. Mixture Z1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded) 1170 and a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE). A second mixture Z2 comprises
capsules - Mixtures Z1 and Z2 are combined and a capsule within a capsule is formed according to methods described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
FIG. 11 c illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the method described above. Theouter capsule 1160 comprisescapsules capsules barcode polynucleotides barcodes target polynucleotide 1170 inmedium 1190 ofouter capsule 1160. - The medium 1190 contains the contents of mixtures Z1 and Z2, described above. More specifically, medium 1190 comprises
target polynucleotide 1170 and theenzyme mix 1180 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers. - Upon generation of the capsules within a capsule, and exposure of the capsules within the capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture
capsules medium 1190 ofouter capsule 1160. The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide. The single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 1106 hybridizes with single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 1136, forming a forked adapter, comprisingbarcode regions outer capsule 1160 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. - Moreover, although the example described above utilizes a thermally stable ligase to attach the forked adapter comprising the barcode sequence to the target polynucleotide, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step, as described elsewhere in this disclosure.
- As shown in
FIG. 14 a, a single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 comprising afirst immobilization region 1402, abarcode region 1403, and a firstsequencing primer region 1404 is synthesized. Following synthesis, the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 1 polynucleotide. The droplets also comprisefirst beads 1405 that are linked, via a photolabile linker, to one or more copies of anRNA primer 1406 complementary to a sequence comprised in the firstsequencing primer region 1404; a DNA primer complementary to a sequence (not shown) comprised in thefirst immobilization region 1402; and reagents necessary for amplification (e.g., polymerase, dNTPs, buffer, salts) of single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401. The polynucleotides are amplified 1407 which produces double-strandedproducts 1408 both attached to thefirst beads 1405 to formstructure 1420 and in solution (not shown). - The emulsion is then broken and the emulsion components are pooled to form a product mixture. As shown in
FIG. 14 b, the liberated beads are then washed 1409 (via centrifugation) several times with appropriate medium, treated with sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 1410 to denature the double-stranded products attached to thefirst beads 1405, and then further washed 1411. Afterdenaturation 1410 and washing 1411 ofstructure 1420, the resultingstructure 1430 comprises a single-strandedcomplement 1412 to the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1401, comprising acomplementary immobilization region 1413, acomplementary barcode region 1414, and a complementarysequencing primer region 1415. As shown, the complementarysequencing primer region 1415 comprises theRNA primer 1406.Structure 1430 is then resuspended in an appropriate medium. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 14 c,second beads 1416 that comprise one or more copies of aDNA polynucleotide 1417 complementary to thecomplementary immobilization region 1413 are then added to the medium. Via thecomplementary DNA polynucleotide 1417 and thecomplementary immobilization region 1413 of the single-strandedcomplement 1412, thesecond beads 1416 bind to the single-strandedcomplement 1412. The single stranded complement is now bound at one end tofirst bead 1405 and at its other endsecond bead 1416 to formstructure 1440. - As shown in
FIG. 14 d,structure 1440 is then centrifuged 1418 using a glycerol gradient toseparate structure 1440 fromstructure 1430 not comprised instructure 1440. In cases where thesecond beads 1416 are magnetic, a magnetic separation may be used as an alternative. The product is then treated withNaOH 1419 to denature the single-strandedcomplement 1412 from thesecond bead 1416, resulting in regeneration ofstructure 1430.Structure 1430 is then subject to several rounds of washing (via centrifugation) to removesecond beads 1416. Single-strandedcomplement 1412, attached tostructure 1430, represents a single-stranded barcode adapter. - As shown in
FIG. 14 e, single-strandedcomplement 1412 can be used to generate a forked adapter. To generate a forkedadapter 1450, the single-strandedcomplement 1412 is then released 1424 fromstructure 1430 with light and then combined 1425 with a universalcomplementary sequence 1426 or is first combined 1425 with a universalcomplementary sequence 1426 and then released 1424 fromstructure 1430. In order to generate ligatable ends, RNAase H is used to digest theRNA primer 1406 of the single-strandedcomplement 1412 and a Type IIs restriction enzyme is used to generate a single base T overhang on the universalcomplementary sequence 1426. The T overhang is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown). - As shown in
FIG. 15 a, a single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 comprising afirst immobilization region 1502, abarcode region 1503, and a firstsequencing primer region 1504 is synthesized. Following synthesis, the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501 is diluted into aqueous droplets in a water-in-oil emulsion such that each droplet comprises, on average, 1 polynucleotides. The droplets also comprisefirst beads 1505 that are linked, via a photolabile linker, to one or more copies of anRNA primer 1506 complementary to a sequence comprised in thefirst immobilization region 1502; a DNA primer complementary to a sequence (not shown) comprised in the firstsequencing primer region 1502; and reagents necessary for amplification (e.g., polymerase, dNTPs, buffer, salts) of single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501. The polynucleotides are amplified 1507 which produces double-stranded products 1508 both attached to thefirst beads 1505 to formstructure 1520 and in solution (not shown). - The emulsion is then broken and the emulsion components are pooled to form a product mixture. As shown in
FIG. 15 b, the liberated beads are then washed 1509 (via centrifugation) several times with appropriate medium, treated with sodium hydroxide (NaOH) 1510 to denature the double-stranded products attached to thefirst beads 1505, and then further washed 1511. Afterdenaturation 1510 and washing 1511 ofstructure 1520, the resultingstructure 1430 comprises a single-strandedcomplement 1512 to the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1501, comprising acomplementary immobilization region 1513, acomplementary barcode region 1514, and a complementarysequencing primer region 1515. As shown, the complementarysequencing primer region 1515 comprises theRNA primer 1506.Structure 1530 is then resuspended in an appropriate medium. - Next, as shown in
FIG. 15 c,second beads 1516 that comprise one or more copies of aDNA polynucleotide 1517 complementary to the complementarysequencing primer region 1515 are then added to the medium. Via thecomplementary DNA polynucleotide 1517 and the complementarysequencing primer region 1515 of the single-strandedcomplement 1512, thesecond beads 1416 bind to the single-strandedcomplement 1512. The single stranded complement is now bound at one end tofirst bead 1505 and at its other endsecond bead 1516 to formstructure 1540. - As shown in
FIG. 15 d,structure 1540 is then centrifuged 1518 using a glycerol gradient toseparate structure 1540 fromstructure 1530 not comprised instructure 1540. In cases where thesecond beads 1516 are magnetic, a magnetic separation may be used as an alternative. The product is then treated withNaOH 1519 to denature the single-strandedcomplement 1512 from thesecond bead 1516, resulting in regeneration ofstructure 1530.Structure 1530 is then subject to several rounds of washing (via centrifugation) to removesecond beads 1516. Single-strandedcomplement 1512, attached tostructure 1530, represents a single-stranded barcode adapter. - As shown in
FIG. 15 e, single-strandedcomplement 1512 can be used to generate a forked adapter. To generate a forkedadapter 1550, the single-strandedcomplement 1512 is then optionally released 1524 fromstructure 1530 with light and then combined 1525 with a universalcomplementary sequence 1526. In order to generate ligatable ends, a Type IIs restriction enzyme is used to generate a single base T overhang on the universalcomplementary sequence 1526. The T overhang is compatible with the A overhang on a polynucleotide target to be sequenced (not shown). - As shown in
FIG. 16 ,structure 1600 comprising a magnetic bead (1601)-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein. Next,structure 1600 is partitioned into capsules (or alternatively, another emulsion) 1620 by methods described herein, for example, interfacial polymerization. Thecapsules 1620 also comprise reagents for amplification of the single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602, by asymmetric PCR (e.g., polymerase, primers, dNTPs, buffer, salts). The reverse primer is present in excess of the forward primer, or vice versa, enabling asymmetric amplification. Single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602 is amplified 1603 and the reaction proceeds through alinear phase amplification 1604, which produces single-strandedadapter product 1605, complementary to single-stranded barcode adapter-template 1602. At this juncture,capsules 1620 comprise both single-strandedadapter 1605 in solution and magnetic bead (1601)-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1602.Capsules 1620 are then separated from those not comprising beads (and thustemplates 1602 and single-stranded adapters 1605) bymagnetic separation 1606.Capsules 1620 may be ruptured and forked adapters generated as described in Example 9. - As shown in
FIG. 17 ,structure 1700 comprising a magnetic bead (1701)-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein. Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising thestructure 1700, to generate acapsule 1704 comprising single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 attached, via a photolabile linker, to abead 1701. - Two mixtures are prepared. Mixture Z1 comprises a target polynucleotide (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a fragmentase enzyme (e.g., NEBNEXT DSDNA FRAGMENTASE), and a partially complementary universal sequence. A second mixture Z2 comprises
capsule 1704 generated as described above and magnesium chloride in a concentration sufficient to activate the fragmentase enzyme. Mixture Z1, Z2, or both Z1 and Z2 also comprise T4 polymerase, Tag polymerase, and a thermostable ligase. - Mixtures Z1 and Z2 are combined and a capsule within a capsule is formed according to methods described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
FIG. 17 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above. Theouter capsule 1703 comprises aninner capsule 1704 and medium 1705. Theinner capsule 1704 is one member of a library of encapsulated, bead-bound single-stranded barcode adapters. Thus,inner capsule 1704 comprises multiple copies ofstructure 1700, which can be used to generate a free single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 and attach the same barcode adapter to a polynucleotide within a partition, such asouter capsule 1703. - The medium 1705 contains the contents of mixtures Z1 and Z2, described above. More specifically, medium 1705 comprises
target polynucleotide 1706, the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 1707, and theenzyme mix 1708 comprising fragmentase, T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, thermostable ligase, magnesium chloride, and appropriate buffers. - Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the enzymes process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the fragmentase fragments the target polynucleotide and the T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotide. The fragmentase and T4 polymerase are then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture
inner capsule 1704, releasing its contents intoouter capsule 1703. The Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide. The single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1702 hybridizes with the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 1707 and is released from the bead with light, forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide. The thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating barcoded target polynucleotide. Theouter capsule 1703 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. Additional preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) may be performed as needed prior to sequencing. - In some cases Z1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary
universal sequence 1707. Furthermore, although this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step. - As shown in
FIG. 18 ,structure 1800 comprising a magnetic bead (1801)-bound single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 is produced according to methods described in Example 8, Example 9, or any other method described herein. Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising thestructure 1800, to generate acapsule 1803 comprising single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 attached, via a photolabile linker, to abead 1801. Target polynucleotides (i.e., polynucleotides to be fragmented) are partitioned intocapsules 1804. Thecapsules 1804 comprising the target polynucleotides are configured to withstand ultrasonic stress. Thecapsules 1804 comprising the target polynucleotides are exposed to ultrasonic stress (e.g., COVARIS Focused-Ultrasonicator) and the target polynucleotide is fragmented, generating fragmented target polynucleotide capsules. - A mixture Z1 is prepared, comprising
capsule 1803, the fragmentedtarget polynucleotide capsules 1804, a partially complementaryuniversal sequence 1805, an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 1806, and appropriate buffers. A capsule within capsule is generated according to the method described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing. -
FIG. 18 illustrates capsules within a capsule produced according to the methods described above. Theouter capsule 1807 comprisescapsules inner capsules capsules comprising structure 1800 and capsules comprisingfragmented target polynucleotide 1809, respectively.Inner capsule 1803 comprises multiple copies ofstructure 1800, which can be used to generate a free single-strandedbarcode adapter 1802 and attach the same barcode adapter to a polynucleotide within a partition, such as thefragmented polynucleotides 1809 contained withininner capsules 1804. - The medium 1808 contains the contents of mixture Z1, described above. More specifically, medium 1808 comprises a partially complementary
universal sequence 1805, an enzyme mixture (T4 polymerase, Taq polymerase, and a thermostable ligase) 1806, and appropriate buffers. -
Inner capsules 1804 comprisingfragmented target polynucleotides 1809 are exposed to a stimulus to rupture them and release their contents into the contents ofouter capsule 1807. The T4 polymerase blunts the ends of the fragmented target polynucleotides; the Taq polymerase adds 3′-A overhangs to the fragmented, blunt-ended target polynucleotide. The T4 polymerase and Taq polymerase is then heat-inactivated and a stimulus is applied to release the contents ofinner capsule 1803 intoouter capsule 1807. The single-stranded adapter-barcode sequence 1802 hybridizes with the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 1805 and the adapter is released from the bead with light forming a forked adapter with a 3′-T overhang that is compatible with the 3′-A overhang on the fragmented target polynucleotide. The thermostable ligase ligates the forked adapter to the fragmented target polynucleotide, generating a barcoded target polynucleotide. Theouter capsule 1807 is then ruptured, samples from all outer capsules are pooled, and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. - In some cases Z1 can comprise multiple versions of the partially complementary
universal sequence 1807. Furthermore, although this example demonstrates barcoding of a target polynucleotide by utilizing a thermostable ligase, PCR can also be used to accomplish this step. - As shown in
FIG. 19 a, a primer comprising SEQ ID NO: 36 is prepared. The primer comprises a barcode region (designated “Barcode”), a primer sequencing region (designated “PrimingSeq”), and a eight-nucleotide variable region (designated as “NNNNNNNN”) that may comprise any combination of A, T, C, or G. The primer shown inFIG. 19 is combined with a target polynucleotide (indicated by the loop inFIG. 19 ), along with a polymerase (e.g., Vent, exo +DeepVent, exo −DeepVent) possessing of strand-displacement activity into a partition (e.g., a capsule, droplet of an emulsion, etc.). In some cases, a non strand-displacing polymerase (e.g., Taq, PfuUltra) is used. The partition is then subject to MALBAC amplification. Appropriate MALBAC cycling conditions are known and are, described for example, in Zong et al., Science, 338(6114), 1622-1626 (2012), which is incorporated herein by reference, in its entirety. - A looped MALBAC product is produced as shown in
FIG. 19 b as SEQ ID NO: 23. The looped MALBAC product comprises the original primer shown inFIG. 19 a, the target polynucleotide to be barcoded oriented in a loop, and a region complementary to and hybridized to the original primer sequence. The partition is broken and the contents recovered. In some cases, a plurality of partitions are generated. The partitions are collectively broken, the contents of each recovered, and then pooled. - Next, the generated MALBAC product shown in
FIG. 19 b is treated with a restriction enzyme (e.g., BfuCl or similar) to generate a 4-basepair overhang (in this case, GATC shown in italics) on the MALBAC product. This structure is represented by SEQ ID NO: 24 and shown inFIG. 19 c. A forked adapter, shown inFIG. 19 d as SEQ ID NO: 25 and SEQ ID NO: 37, comprising an overhang (in this case, CTAG shown in bold) complementary to the overhang generated on the MALBAC product. The forked adapter is mixed with the MALBAC product inFIG. 19 c and the complementary regions hybridize. A thermostable ligase is used to ligate the forked adapter and MALBAC product together to form the desired structureFIG. 19 e as SEQ ID NO: 26. Additional amplification methods (e.g., PCR) can be used to add additional regions (e.g., immobilization regions, additional barcodes, etc.) to the forked adapter. - In some cases, other basepair overhangs (e.g., 1 basepair overhang-10 basepair overhang) may be desired. Restriction enzymes used to generate these overhangs may be used as an alternative, including those described herein, where desired. In one example, a two basepair overhang is generated on the MALBAC product using TaqαI.
- As an alternative, the primer shown in
FIG. 19 a can be designed such that an RNA primer sequence is placed 5′ of the barcode region, such that an RNAase is used to generate an overhang. As shown inFIG. 19 f,MALBAC product 1900 comprises anRNA primer sequence 1901 placed 5′ of abarcode region 1902.MALBAC product 1900 also comprises asequencing primer region 1903, thetarget polynucleotide 1904, a complementarysequencing primer region 1905, acomplementary barcode region 1906, and aregion 1907 complementary to theRNA primer sequence 1901.MALBAC product 1900 is treated with anRNAse H 1908 and the RNAprimer region sequence 1901 is digested to yield a 2-6basepair overhang 1909 onMALBAC product 1900 to givestructure 1920. A universalcomplementary region 1910 is then added tostructure 1910 that comprises a region complementary to the overhang onstructure 1910. Universalcomplementary region 1910 then hybridizes withstructure 1920 and a thermostable ligase is used to ligate universalcomplementary region 1910 tostructure 1920. - As shown in
FIG. 20 , atemplate 2000 comprising a barcode region is combined withagents 2001 necessary for PCR into acapsule 2002, using, for example interfacial polymerization or any other method described herein. PCR is used to generate a MALBAC primer from thetemplate 2000. Next, thecapsule 2000 is encapsulated into anouter capsule 2003 that also comprises amixture 2004 that comprises atarget polynucleotide 2005 to be barcoded andreagents 2006 necessary for MALBAC amplification (e.g., DeepVent polymerase, dNTPs, buffer).Capsule 2002 is broken upon proper exposure ofcapsule 2002 to a stimulus designed to rupturecapsule 2002, the contents ofcapsule 2002 mix with those ofmixture 2004. MALBAC amplification of thetarget polynucleotide 2005 commences to produce a MALBAC product similar to that described as that shown as 1900 inFIG. 19 f. - The
outer capsule 2003 is then broken with the appropriate stimulus and the contents recovered. The MALBAC product is then treated with an appropriate restriction enzyme and coupled to a forked adapter in a matter as described in Example 13. Additional downstream preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) are then performed as needed. - As shown in
FIG. 21 a, aMALBAC primer 2100 is prepared.MALBAC primer 2100 comprises asequence priming region 2101 and an 8-nucleotide variable region 1902.Primer 2100 is combined withtarget polynucleotide 2103, along with a polymerase (e.g., Vent, exo +DeepVent, exo −DeepVent) possessing of strand-displacement activity into a partition (e.g., a capsule, emulsion, etc.). In some cases, a non strand-displacing polymerase (e.g., Taq, PfuUltra) is used. The partition is then subject toMALBAC amplification 2104. - A looped
MALBAC product 2110 is produced and comprises sequencingpriming region 2101,target polynucleotide 2103, and a complementarysequence priming region 2105. Shown inlinear form 2120 inFIG. 21 b,MALBAC product 2110 is then contacted with anotherprimer 2130 that comprises asequencing primer region 2106, abarcode region 2107, and animmobilization region 2108.Primer 2130 is produced using asymmetric digital PCR. Using a single cycle of PCR, the primer is used to generate double-strandedproduct 2140 that comprisesprimer 2130, and, thus,barcode region 2107. - Double-stranded
product 2140 may be then denatured and subsequently contacted with anotherprimer 2150 shown inFIG. 21 c.Primer 2150 comprises abarcode region 2109, asequencing primer region 2111, and animmobilization region 2112. In the presence ofprimers barcode region 2109 to the end of the target polynucleotide that attached tobarcode region 2107. Additional downstream preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, etc.) are then performed as needed. - As shown in
FIG. 22 , aprimer template 2200 comprising a barcode region is combined withagents 2201 necessary for PCR into acapsule 2202, using, for example interfacial polymerization or any other method described herein. PCR is then used to generate a primer fromtemplate 2200. Next, thecapsule 2200 is encapsulated into anouter capsule 2003 that also comprises amixture 2204 that comprises atarget polynucleotide 2205 to be barcoded,reagents 2206 necessary for MALBAC amplification (e.g., DeepVent polymerase, dNTPs, buffer), and aMALBAC primer 2207 that does not comprise a barcode (similar toMALBAC primer 2100 described in Example 15). MALBAC amplification of thetarget polynucleotide 2205 commences to produce a MALBAC product similar to that described as that shown as 2110 inFIG. 21 a.Capsule 2202 is then broken upon proper exposure ofcapsule 2202 to a stimulus designed to rupturecapsule 2202, the contents ofcapsule 2202 mix with those ofmixture 2004. A single cycle of PCR commences using the primer generated fromtemplate 2200 to generate a barcoded product, similar to that described in Example 15. -
Outer capsule 2203 is then broken with the appropriate stimulus and the contents recovered. Additional downstream preparation steps (e.g., bulk amplification, size selection, addition of additional barcodes, etc.) are then performed as needed. - As shown in
FIG. 23 , a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 2300 is synthesized, partitioned, amplified, and sorted as described in Example 1, or by any other method described in this disclosure. Interfacial polymerization is performed on the droplet comprising the single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence, to generate acapsule 2301. - Two mixtures are prepared. Mixture Z1 comprises a target polynucleotide 2302 (i.e., a polynucleotide to be fragmented and barcoded), a
transposome 2303, and a partially complementaryuniversal sequence 2304. A second mixture Z2 comprisescapsule 2301, generated as described above andreagents 2305 necessary for PCR as described elsewhere herein. - Mixtures Z1 and Z2 are combined and a capsule within a capsule is formed according to methods described elsewhere in this disclosure, such as flow focusing.
FIG. 23 illustrates a capsule within a capsule produced according to the method described above. Theouter capsule 2306 comprisescapsule 2301 and medium 2307.Capsule 2301 is one member of a library of encapsulated single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotides. Thus,capsule 2301 comprises multiple copies of a single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide 2300, which can be used to attach the same barcode to a polynucleotide within a partition, such asouter capsule 2306. - The medium 2307 contains the contents of mixtures Z1 and Z2, described above. More specifically, medium 2307 comprises
target polynucleotide 2302, the partially complementaryuniversal sequence 2304, and thereagents 2305 necessary for PCR, including a hot start Taq. - Upon generation of the capsule within capsule, and exposure of the capsule within capsule to appropriate conditions, the transposome process the target polynucleotide. More specifically, the transposase fragments the target polynucleotide via tagmentations and tags it with a common priming sequence. The tagged target polynucleotide is then heated to fill in any gap in the target nucleotide generated by the transposase. The transposase is then heat inactivated and a stimulus is used to rupture
inner capsule 2301, releasing its contents intoouter capsule 2306. The hot start Taq is activated by heating theouter capsule 2306 to 95° C. The reaction proceeds with limited cycle PCR to add single-stranded adapter-barcode polynucleotide sequence 2300 to targetpolynucleotide 2302. Theouter capsule 2306 is then ruptured and the target polynucleotides are sequenced. - It should be understood from the foregoing that, while particular implementations have been illustrated and described, various modifications may be made thereto and are contemplated herein. It is also not intended that the invention be limited by the specific examples provided within the specification. While the invention has been described with reference to the aforementioned specification, the descriptions and illustrations of the preferable embodiments herein are not meant to be construed in a limiting sense. Furthermore, it shall be understood that all aspects of the invention are not limited to the specific depictions, configurations or relative proportions set forth herein which depend upon a variety of conditions and variables. Various modifications in form and detail of the embodiments of the invention will be apparent to a person skilled in the art. It is therefore contemplated that the invention shall also cover any such modifications, variations and equivalents. It is intended that the following claims define the scope of the invention and that methods and structures within the scope of these claims and their equivalents be covered thereby.
Claims (31)
1.-62. (canceled)
63. A library, comprising:
a plurality of nucleic acid barcode sequences comprising at least 1000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences;
a plurality of partitions comprising at least 1000 partitions, wherein each of at least 1000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences in the plurality of barcode sequences is disposed within a separate partition; and
wherein each of at least 1000 partitions of the plurality of partitions comprises more than 1000 nucleic acid barcode molecules comprising the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
64. The library of claim 63 , wherein the nucleic acid barcode sequences comprise 4 or more nucleotides in length.
65. The library of claim 63 , wherein the nucleic acid barcode sequences are from about 4 to about 19 nucleotides in length.
66. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of nucleic acid barcode sequences comprises at least 5,000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences.
67. The library of claim 66 , comprising at least 5,000 partitions, and each of at least 5,000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences in the plurality of barcode sequences is disposed within a separate partition.
68. The library of claim 64 , wherein the plurality of nucleic acid barcode sequences comprises at least 10,000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences.
69. The library of claim 64 , wherein the plurality of nucleic acid barcode sequences comprises at least 100,000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences.
70. The library of claim 69 , comprising at least 100,000 partitions, and each of at least 100,000 different nucleic acid barcode sequences in the plurality of barcode sequences is disposed within a separate partition.
71. The library of claim 63 , wherein each of the plurality of partitions comprises at least about 5,000 nucleic acid barcode molecules comprising the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
72. The library of claim 63 , wherein each of the plurality of partitions comprises at least about 10,000 nucleic acid barcode molecules comprising the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
73. The library of claim 63 , wherein each of the plurality of partitions comprises at least about 100,000 nucleic acid barcode molecules comprising the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
74. The library of claim 63 , wherein each of the plurality of partitions comprises at least about 200,000 nucleic acid barcode molecules comprising the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
75. The library of claim 63 , wherein each of the plurality of partitions comprises a different nucleic acid barcode sequence.
76. The library of claim 63 , wherein two or more of the plurality of partitions comprise the same nucleic acid barcode sequence.
77. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions are contained within one or more vessels, wherein at least one of the one or more vessels comprises at least 2 partitions.
78. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions are contained within one or more vessels, where at least one of the one or more vessels comprises at least 1000 partitions.
79. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions are contained within one or more vessels, where at least one of the one or more vessels comprises at least 10,000 partitions.
80. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions are contained within one or more vessels, where at least one of the one or more vessels comprises at least 50,000 partitions.
81. The library of claim 63 , wherein at least 1000 partitions of the plurality of partitions are contained in less than 1000 separate vessels.
82. The library of claim 63 , wherein at least 1000 partitions of the plurality of partitions are contained in fewer than 10 separate vessels.
83. The nucleic acid barcode library of claim 63 , wherein at least 1000 partitions of the plurality of partitions are contained in 2 or fewer separate vessels.
84. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions are contained in 1 vessel.
85. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions comprise capsules.
86. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions comprise droplets in an emulsion.
87. The library of claim 63 , wherein the plurality of partitions comprise capsules in droplets in an emulsion.
88. The library of claim 63 , wherein the one or more vessels are selected from containers, tubes, wells and microwells.
89. The library of claim 63 , wherein the partitions lack one or more components necessary to perform an amplification reaction.
90. The library of claim 63 , wherein each barcode molecule further comprises at least one functional nucleic acid sequence.
91. The library of claim 90 , wherein the at least one functional nucleic acid sequence is selected from a primer sequence, a primer annealing sequence, a polynucleotide immobilization sequence, and a ligation adapter sequence.
92. The library of claim 91 , wherein the primer sequence comprises a MALBAC primer.
Priority Applications (27)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/250,701 US20140235506A1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-04-11 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/200,928 US20160304860A1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-07-01 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/376,582 US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-12-12 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US15/588,519 US9856530B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-05-05 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US15/850,241 US10676789B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-12-21 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US15/980,473 US10253364B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2018-05-15 | Method and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/000,803 US20180282804A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2018-06-05 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/052,486 US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-08-01 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/052,431 US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-08-01 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/165,389 US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2018-10-19 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/212,441 US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-12-06 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/231,185 US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-12-21 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/231,142 US10584381B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-12-21 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/246,322 US10597718B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-01-11 | Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides |
US16/294,769 US10450607B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-06 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/395,090 US10669583B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-25 | Method and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/435,417 US10752950B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-07 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/435,362 US10626458B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-07 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/698,740 US11473138B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-11-27 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/736,323 US20200255894A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-01-07 | Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides |
US16/844,141 US11441179B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-04-09 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/852,906 US11421274B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-04-20 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/998,414 US11021749B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-20 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/998,425 US11035002B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-20 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US17/314,526 US11359239B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-05-07 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US17/392,610 US20220098659A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-08-03 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US18/186,088 US20240002929A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-03-17 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201361762435P | 2013-02-08 | 2013-02-08 | |
US201361800223P | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | |
US201361840403P | 2013-06-27 | 2013-06-27 | |
US201361844804P | 2013-07-10 | 2013-07-10 | |
US14/175,973 US9388465B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-02-07 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US14/250,701 US20140235506A1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-04-11 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
Related Parent Applications (4)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/175,973 Continuation US9388465B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-02-07 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US16/052,431 Continuation US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-08-01 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/052,486 Continuation US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-08-01 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US16/231,185 Continuation US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-12-21 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
Related Child Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/104,650 Continuation-In-Part US9567631B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2013-12-12 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US15/200,928 Continuation US20160304860A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-07-01 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/376,582 Continuation-In-Part US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2016-12-12 | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20140235506A1 true US20140235506A1 (en) | 2014-08-21 |
Family
ID=51297676
Family Applications (8)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/175,973 Active US9388465B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-02-07 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US14/175,935 Active 2034-04-09 US9644204B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-02-07 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US14/250,701 Abandoned US20140235506A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-04-11 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/200,928 Abandoned US20160304860A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-07-01 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/470,814 Active US10150963B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-03-27 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US15/693,374 Active US10150964B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-08-31 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US16/170,980 Active 2034-06-07 US11193121B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2018-10-25 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US17/517,287 Pending US20220154175A1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2021-11-02 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/175,973 Active US9388465B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-02-07 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US14/175,935 Active 2034-04-09 US9644204B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2014-02-07 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
Family Applications After (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/200,928 Abandoned US20160304860A1 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-07-01 | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US15/470,814 Active US10150963B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-03-27 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US15/693,374 Active US10150964B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-08-31 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US16/170,980 Active 2034-06-07 US11193121B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2018-10-25 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US17/517,287 Pending US20220154175A1 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2021-11-02 | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
Country Status (10)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (8) | US9388465B2 (en) |
EP (4) | EP2954104B1 (en) |
JP (4) | JP2016511243A (en) |
KR (3) | KR20200140929A (en) |
CN (2) | CN105102697A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2014214682B2 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112015019159A2 (en) |
CA (2) | CA2900481A1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK2954065T3 (en) |
WO (2) | WO2014124338A1 (en) |
Cited By (108)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9029085B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2015-05-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US9056289B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2015-06-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Droplet creation techniques |
US9238206B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2016-01-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions |
WO2016040901A1 (en) * | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Identification and use of circulating nucleic acids |
US9290809B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2016-03-22 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US9315857B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2016-04-19 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse label-tags |
US9388465B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-07-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US9410201B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-08-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
WO2016137973A1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2016-09-01 | 10X Genomics Inc | Partition processing methods and systems |
US9486757B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2016-11-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Scale-up of microfluidic devices |
US9567645B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-02-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US9582877B2 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2017-02-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and systems for digitally counting features on arrays |
WO2017087910A1 (en) * | 2015-11-19 | 2017-05-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Transformable tagging compositions, methods, and processes incorporating same |
US9689024B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2017-06-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for droplet-based sample preparation |
US9694361B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2017-07-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9727810B2 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2017-08-08 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Spatially addressable molecular barcoding |
US9771575B2 (en) | 2015-06-19 | 2017-09-26 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Methods for on-array fragmentation and barcoding of DNA samples |
US9797010B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2017-10-24 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing |
US9824068B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2017-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for sorting data |
US9885034B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2018-02-06 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
WO2018031631A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of de novo assembly of barcoded genomic dna fragments |
US9951386B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9975122B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-05-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
US10011872B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-07-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US20180340172A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US20190040382A1 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2019-02-07 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Contiguity preserving transposition |
US10202641B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2019-02-12 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Error correction in amplification of samples |
US10221436B2 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same |
US10221442B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10287623B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
US10301677B2 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2019-05-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Normalization of nucleic acid libraries |
US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10338066B2 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2019-07-02 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
US10357771B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2019-07-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method of producing emulsions |
US10395758B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2019-08-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Sequencing methods |
US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10428326B2 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2019-10-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
US10457977B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2019-10-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing |
US10471016B2 (en) | 2013-11-08 | 2019-11-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Microparticles, methods for their preparation and use |
US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-01-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10544413B2 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2020-01-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads |
US10550429B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-02-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10557133B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-02-11 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing |
US10619186B2 (en) | 2015-09-11 | 2020-04-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and compositions for library normalization |
US10640763B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2020-05-05 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Molecular indexing of internal sequences |
US10650912B2 (en) | 2015-01-13 | 2020-05-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for visualizing structural variation and phasing information |
US10669570B2 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2020-06-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Sample indexing for single cells |
US10697010B2 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2020-06-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | High-throughput single-cell analysis combining proteomic and genomic information |
US10722880B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2020-07-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Hydrophilic coating of fluidic channels |
US10745742B2 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2020-08-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10774370B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2020-09-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US10815525B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10822643B2 (en) | 2016-05-02 | 2020-11-03 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Accurate molecular barcoding |
US10829815B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2020-11-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles |
US10839939B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2020-11-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly |
US10854315B2 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2020-12-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data |
US10874997B2 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2020-12-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques |
US10941396B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2021-03-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Compositions and kits for molecular counting |
US11072816B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2021-07-27 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Single-cell proteomic assay using aptamers |
US11081208B2 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2021-08-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data |
US11084036B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2021-08-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods of use |
US11092607B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2021-08-17 | The Board Institute, Inc. | Multiplex analysis of single cell constituents |
US11123297B2 (en) | 2015-10-13 | 2021-09-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for making and using gel microspheres |
US11124823B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2021-09-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for RNA quantification |
US11155881B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2021-10-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing |
US11164659B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2021-11-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for expression profile classification |
US11177020B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2021-11-16 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and uses for molecular tags |
US11274343B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2022-03-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage |
US11319583B2 (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2022-05-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Selective amplification using blocking oligonucleotides |
US11365409B2 (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2022-06-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Molecular barcoding on opposite transcript ends |
US11371076B2 (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2022-06-28 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Polymerase chain reaction normalization through primer titration |
US11371094B2 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2022-06-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid processing using degenerate nucleotides |
US11390914B2 (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2022-07-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for whole transcriptome amplification |
US11397882B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2022-07-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Molecular label counting adjustment methods |
US11401550B2 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2022-08-02 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Creation of libraries of droplets and related species |
US11492660B2 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2022-11-08 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Selective extension in single cell whole transcriptome analysis |
US11535882B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2022-12-27 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for combinatorial barcoding |
US11566279B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2023-01-31 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Droplet-based method and apparatus for composite single-cell nucleic acid analysis |
US11591637B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US11608497B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2023-03-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for cell label classification |
US11629344B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2023-04-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11639517B2 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2023-05-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Determining 5′ transcript sequences |
US11649497B2 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2023-05-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for quantitation of proteins and RNA |
US11660601B2 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2023-05-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for sorting particles |
US11661625B2 (en) | 2020-05-14 | 2023-05-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Primers for immune repertoire profiling |
US11661631B2 (en) | 2019-01-23 | 2023-05-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Oligonucleotides associated with antibodies |
US11667951B2 (en) | 2016-10-24 | 2023-06-06 | Geneinfosec, Inc. | Concealing information present within nucleic acids |
US11701668B1 (en) | 2020-05-08 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and devices for magnetic separation |
US11739443B2 (en) | 2020-11-20 | 2023-08-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Profiling of highly expressed and lowly expressed proteins |
US11773389B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2023-10-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US11773441B2 (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2023-10-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | High throughput multiomics sample analysis |
US11773436B2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2023-10-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Using random priming to obtain full-length V(D)J information for immune repertoire sequencing |
US11833515B2 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2023-12-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic channel networks for partitioning |
US11857981B2 (en) | 2019-12-23 | 2024-01-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Magnetic separator for an automated single cell sequencing system |
US11873483B2 (en) | 2015-03-11 | 2024-01-16 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Proteomic analysis with nucleic acid identifiers |
US11898206B2 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2024-02-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for clonotype screening |
US11904310B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2024-02-20 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | High-throughput dynamic reagent delivery system |
US11932901B2 (en) | 2020-07-13 | 2024-03-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Target enrichment using nucleic acid probes for scRNAseq |
US11932849B2 (en) | 2018-11-08 | 2024-03-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Whole transcriptome analysis of single cells using random priming |
US11939622B2 (en) | 2019-07-22 | 2024-03-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Single cell chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing assay |
US11946038B1 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2024-04-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems including flow and magnetic modules |
US11946095B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2024-04-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Particles associated with oligonucleotides |
US11965208B2 (en) | 2019-04-19 | 2024-04-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods of associating phenotypical data and single cell sequencing data |
US11993772B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2024-05-28 | Illumina, Inc. | Linking sequence reads using paired code tags |
US11999951B2 (en) | 2022-04-08 | 2024-06-04 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Massively parallel contiguity mapping |
Families Citing this family (129)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20140057799A1 (en) | 2010-12-16 | 2014-02-27 | Gigagen | System and Methods for Massively Parallel Analysis of Nucleic Acids in Single Cells |
GB201106254D0 (en) | 2011-04-13 | 2011-05-25 | Frisen Jonas | Method and product |
WO2013134261A1 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2013-09-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for epigenetic sequencing |
US9683230B2 (en) | 2013-01-09 | 2017-06-20 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Sample preparation on a solid support |
EP3013983B1 (en) | 2013-06-25 | 2023-02-15 | Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. | Spatially encoded biological assays using a microfluidic device |
US20150298091A1 (en) | 2014-04-21 | 2015-10-22 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for barcoding nucleic acids |
WO2015200541A1 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2015-12-30 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital pcr barcoding |
US10017759B2 (en) * | 2014-06-26 | 2018-07-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Library preparation of tagged nucleic acid |
WO2016070016A1 (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2016-05-06 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Compositions and methods for forming emulsions |
US10060913B2 (en) | 2016-09-19 | 2018-08-28 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems including janus droplets capable of binding an analyte and changing orientation to provide a detectable change |
WO2016070027A1 (en) * | 2014-10-31 | 2016-05-06 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Compositions and methods for arranging colloid phases |
US11119098B2 (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2021-09-14 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Systems including Janus droplets |
US10900065B2 (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2021-01-26 | University Of Washington | Methods and kits for labeling cellular molecules |
CN107406890B (en) * | 2015-02-10 | 2023-07-18 | 亿明达股份有限公司 | Methods and compositions for analyzing cellular components |
CA2974398A1 (en) * | 2015-02-13 | 2016-08-18 | Abhijit Ajit PATEL | Methods for highly parallel and accurate measurement of nucleic acids |
WO2016145416A2 (en) * | 2015-03-11 | 2016-09-15 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Proteomic analysis with nucleic acid identifiers |
US10876156B2 (en) | 2015-03-13 | 2020-12-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Determination of cells using amplification |
EP3929291A1 (en) | 2015-03-17 | 2021-12-29 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Detection of genome editing |
US20180073073A1 (en) * | 2015-03-18 | 2018-03-15 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and compositions for labeling targets and haplotype phasing |
SG11201707515SA (en) | 2015-04-10 | 2017-10-30 | Spatial Transcriptomics Ab | Spatially distinguished, multiplex nucleic acid analysis of biological specimens |
US11661597B2 (en) * | 2015-04-15 | 2023-05-30 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Robust quantification of single molecules in next-generation sequencing using non-random combinatorial oligonucleotide barcodes |
AU2016248995B2 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2022-04-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Barcoding systems and methods for gene sequencing and other applications |
EP3285926B1 (en) * | 2015-04-21 | 2022-03-02 | General Automation Lab Technologies Inc. | Kit and method for high throughput microbiology applications |
EP3760737B1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2023-02-15 | Illumina, Inc. | Platform for discovery and analysis of therapeutic agents |
EP3325650B1 (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2024-01-03 | Nanostring Technologies, Inc. | Simultaneous quantification of gene expression in a user-defined region of a cross-sectioned tissue |
EP3365454A1 (en) | 2015-10-20 | 2018-08-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for high throughput single cell genetic manipulation |
WO2017075293A1 (en) * | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | Silicon Valley Scientific, Inc. | Method and apparatus for encoding cellular spatial position information |
CN117512080A (en) * | 2015-12-07 | 2024-02-06 | 生物-拉德实验室公司 | Multiplexing using microparticles in dispensing |
CN105567562B (en) * | 2015-12-30 | 2017-10-03 | 中国科学院合肥物质科学研究院 | Microfluid system and its introduction method for unicellular ultrasonic wave channel genes |
US10633648B2 (en) | 2016-02-12 | 2020-04-28 | University Of Washington | Combinatorial photo-controlled spatial sequencing and labeling |
US20170283864A1 (en) | 2016-03-31 | 2017-10-05 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Use of transposase and y adapters to fragment and tag dna |
CN109312331B (en) * | 2016-04-01 | 2022-08-02 | 贝勒医学院 | Method for whole transcriptome amplification |
US20190127789A1 (en) * | 2016-04-19 | 2019-05-02 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Immobilization-based systems and methods for genetic analysis and other applications |
WO2017204294A1 (en) * | 2016-05-25 | 2017-11-30 | 株式会社ニコン | Target biological molecule identification method, beads for target biological molecule identification use, set of beads, and target biological molecule identification device |
CN109642219B (en) | 2016-08-05 | 2021-02-26 | 生物辐射实验室股份有限公司 | Second chain guide |
US10688494B2 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2020-06-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic surface-mediated emulsion stability control |
WO2018089641A2 (en) * | 2016-11-10 | 2018-05-17 | The Scripps Research Institute | Encode solid phase compound library with polynucleotide based barcoding |
WO2018118971A1 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2018-06-28 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Droplet tagging contiguity preserved tagmented dna |
EP3574112B1 (en) | 2017-01-27 | 2023-01-11 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Barcoded dna for long range sequencing |
US10995333B2 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2021-05-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation |
EP3391958B1 (en) * | 2017-04-19 | 2020-08-12 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of making surface-coated water-absorbing polymer particles in a microfluidic device |
EP3619325B1 (en) | 2017-05-05 | 2024-01-24 | Scipio Bioscience | Methods for trapping and barcoding discrete biological units in hydrogel |
WO2018226546A1 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Gaskets for the distribution of pressures in a microfluidic system |
WO2018236615A1 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2018-12-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for improved droplet stabilization |
KR102480894B1 (en) * | 2017-08-01 | 2022-12-23 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | Hydrogel beads for nucleotide sequencing |
US20210032693A1 (en) | 2017-08-10 | 2021-02-04 | Rootpath Genomics, Inc. | Improved Method to Analyze Nucleic Acid Contents from Multiple Biological Particles |
JP7084470B2 (en) * | 2017-08-23 | 2022-06-14 | エフ.ホフマン-ラ ロシュ アーゲー | Enzyme screening method |
US10636761B2 (en) * | 2017-08-29 | 2020-04-28 | Electronics And Telecommunications Reearch Institute | Method of fabricating a semiconductor package |
US10748643B2 (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2020-08-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining the integrity of test strings with respect to a ground truth string |
CN109486923B (en) * | 2017-09-11 | 2022-02-18 | 广州永诺生物科技有限公司 | Primer system for sequencing multiple amplicons, application thereof and method for constructing sequencing library |
US10837047B2 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-11-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers |
US10590244B2 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-03-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers |
WO2019074524A1 (en) | 2017-10-13 | 2019-04-18 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Partition liquid into samples |
WO2019084043A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for nuclecic acid preparation and chromatin analysis |
EP3700672B1 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2022-12-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for sample preparation and analysis |
EP3704247B1 (en) | 2017-11-02 | 2023-01-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Transposase-based genomic analysis |
WO2019108851A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation and analysis |
JP7049103B2 (en) * | 2017-12-11 | 2022-04-06 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Comprehensive 3'end gene expression analysis method for single cells |
WO2019148042A1 (en) * | 2018-01-26 | 2019-08-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
WO2019152395A1 (en) | 2018-01-31 | 2019-08-08 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for deconvoluting partition barcodes |
EP3752832A1 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2020-12-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations |
CN112154216A (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2020-12-29 | 纳米线科技公司 | Biomolecule probes and methods for detecting gene and protein expression |
US11639928B2 (en) | 2018-02-22 | 2023-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for characterizing analytes from individual cells or cell populations |
WO2019191900A1 (en) * | 2018-04-03 | 2019-10-10 | Burning Rock Biotech | Compositions and methods for preparing nucleic acid libraries |
DE102018207098A1 (en) * | 2018-05-08 | 2019-11-14 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Microfluidic device and method for nanostructure sequencing of nucleotide strands |
US11654404B2 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2023-05-23 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Light emitting droplets and related methods |
US11932899B2 (en) | 2018-06-07 | 2024-03-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for characterizing nucleic acid molecules |
US11703427B2 (en) * | 2018-06-25 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for cell and bead processing |
US20200032335A1 (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2020-01-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for metabolome analysis |
EP3841202B1 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2023-10-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Nucleotide sequence generation by barcode bead-colocalization in partitions |
US11459607B1 (en) | 2018-12-10 | 2022-10-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for processing-nucleic acid molecules from a single cell using sequential co-partitioning and composite barcodes |
TWI725686B (en) | 2018-12-26 | 2021-04-21 | 財團法人工業技術研究院 | Tubular structure for producing droplets and method for producing droplets |
US11926867B2 (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2024-03-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis |
US11649485B2 (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2023-05-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Generating capture probes for spatial analysis |
US11845983B1 (en) | 2019-01-09 | 2023-12-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for multiplexing of droplet based assays |
WO2020165283A1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | Therycell Gmbh | Reverse immunosuppression |
US11851683B1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2023-12-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for selective analysis of cellular samples |
US11467153B2 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2022-10-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules |
WO2020168013A1 (en) | 2019-02-12 | 2020-08-20 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for processing nucleic acid molecules |
US11655499B1 (en) | 2019-02-25 | 2023-05-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Detection of sequence elements in nucleic acid molecules |
EP3938537A1 (en) | 2019-03-11 | 2022-01-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for processing optically tagged beads |
US20220206005A1 (en) | 2019-04-12 | 2022-06-30 | Miltenyi Biotec B.V. & Co. KG | Conjugates having an enzymmatically releasable detection moiety and a barcode moiety |
EP3880600A4 (en) * | 2019-04-30 | 2021-12-01 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Microfluidic devices |
EP3976820A1 (en) | 2019-05-30 | 2022-04-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of detecting spatial heterogeneity of a biological sample |
WO2021034974A1 (en) * | 2019-08-19 | 2021-02-25 | Universal Sequencing Technology Corporation | Methods and compositions for tracking nucleic acid fragment origin for nucleic acid sequencing |
KR20220097404A (en) | 2019-10-10 | 2022-07-07 | 1859, 인크. | Methods and systems for microfluidic screening |
WO2021091611A1 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2021-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatially-tagged analyte capture agents for analyte multiplexing |
WO2021092433A2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2021-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Enhancing specificity of analyte binding |
US20220364147A1 (en) | 2019-11-15 | 2022-11-17 | Miltenyi Biotec B.V. & Co. KG | Color and bardcoded beads for single cell indexing |
WO2021133849A1 (en) | 2019-12-23 | 2021-07-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for spatial analysis using rna-templated ligation |
EP4090466A4 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2024-01-17 | Fluent Biosciences Inc | Methods and systems for single cell gene profiling |
US11104961B2 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2021-08-31 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | Single cell sequencing |
US11512337B2 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2022-11-29 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | Emulsion based drug screening |
US11702693B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for printing cells and generating arrays of barcoded cells |
US11732299B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 | 2023-08-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatial assays with perturbed cells |
US11821035B1 (en) | 2020-01-29 | 2023-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods of making gene expression libraries |
US11898205B2 (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2024-02-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Increasing capture efficiency of spatial assays |
EP3859012A1 (en) | 2020-02-03 | 2021-08-04 | Albert-Ludwigs-Universität Freiburg | Methods for amplification of genomic dna and preparation of sequencing libraries |
US11732300B2 (en) | 2020-02-05 | 2023-08-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Increasing efficiency of spatial analysis in a biological sample |
US11835462B2 (en) | 2020-02-11 | 2023-12-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for partitioning a biological sample |
US11891654B2 (en) | 2020-02-24 | 2024-02-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of making gene expression libraries |
US11926863B1 (en) | 2020-02-27 | 2024-03-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Solid state single cell method for analyzing fixed biological cells |
EP4110941A1 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2023-01-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method for isolating nuclei and cells from tissues |
US11768175B1 (en) | 2020-03-04 | 2023-09-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Electrophoretic methods for spatial analysis |
CA3175931A1 (en) | 2020-03-16 | 2021-09-23 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | Multi-omic analysis in monodisperse droplets |
WO2021212042A1 (en) | 2020-04-16 | 2021-10-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for use with fixed samples |
EP4139485B1 (en) | 2020-04-22 | 2023-09-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for spatial analysis using targeted rna depletion |
US11851700B1 (en) | 2020-05-13 | 2023-12-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods, kits, and compositions for processing extracellular molecules |
AU2021275906A1 (en) | 2020-05-22 | 2022-12-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatial analysis to detect sequence variants |
EP4153775A1 (en) | 2020-05-22 | 2023-03-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Simultaneous spatio-temporal measurement of gene expression and cellular activity |
AU2021283174A1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Nucleic acid library methods |
AU2021283184A1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatial transcriptomics for antigen-receptors |
EP4162074B1 (en) | 2020-06-08 | 2024-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of determining a surgical margin and methods of use thereof |
AU2021294334A1 (en) | 2020-06-25 | 2023-02-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatial analysis of DNA methylation |
EP4176437A1 (en) | 2020-07-02 | 2023-05-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for detection of low-abundance molecular barcodes from a sequencing library |
US11761038B1 (en) | 2020-07-06 | 2023-09-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for identifying a location of an RNA in a biological sample |
US11981960B1 (en) | 2020-07-06 | 2024-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Spatial analysis utilizing degradable hydrogels |
WO2022015970A1 (en) * | 2020-07-15 | 2022-01-20 | Fluent Biosciences Inc. | Tiered ligation oligos |
US11981958B1 (en) | 2020-08-20 | 2024-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for spatial analysis using DNA capture |
US20230324399A1 (en) | 2020-09-07 | 2023-10-12 | Miltenyi Biotec B.V. & Co. KG | Conjugates having an enzymmatically releasable detection moiety and a barcode moiety |
US11926822B1 (en) | 2020-09-23 | 2024-03-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Three-dimensional spatial analysis |
US11827935B1 (en) | 2020-11-19 | 2023-11-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for spatial analysis using rolling circle amplification and detection probes |
EP4121555A1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2023-01-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods, compositions, and systems for capturing probes and/or barcodes |
AU2022227563A1 (en) | 2021-02-23 | 2023-08-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Probe-based analysis of nucleic acids and proteins |
EP4301870A1 (en) | 2021-03-18 | 2024-01-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Multiplex capture of gene and protein expression from a biological sample |
WO2023014303A2 (en) * | 2021-08-05 | 2023-02-09 | Agency For Science, Technology And Research | A method of amplification of a nucleic acid |
WO2023034489A1 (en) | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods, compositions, and kits for blocking a capture probe on a spatial array |
EP4272764A1 (en) | 2022-05-03 | 2023-11-08 | Scipio Bioscience | Method of complexing biological units with particles |
KR102578493B1 (en) | 2023-04-26 | 2023-09-14 | 대한민국 | A loading rack |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20090203531A1 (en) * | 2008-02-12 | 2009-08-13 | Nurith Kurn | Method for Archiving and Clonal Expansion |
US20100130369A1 (en) * | 2007-04-23 | 2010-05-27 | Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. | Bead-Based Multiplexed Analytical Methods and Instrumentation |
US20120196288A1 (en) * | 2011-01-27 | 2012-08-02 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Chip-Based Droplet Sorting |
US20140057799A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2014-02-27 | Gigagen | System and Methods for Massively Parallel Analysis of Nucleic Acids in Single Cells |
Family Cites Families (774)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US1007137A (en) | 1908-06-08 | 1911-10-31 | Theodore D Palmer | Cloth-pressing machine. |
US1004111A (en) | 1908-10-17 | 1911-09-26 | Westinghouse Air Brake Co | Fluid-pressure brake. |
US1003026A (en) | 1911-04-12 | 1911-09-12 | Bernard Bartmann | Bobbin-holder. |
US1005998A (en) | 1911-07-10 | 1911-10-17 | Arthur Munchausen | Berry-carrier. |
US1005372A (en) | 1911-08-11 | 1911-10-10 | Albert Gay | Plow-fender. |
US2797149A (en) | 1953-01-08 | 1957-06-25 | Technicon International Ltd | Methods of and apparatus for analyzing liquids containing crystalloid and non-crystalloid constituents |
US3047367A (en) | 1959-12-01 | 1962-07-31 | Technicon Instr | Automatic analysis with fluid segmentation |
US3479141A (en) | 1967-05-17 | 1969-11-18 | Technicon Corp | Method and apparatus for analysis |
US4124638A (en) | 1977-09-12 | 1978-11-07 | Hansen John N | Solubilizable polyacrylamide gels containing disulfide cross-linkages |
US4253846A (en) | 1979-11-21 | 1981-03-03 | Technicon Instruments Corporation | Method and apparatus for automated analysis of fluid samples |
GB2097692B (en) | 1981-01-10 | 1985-05-22 | Shaw Stewart P D | Combining chemical reagents |
DE3230289A1 (en) | 1982-08-14 | 1984-02-16 | Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen | PRODUCTION OF PHARMACEUTICAL OR COSMETIC DISPERSIONS |
US4582802A (en) | 1983-09-30 | 1986-04-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Stimulation of enzymatic ligation of DNA by high concentrations of nonspecific polymers |
JPS60227826A (en) | 1984-04-27 | 1985-11-13 | Sogo Yatsukou Kk | Graft capsule responding to ph |
KR890003947B1 (en) * | 1985-12-11 | 1989-10-13 | 가부시기가이샤 시마즈세이사구쇼 | Apparatus for cell fusion |
US4916070A (en) | 1986-04-14 | 1990-04-10 | The General Hospital Corporation | Fibrin-specific antibodies and method of screening for the antibodies |
US5618711A (en) | 1986-08-22 | 1997-04-08 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Recombinant expression vectors and purification methods for Thermus thermophilus DNA polymerase |
US4872895A (en) | 1986-12-11 | 1989-10-10 | American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories | Method for fabricating articles which include high silica glass bodies |
US5202231A (en) | 1987-04-01 | 1993-04-13 | Drmanac Radoje T | Method of sequencing of genomes by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes |
US5525464A (en) | 1987-04-01 | 1996-06-11 | Hyseq, Inc. | Method of sequencing by hybridization of oligonucleotide probes |
US5149625A (en) | 1987-08-11 | 1992-09-22 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Multiplex analysis of DNA |
US5137829A (en) | 1987-10-05 | 1992-08-11 | Washington University | DNA transposon TN5SEQ1 |
US5185099A (en) | 1988-04-20 | 1993-02-09 | Institut National De Recherche Chimique Appliquee | Visco-elastic, isotropic materials based on water, fluorinate sufactants and fluorinated oils, process for their preparation, and their use in various fields, such as optics, pharmacology and electrodynamics |
US5237016A (en) | 1989-01-05 | 1993-08-17 | Siska Diagnostics, Inc. | End-attachment of oligonucleotides to polyacrylamide solid supports for capture and detection of nucleic acids |
US6176962B1 (en) | 1990-02-28 | 2001-01-23 | Aclara Biosciences, Inc. | Methods for fabricating enclosed microchannel structures |
US5756334A (en) | 1990-04-26 | 1998-05-26 | New England Biolabs, Inc. | Thermostable DNA polymerase from 9°N-7 and methods for producing the same |
ATE176002T1 (en) | 1990-07-24 | 1999-02-15 | Hoffmann La Roche | REDUCING NON-SPECIFIC AMPLIFICATION DURING (IN VITRO) NUCLEIC ACID AMPLIFICATION USING MODIFIED NUCLEIC ACID BASES |
US5489523A (en) | 1990-12-03 | 1996-02-06 | Stratagene | Exonuclease-deficient thermostable Pyrococcus furiosus DNA polymerase I |
US6582908B2 (en) | 1990-12-06 | 2003-06-24 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Oligonucleotides |
US5270183A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1993-12-14 | Beckman Research Institute Of The City Of Hope | Device and method for the automated cycling of solutions between two or more temperatures |
US5994056A (en) | 1991-05-02 | 1999-11-30 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | Homogeneous methods for nucleic acid amplification and detection |
CA2112992C (en) | 1991-07-04 | 2002-06-11 | Allan O. F. Lihme | Water-soluble, polymer-based reagents and conjugates comprising moieties derived from divinyl sulfone |
DE69228247T2 (en) | 1991-08-10 | 1999-07-08 | Medical Res Council | Treatment of cell populations |
DE69217497T2 (en) | 1991-09-18 | 1997-06-12 | Affymax Tech Nv | METHOD FOR SYNTHESISING THE DIFFERENT COLLECTIONS OF OLIGOMERS |
US5413924A (en) | 1992-02-13 | 1995-05-09 | Kosak; Kenneth M. | Preparation of wax beads containing a reagent for release by heating |
WO1993019205A1 (en) | 1992-03-19 | 1993-09-30 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Multiple tag labeling method for dna sequencing |
CA2134478C (en) | 1992-05-01 | 2001-12-18 | Peter Wilding | Microfabricated detection structures |
US5587128A (en) | 1992-05-01 | 1996-12-24 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Mesoscale polynucleotide amplification devices |
US5840865A (en) | 1992-09-14 | 1998-11-24 | Institute Of Molecular Biology And Biotechnology/Forth | Eukaryotic transposable element |
US5897783A (en) | 1992-09-24 | 1999-04-27 | Amersham International Plc | Magnetic separation method |
US5569364A (en) | 1992-11-05 | 1996-10-29 | Soane Biosciences, Inc. | Separation media for electrophoresis |
EP0682671A4 (en) | 1993-02-01 | 1998-01-14 | Seq Ltd | Methods and apparatus for dna sequencing. |
WO1994019101A1 (en) | 1993-02-16 | 1994-09-01 | Alliance Pharmaceutical Corp. | Method of microemulsifying fluorinated oils |
WO1994023699A1 (en) | 1993-04-19 | 1994-10-27 | Medisorb Technologies International L.P. | Long-acting treatment by slow-release delivery of antisense oligodeoxyribonucleotides from biodegradable microparticles |
US5456986A (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 1995-10-10 | Carnegie Mellon University | Magnetic metal or metal carbide nanoparticles and a process for forming same |
EP0636413B1 (en) | 1993-07-28 | 2001-11-14 | PE Corporation (NY) | Nucleic acid amplification reaction apparatus and method |
US5874239A (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1999-02-23 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Biotinylation of proteins |
WO1995006652A1 (en) | 1993-08-30 | 1995-03-09 | Promega Corporation | Nucleic acid purification compositions and methods |
US5512131A (en) | 1993-10-04 | 1996-04-30 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Formation of microstamped patterns on surfaces and derivative articles |
US20030044777A1 (en) | 1993-10-28 | 2003-03-06 | Kenneth L. Beattie | Flowthrough devices for multiple discrete binding reactions |
US5605793A (en) * | 1994-02-17 | 1997-02-25 | Affymax Technologies N.V. | Methods for in vitro recombination |
US5558071A (en) | 1994-03-07 | 1996-09-24 | Combustion Electromagnetics, Inc. | Ignition system power converter and controller |
US5648211A (en) | 1994-04-18 | 1997-07-15 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Strand displacement amplification using thermophilic enzymes |
AU697863B2 (en) | 1994-05-11 | 1998-10-22 | Genera Technologies Limited | Methods of capturing species from liquids and assay procedures |
US5705628A (en) | 1994-09-20 | 1998-01-06 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | DNA purification and isolation using magnetic particles |
US5846719A (en) | 1994-10-13 | 1998-12-08 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
US5585069A (en) | 1994-11-10 | 1996-12-17 | David Sarnoff Research Center, Inc. | Partitioned microelectronic and fluidic device array for clinical diagnostics and chemical synthesis |
EP0812434B1 (en) | 1995-03-01 | 2013-09-18 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Microcontact printing on surfaces and derivative articles |
US5700642A (en) | 1995-05-22 | 1997-12-23 | Sri International | Oligonucleotide sizing using immobilized cleavable primers |
CN1146668C (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2004-04-21 | 林克斯治疗公司 | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
EP0832287B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2007-10-10 | Solexa, Inc | Oligonucleotide tags for sorting and identification |
US5856174A (en) | 1995-06-29 | 1999-01-05 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Integrated nucleic acid diagnostic device |
US6866760B2 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2005-03-15 | E Ink Corporation | Electrophoretic medium and process for the production thereof |
US5872010A (en) | 1995-07-21 | 1999-02-16 | Northeastern University | Microscale fluid handling system |
US6057149A (en) | 1995-09-15 | 2000-05-02 | The University Of Michigan | Microscale devices and reactions in microscale devices |
US5851769A (en) | 1995-09-27 | 1998-12-22 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Quantitative DNA fiber mapping |
US5736330A (en) | 1995-10-11 | 1998-04-07 | Luminex Corporation | Method and compositions for flow cytometric determination of DNA sequences |
US6001571A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 1999-12-14 | Mandecki; Wlodek | Multiplex assay for nucleic acids employing transponders |
US5736332A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 1998-04-07 | Mandecki; Wlodek | Method of determining the sequence of nucleic acids employing solid-phase particles carrying transponders |
US6051377A (en) | 1995-11-30 | 2000-04-18 | Pharmaseq, Inc. | Multiplex assay for nucleic acids employing transponders |
US6355198B1 (en) | 1996-03-15 | 2002-03-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Method of forming articles including waveguides via capillary micromolding and microtransfer molding |
WO1997039359A1 (en) | 1996-04-15 | 1997-10-23 | Dade International Inc. | Apparatus and method for analysis |
AU730633B2 (en) | 1996-05-29 | 2001-03-08 | Phillip Belgrader | Detection of nucleic acid sequence differences using coupled ligase detection and polymerase chain reactions |
US5846727A (en) | 1996-06-06 | 1998-12-08 | Board Of Supervisors Of Louisiana State University And Agricultural & Mechanical College | Microsystem for rapid DNA sequencing |
US6458335B1 (en) | 1996-07-15 | 2002-10-01 | Calcitech Ltd. | Production of powders |
US5965443A (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1999-10-12 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | System for in vitro transposition |
US6133436A (en) | 1996-11-06 | 2000-10-17 | Sequenom, Inc. | Beads bound to a solid support and to nucleic acids |
US5900481A (en) | 1996-11-06 | 1999-05-04 | Sequenom, Inc. | Bead linkers for immobilizing nucleic acids to solid supports |
US6379929B1 (en) | 1996-11-20 | 2002-04-30 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Chip-based isothermal amplification devices and methods |
US5958703A (en) | 1996-12-03 | 1999-09-28 | Glaxo Group Limited | Use of modified tethers in screening compound libraries |
US20020172965A1 (en) | 1996-12-13 | 2002-11-21 | Arcaris, Inc. | Methods for measuring relative amounts of nucleic acids in a complex mixture and retrieval of specific sequences therefrom |
US20050042625A1 (en) | 1997-01-15 | 2005-02-24 | Xzillion Gmbh & Co. | Mass label linked hybridisation probes |
US20020034737A1 (en) | 1997-03-04 | 2002-03-21 | Hyseq, Inc. | Methods and compositions for detection or quantification of nucleic acid species |
US6297006B1 (en) | 1997-01-16 | 2001-10-02 | Hyseq, Inc. | Methods for sequencing repetitive sequences and for determining the order of sequence subfragments |
ATE273381T1 (en) | 1997-02-12 | 2004-08-15 | Eugene Y Chan | METHOD FOR ANALYZING POLYMERS |
US6327410B1 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2001-12-04 | The Trustees Of Tufts College | Target analyte sensors utilizing Microspheres |
US7622294B2 (en) | 1997-03-14 | 2009-11-24 | Trustees Of Tufts College | Methods for detecting target analytes and enzymatic reactions |
US20030027203A1 (en) | 1997-03-24 | 2003-02-06 | Fields Robert E. | Biomolecular processor |
US6391622B1 (en) | 1997-04-04 | 2002-05-21 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Closed-loop biochemical analyzers |
US6143496A (en) | 1997-04-17 | 2000-11-07 | Cytonix Corporation | Method of sampling, amplifying and quantifying segment of nucleic acid, polymerase chain reaction assembly having nanoliter-sized sample chambers, and method of filling assembly |
EP0975807B1 (en) | 1997-05-02 | 2006-09-27 | Gen-Probe Incorporated | Two-step hybridization and capture of a polynucleotide |
JP2002503336A (en) | 1997-05-16 | 2002-01-29 | アルバータ リサーチ カウンシル | Micro-distribution system and method of using the same |
US6969488B2 (en) | 1998-05-22 | 2005-11-29 | Solexa, Inc. | System and apparatus for sequential processing of analytes |
CA2291180A1 (en) | 1997-05-23 | 1998-11-26 | Lynx Therapeutics, Inc. | System and apparatus for sequential processing of analytes |
US20040241759A1 (en) | 1997-06-16 | 2004-12-02 | Eileen Tozer | High throughput screening of libraries |
JP4298912B2 (en) | 1997-07-07 | 2009-07-22 | メディカル リサーチ カウンシル | In vitro sorting method |
GB9714716D0 (en) | 1997-07-11 | 1997-09-17 | Brax Genomics Ltd | Characterising nucleic acids |
FI103809B (en) | 1997-07-14 | 1999-09-30 | Finnzymes Oy | An in vitro method for producing templates for DNA sequencing |
US20050037397A1 (en) | 2001-03-28 | 2005-02-17 | Nanosphere, Inc. | Bio-barcode based detection of target analytes |
US6974669B2 (en) | 2000-03-28 | 2005-12-13 | Nanosphere, Inc. | Bio-barcodes based on oligonucleotide-modified nanoparticles |
US6368871B1 (en) | 1997-08-13 | 2002-04-09 | Cepheid | Non-planar microstructures for manipulation of fluid samples |
AU8908198A (en) | 1997-08-15 | 1999-03-08 | Hyseq, Inc. | Methods and compositions for detection or quantification of nucleic acid species |
WO1999014368A2 (en) | 1997-09-15 | 1999-03-25 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | Methods and apparatus for processing a sample of biomolecular analyte using a microfabricated device |
US20020092767A1 (en) | 1997-09-19 | 2002-07-18 | Aclara Biosciences, Inc. | Multiple array microfluidic device units |
US7214298B2 (en) | 1997-09-23 | 2007-05-08 | California Institute Of Technology | Microfabricated cell sorter |
EP1029244A4 (en) | 1997-10-02 | 2003-07-23 | Aclara Biosciences Inc | Capillary assays involving separation of free and bound species |
US5842787A (en) | 1997-10-09 | 1998-12-01 | Caliper Technologies Corporation | Microfluidic systems incorporating varied channel dimensions |
CA2305449A1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 1999-04-22 | President & Fellows Of Harvard College | Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays |
US6485944B1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 2002-11-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays |
US6511803B1 (en) | 1997-10-10 | 2003-01-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Replica amplification of nucleic acid arrays |
EP1023464B1 (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2017-07-26 | Luminex Corporation | Precision fluorescently dyed particles and methods of making and using same |
CA2306791C (en) | 1997-10-24 | 2007-05-15 | Northeastern University | A multichannel microscale system for high throughput preparative separation with comprehensive collection and analysis |
US6913935B1 (en) | 1997-12-04 | 2005-07-05 | Amersham Biosciences Uk Limited | Multiple assay method |
AU1726199A (en) | 1997-12-31 | 1999-07-19 | Chiron Corporation | Metastatic cancer regulated gene |
EP1054984A1 (en) | 1998-02-19 | 2000-11-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Monovalent, multivalent, and multimeric mhc binding domain fusion proteins and conjugates, and uses therefor |
AU3196099A (en) | 1998-03-27 | 1999-10-18 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systematic identification of essential genes by (in vitro) transposon mutagenesis |
US6022716A (en) | 1998-04-10 | 2000-02-08 | Genset Sa | High throughput DNA sequencing vector |
EP1079967A4 (en) | 1998-04-13 | 2003-07-23 | Luminex Corp | Liquid labeling with fluorescent microparticles |
US6780591B2 (en) | 1998-05-01 | 2004-08-24 | Arizona Board Of Regents | Method of determining the nucleotide sequence of oligonucleotides and DNA molecules |
US5997636A (en) | 1998-05-01 | 1999-12-07 | Instrumentation Technology Associates, Inc. | Method and apparatus for growing crystals |
US6123798A (en) | 1998-05-06 | 2000-09-26 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Methods of fabricating polymeric structures incorporating microscale fluidic elements |
WO1999058664A1 (en) | 1998-05-14 | 1999-11-18 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | Solid phase technique for selectively isolating nucleic acids |
US6306590B1 (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2001-10-23 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Microfluidic matrix localization apparatus and methods |
EP2045334A1 (en) | 1998-06-24 | 2009-04-08 | Illumina, Inc. | Decoding of array sensors with microspheres |
EP1102864B1 (en) | 1998-08-07 | 2006-05-24 | Cellay LLC | Gel microdrops in genetic analysis |
US6159736A (en) | 1998-09-23 | 2000-12-12 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Method for making insertional mutations using a Tn5 synaptic complex |
AR021833A1 (en) | 1998-09-30 | 2002-08-07 | Applied Research Systems | METHODS OF AMPLIFICATION AND SEQUENCING OF NUCLEIC ACID |
CN1326549A (en) | 1998-10-13 | 2001-12-12 | 微生物系统公司 | Fluid circuit components based upon passive fluid dynamics |
US6489096B1 (en) | 1998-10-15 | 2002-12-03 | Princeton University | Quantitative analysis of hybridization patterns and intensities in oligonucleotide arrays |
SE9803614L (en) | 1998-10-19 | 2000-04-20 | Muhammed Mamoun | Method and apparatus for producing nanoparticles |
WO2000026412A1 (en) | 1998-11-02 | 2000-05-11 | Kenneth Loren Beattie | Nucleic acid analysis using sequence-targeted tandem hybridization |
US6569631B1 (en) | 1998-11-12 | 2003-05-27 | 3-Dimensional Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Microplate thermal shift assay for ligand development using 5-(4″dimethylaminophenyl)-2-(4′-phenyl)oxazole derivative fluorescent dyes |
US5942609A (en) | 1998-11-12 | 1999-08-24 | The Porkin-Elmer Corporation | Ligation assembly and detection of polynucleotides on solid-support |
AU2206800A (en) | 1998-12-11 | 2000-06-26 | Regents Of The University Of California, The | Targeted molecular bar codes and methods for using the same |
NO986133D0 (en) | 1998-12-23 | 1998-12-23 | Preben Lexow | Method of DNA Sequencing |
GB9900298D0 (en) | 1999-01-07 | 1999-02-24 | Medical Res Council | Optical sorting method |
US6416642B1 (en) | 1999-01-21 | 2002-07-09 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Method and apparatus for continuous liquid flow in microscale channels using pressure injection, wicking, and electrokinetic injection |
US6635419B1 (en) | 1999-02-16 | 2003-10-21 | Applera Corporation | Polynucleotide sequencing method |
US20030027214A1 (en) | 1999-02-17 | 2003-02-06 | Kamb Carl Alexander | Methods for substrate-ligand interaction screening |
DE60045917D1 (en) | 1999-02-23 | 2011-06-16 | Caliper Life Sciences Inc | SEQUENCING BY INKORPORATION |
US7615373B2 (en) | 1999-02-25 | 2009-11-10 | Virginia Commonwealth University Intellectual Property Foundation | Electroprocessed collagen and tissue engineering |
US6171850B1 (en) | 1999-03-08 | 2001-01-09 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Integrated devices and systems for performing temperature controlled reactions and analyses |
US6303343B1 (en) | 1999-04-06 | 2001-10-16 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Inefficient fast PCR |
US6908737B2 (en) | 1999-04-15 | 2005-06-21 | Vitra Bioscience, Inc. | Systems and methods of conducting multiplexed experiments |
US20060275782A1 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2006-12-07 | Illumina, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays |
EP2264189B1 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2014-11-05 | Illumina, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acid reactions on bead arrays |
WO2000065042A1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2000-11-02 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | P element derived vector and methods for its use |
WO2000068671A2 (en) | 1999-05-12 | 2000-11-16 | Aclara Biosciences, Inc. | Multiplexed fluorescent detection in microfluidic devices |
WO2000070095A2 (en) | 1999-05-17 | 2000-11-23 | Dade Behring Inc. | Homogeneous isothermal amplification and detection of nucleic acids using a template switch oligonucleotide |
US20020051971A1 (en) | 1999-05-21 | 2002-05-02 | John R. Stuelpnagel | Use of microfluidic systems in the detection of target analytes using microsphere arrays |
US6846622B1 (en) | 1999-05-26 | 2005-01-25 | Oregon Health & Science University | Tagged epitope protein transposable element |
US20030124509A1 (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2003-07-03 | Kenis Paul J.A. | Laminar flow patterning and articles made thereby |
US6372813B1 (en) | 1999-06-25 | 2002-04-16 | Motorola | Methods and compositions for attachment of biomolecules to solid supports, hydrogels, and hydrogel arrays |
WO2001002850A1 (en) | 1999-07-06 | 2001-01-11 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Microfluidic systems and methods for determining modulator kinetics |
US6977145B2 (en) | 1999-07-28 | 2005-12-20 | Serono Genetics Institute S.A. | Method for carrying out a biochemical protocol in continuous flow in a microreactor |
US6524456B1 (en) | 1999-08-12 | 2003-02-25 | Ut-Battelle, Llc | Microfluidic devices for the controlled manipulation of small volumes |
EP1210358A4 (en) | 1999-08-13 | 2005-01-05 | Univ Brandeis | Detection of nucleic acids |
EP1248853A2 (en) | 1999-08-20 | 2002-10-16 | Luminex Corporation | Liquid array technology |
ATE414171T1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2008-11-15 | Matrix Technologies Corp | METHOD FOR IMMOBILIZING OLIGONUCLEOTIDES ON SOLID SUPPORT MATERIAL |
US6982146B1 (en) | 1999-08-30 | 2006-01-03 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | High speed parallel molecular nucleic acid sequencing |
CN1425133A (en) | 1999-10-13 | 2003-06-18 | 西格雷特生物科学有限公司 | System and method for detecting and identifying molecular events in a test sample |
US6958225B2 (en) | 1999-10-27 | 2005-10-25 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Complexity management of genomic DNA |
AU1100201A (en) | 1999-10-28 | 2001-05-08 | Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Methods of in vivo gene transfer using a sleeping beauty transposon system |
JP4721603B2 (en) | 1999-11-08 | 2011-07-13 | 栄研化学株式会社 | Mutation and / or polymorphism detection method |
US6432290B1 (en) | 1999-11-26 | 2002-08-13 | The Governors Of The University Of Alberta | Apparatus and method for trapping bead based reagents within microfluidic analysis systems |
US20010051348A1 (en) | 2000-01-28 | 2001-12-13 | Lee Chee Wee | Novel ligands and methods for preparing same |
ATE382858T1 (en) | 2000-02-23 | 2008-01-15 | Caliper Life Sciences Inc | MULTIPLE RESERVOIR PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM |
KR20020089357A (en) | 2000-02-23 | 2002-11-29 | 자이오믹스, 인코포레이티드 | Chips having elevated sample surfaces |
IL134830A0 (en) | 2000-03-01 | 2001-05-20 | Chay 13 Medical Res Group N V | Peptides and immunostimulatory and anti-bacterial pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US6579851B2 (en) | 2000-03-14 | 2003-06-17 | Amylin Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Effects of glucagon-like peptide-1 (7-36) on antro-pyloro-duodenal motility |
US6409832B2 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2002-06-25 | Micronics, Inc. | Protein crystallization in microfluidic structures |
US20020001856A1 (en) | 2000-04-06 | 2002-01-03 | Chow Andrea W. | Methods and devices for achieving long incubation times in high-throughput systems |
DK2278029T3 (en) | 2000-04-10 | 2016-10-03 | Taxon Biosciences Inc | Methods of study and genetic analysis of populations |
US6481453B1 (en) | 2000-04-14 | 2002-11-19 | Nanostream, Inc. | Microfluidic branch metering systems and methods |
US6800298B1 (en) | 2000-05-11 | 2004-10-05 | Clemson University | Biological lubricant composition and method of applying lubricant composition |
US20060008799A1 (en) | 2000-05-22 | 2006-01-12 | Hong Cai | Rapid haplotyping by single molecule detection |
EP1286913A2 (en) | 2000-05-24 | 2003-03-05 | Micronics, Inc. | Microfluidic concentration gradient loop |
US6645432B1 (en) | 2000-05-25 | 2003-11-11 | President & Fellows Of Harvard College | Microfluidic systems including three-dimensionally arrayed channel networks |
US20060263888A1 (en) | 2000-06-02 | 2006-11-23 | Honeywell International Inc. | Differential white blood count on a disposable card |
US6632606B1 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2003-10-14 | Aclara Biosciences, Inc. | Methods for single nucleotide polymorphism detection |
WO2001098765A1 (en) | 2000-06-21 | 2001-12-27 | Bioarray Solutions, Ltd. | Multianalyte molecular analysis |
WO2002011888A2 (en) | 2000-08-07 | 2002-02-14 | Nanostream, Inc. | Fluidic mixer in microfluidic system |
US6610499B1 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2003-08-26 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Capillary array and related methods |
US6773566B2 (en) | 2000-08-31 | 2004-08-10 | Nanolytics, Inc. | Electrostatic actuators for microfluidics and methods for using same |
US6670153B2 (en) | 2000-09-14 | 2003-12-30 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Microfluidic devices and methods for performing temperature mediated reactions |
AU2001290879A1 (en) | 2000-09-15 | 2002-03-26 | California Institute Of Technology | Microfabricated crossflow devices and methods |
US7258774B2 (en) | 2000-10-03 | 2007-08-21 | California Institute Of Technology | Microfluidic devices and methods of use |
CA2393374A1 (en) | 2000-10-10 | 2002-04-18 | Diversa Corporation | High throughput or capillary-based screening for a bioactivity or biomolecule |
JP2002155305A (en) | 2000-11-14 | 2002-05-31 | Akira Kawasaki | Equipment and method for manufacturing monodispersed particle, and monodispersed particle manufactured by the manufacturing method |
US6492154B2 (en) | 2001-01-31 | 2002-12-10 | Applera Corporation | Isolated human kinase proteins, nucleic acid molecules encoding human kinase proteins, and uses thereof |
CA2332186A1 (en) | 2001-02-08 | 2002-08-08 | Her Majesty In Right Of Canada As Represented By The Minister Of Agricul Ture And Agri-Food Canada | Replicative in vivo gene targeting |
US7670559B2 (en) | 2001-02-15 | 2010-03-02 | Caliper Life Sciences, Inc. | Microfluidic systems with enhanced detection systems |
ATE312076T1 (en) | 2001-02-22 | 2005-12-15 | Anika Therapeutics Inc | THIOL-MODIFIED HYALURONAN DERIVATIVES |
EP1447127B1 (en) | 2001-02-23 | 2007-07-04 | Japan Science and Technology Agency | Apparatus for producing emulsion |
US7211654B2 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2007-05-01 | Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Linkers and co-coupling agents for optimization of oligonucleotide synthesis and purification on solid supports |
US20150329617A1 (en) | 2001-03-14 | 2015-11-19 | Dynal Biotech Asa | Novel MHC molecule constructs, and methods of employing these constructs for diagnosis and therapy, and uses of MHC molecules |
US20020148992A1 (en) | 2001-04-03 | 2002-10-17 | Hayenga Jon W. | Pneumatic valve interface for use in microfluidic structures |
US7138267B1 (en) | 2001-04-04 | 2006-11-21 | Epicentre Technologies Corporation | Methods and compositions for amplifying DNA clone copy number |
US20030027221A1 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2003-02-06 | Scott Melissa E. | High-throughput screening assays by encapsulation |
US7572642B2 (en) | 2001-04-18 | 2009-08-11 | Ambrigen, Llc | Assay based on particles, which specifically bind with targets in spatially distributed characteristic patterns |
DE60229246D1 (en) | 2001-05-26 | 2008-11-20 | One Cell Systems Inc | |
US6880576B2 (en) | 2001-06-07 | 2005-04-19 | Nanostream, Inc. | Microfluidic devices for methods development |
US7179423B2 (en) | 2001-06-20 | 2007-02-20 | Cytonome, Inc. | Microfluidic system including a virtual wall fluid interface port for interfacing fluids with the microfluidic system |
US7262063B2 (en) | 2001-06-21 | 2007-08-28 | Bio Array Solutions, Ltd. | Directed assembly of functional heterostructures |
US7682353B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2010-03-23 | Coloplast A/S | Catheter device |
US6613523B2 (en) | 2001-06-29 | 2003-09-02 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Method of DNA sequencing using cleavable tags |
US7077152B2 (en) | 2001-07-07 | 2006-07-18 | Nanostream, Inc. | Microfluidic metering systems and methods |
EP1427746A4 (en) | 2001-07-20 | 2005-09-28 | California Inst Of Techn | Protein and nucleic acid expression systems |
US6767731B2 (en) | 2001-08-27 | 2004-07-27 | Intel Corporation | Electron induced fluorescent method for nucleic acid sequencing |
WO2003031591A2 (en) | 2001-10-10 | 2003-04-17 | Superarray Bioscience Corporation | Detecting targets by unique identifier nucleotide tags |
US7297485B2 (en) | 2001-10-15 | 2007-11-20 | Qiagen Gmbh | Method for nucleic acid amplification that results in low amplification bias |
US6783647B2 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2004-08-31 | Ut-Battelle, Llc | Microfluidic systems and methods of transport and lysis of cells and analysis of cell lysate |
US20030089605A1 (en) | 2001-10-19 | 2003-05-15 | West Virginia University Research Corporation | Microfluidic system for proteome analysis |
US20030149307A1 (en) | 2001-10-24 | 2003-08-07 | Baxter International Inc. | Process for the preparation of polyethylene glycol bis amine |
WO2003055660A2 (en) | 2001-10-26 | 2003-07-10 | Aclara Biosciences Inc. | System and method for injection molded micro-replication of micro-fluidic substrates |
WO2003038558A2 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2003-05-08 | Nanomics Biosystems Pty, Ltd. | Device and methods for directed synthesis of chemical libraries |
US7262056B2 (en) | 2001-11-08 | 2007-08-28 | Mirus Bio Corporation | Enhancing intermolecular integration of nucleic acids using integrator complexes |
GB0127564D0 (en) | 2001-11-16 | 2002-01-09 | Medical Res Council | Emulsion compositions |
EP1456409B1 (en) | 2001-11-28 | 2010-02-24 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Parallel polymorphism scoring by amplification and error correction |
US7335153B2 (en) | 2001-12-28 | 2008-02-26 | Bio Array Solutions Ltd. | Arrays of microparticles and methods of preparation thereof |
AU2003210438A1 (en) | 2002-01-04 | 2003-07-24 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Droplet-based microfluidic oligonucleotide synthesis engine |
JP2005538929A (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2005-12-22 | ダイナル バイオテック エイエスエイ | Methods for isolating nucleic acids and proteins from a single sample |
KR100459870B1 (en) | 2002-02-22 | 2004-12-04 | 한국과학기술원 | CONSTRUCTION OF NOVEL STRAINS CONTAINING MINIMIZING GENOME BY Tn5-COUPLED Cre/loxP EXCISION SYSTEM |
EP1488006B1 (en) * | 2002-03-20 | 2008-05-28 | InnovativeBio.Biz | Microcapsules with controlable permeability encapsulating a nucleic acid amplification reaction mixture and their use as reaction compartments for parallels reactions |
US7901939B2 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2011-03-08 | University Of Chicago | Method for performing crystallization and reactions in pressure-driven fluid plugs |
ATE479899T1 (en) | 2002-05-09 | 2010-09-15 | Univ Chicago | EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR PRESSURE CONTROLLED PLUG TRANSPORT AND REACTION |
US7527966B2 (en) | 2002-06-26 | 2009-05-05 | Transgenrx, Inc. | Gene regulation in transgenic animals using a transposon-based vector |
JP2006507921A (en) | 2002-06-28 | 2006-03-09 | プレジデント・アンド・フェロウズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレッジ | Method and apparatus for fluid dispersion |
CA2493808A1 (en) | 2002-07-24 | 2004-01-29 | Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods for identifying small molecules that modulate premature translation termination and nonsense mediated mrna decay |
IL151660A0 (en) | 2002-09-09 | 2003-04-10 | Univ Ben Gurion | Method for isolating and culturing unculturable microorganisms |
US7919235B2 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2011-04-05 | F. Hoffman-La Roche Ag | Oligonucleotides for genotyping thymidylate synthase gene |
US20040081962A1 (en) | 2002-10-23 | 2004-04-29 | Caifu Chen | Methods for synthesizing complementary DNA |
US6979713B2 (en) | 2002-11-25 | 2005-12-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Curable compositions and abrasive articles therefrom |
US20050266582A1 (en) | 2002-12-16 | 2005-12-01 | Modlin Douglas N | Microfluidic system with integrated permeable membrane |
US20040248299A1 (en) | 2002-12-27 | 2004-12-09 | Sumedha Jayasena | RNA interference |
US7700325B2 (en) | 2003-01-17 | 2010-04-20 | Trustees Of Boston University | Haplotype analysis |
WO2005003375A2 (en) | 2003-01-29 | 2005-01-13 | 454 Corporation | Methods of amplifying and sequencing nucleic acids |
JP2006518204A (en) | 2003-02-10 | 2006-08-10 | マックス−デルブルック−セントラム フユール モレクラーレ メディツィン(エムディーシー) | Targeting system based on transposon |
US20100022414A1 (en) | 2008-07-18 | 2010-01-28 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Droplet Libraries |
US7041481B2 (en) | 2003-03-14 | 2006-05-09 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Chemical amplification based on fluid partitioning |
US7316903B2 (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2008-01-08 | United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Detection of nucleic acid sequence variations using phase Mu transposase |
US20060078893A1 (en) | 2004-10-12 | 2006-04-13 | Medical Research Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry by microfluidic control |
GB0307403D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Selection by compartmentalised screening |
GB0307428D0 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2003-05-07 | Medical Res Council | Compartmentalised combinatorial chemistry |
WO2004087204A2 (en) | 2003-04-04 | 2004-10-14 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Microfluidized oil-in-water emulsions and vaccine compositions |
US20100035254A1 (en) | 2003-04-08 | 2010-02-11 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Composition and method for nucleic acid sequencing |
WO2004091763A2 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2004-10-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Formation and control of fluidic species |
WO2004102204A1 (en) | 2003-05-16 | 2004-11-25 | Global Technologies (Nz) Ltd | Method and apparatus for mixing sample and reagent in a suspension fluid |
WO2004103565A2 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2004-12-02 | Hans-Knöll-Institut für Naturstoff-Forschung e.V. | Device and method for structuring liquids and for dosing reaction liquids into liquid compartments immersed in a separation medium |
WO2004105734A1 (en) | 2003-05-28 | 2004-12-09 | Valorisation Recherche, Societe En Commandite | Method of preparing microcapsules |
GB0313170D0 (en) | 2003-06-09 | 2003-07-16 | Qinetiq Ltd | Method and apparatus for spore disruption and/or detection |
JP2007503597A (en) | 2003-06-13 | 2007-02-22 | ザ ジェネラル ホスピタル コーポレーション | Microfluidic system for removing red blood cells and platelets from blood based on size |
GB2403475B (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2008-02-06 | Oxitec Ltd | Stable integrands |
GB0315438D0 (en) | 2003-07-02 | 2003-08-06 | Univ Manchester | Analysis of mixed cell populations |
EP2532745B1 (en) | 2003-07-05 | 2015-09-09 | The Johns Hopkins University | Method and Compositions for Detection and Enumeration of Genetic Variations |
CN104069784B (en) | 2003-08-27 | 2017-01-11 | 哈佛大学 | electronic control of fluidic species |
JP4988345B2 (en) | 2003-09-04 | 2012-08-01 | ザ・ユナイテッド・ステイツ・オブ・アメリカ・アズ・リプレゼンティッド・バイ・ザ・デパートメント・オブ・ヴェテランズ・アフェアーズ | Ophthalmic hydrogel nanocomposites |
WO2005023427A1 (en) | 2003-09-05 | 2005-03-17 | Stokes Bio Limited | A microfluidic analysis system |
US7354706B2 (en) | 2003-09-09 | 2008-04-08 | The Regents Of The University Of Colorado, A Body Corporate | Use of photopolymerization for amplification and detection of a molecular recognition event |
US20090004739A1 (en) | 2003-09-22 | 2009-01-01 | Taku Demura | Efficient Method of Preparing Dna Inverted Repeat |
DK1691196T3 (en) | 2003-09-25 | 2013-04-15 | Vivalis | Microwell array chip and process for making it |
WO2005047521A2 (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2005-05-26 | Investigen, Inc. | Methods of preparing nucleic acid for detection |
WO2005049787A2 (en) | 2003-11-24 | 2005-06-02 | Yeda Research And Development Co.Ltd. | Compositions and methods for in vitro sorting of molecular and cellular libraries |
US20050136417A1 (en) | 2003-12-19 | 2005-06-23 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Amplification of nucleic acids |
US8071364B2 (en) | 2003-12-24 | 2011-12-06 | Transgenrx, Inc. | Gene therapy using transposon-based vectors |
EP1735458B1 (en) | 2004-01-28 | 2013-07-24 | 454 Life Sciences Corporation | Nucleic acid amplification with continuous flow emulsion |
US20050181379A1 (en) | 2004-02-18 | 2005-08-18 | Intel Corporation | Method and device for isolating and positioning single nucleic acid molecules |
US20100216153A1 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2010-08-26 | Helicos Biosciences Corporation | Methods for detecting fetal nucleic acids and diagnosing fetal abnormalities |
CA2557841A1 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2005-09-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Polony fluorescent in situ sequencing beads |
KR100552706B1 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2006-02-20 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method and apparatus for nucleic acid amplification |
JP4777238B2 (en) | 2004-03-23 | 2011-09-21 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | Method and apparatus for generating microdroplets |
US20050221339A1 (en) | 2004-03-31 | 2005-10-06 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | Compartmentalised screening by microfluidic control |
US20060020371A1 (en) | 2004-04-13 | 2006-01-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods and apparatus for manipulation and/or detection of biological samples and other objects |
US20050250147A1 (en) | 2004-05-10 | 2005-11-10 | Macevicz Stephen C | Digital profiling of polynucleotide populations |
US20080268507A1 (en) | 2004-05-25 | 2008-10-30 | Airbus Deutschland Gmbh | Recombinant Dna Nicking Endonuclease and Uses Thereof |
US7799553B2 (en) | 2004-06-01 | 2010-09-21 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system |
US7700281B2 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2010-04-20 | Usb Corporation | Hot start nucleic acid amplification |
US7968085B2 (en) | 2004-07-05 | 2011-06-28 | Ascendis Pharma A/S | Hydrogel formulations |
CN1648671B (en) | 2005-02-06 | 2012-09-26 | 成都夸常医学工业有限公司 | Detecting method for multiple reactor analytic chip and analytic chip and detector |
US7608434B2 (en) | 2004-08-04 | 2009-10-27 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Mutated Tn5 transposase proteins and the use thereof |
US20080268431A1 (en) | 2004-09-14 | 2008-10-30 | Jin-Ho Choy | Information Code System Using Dna Sequences |
US7892731B2 (en) | 2004-10-01 | 2011-02-22 | Radix Biosolutions, Ltd. | System and method for inhibiting the decryption of a nucleic acid probe sequence used for the detection of a specific nucleic acid |
US7968287B2 (en) | 2004-10-08 | 2011-06-28 | Medical Research Council Harvard University | In vitro evolution in microfluidic systems |
US9492400B2 (en) | 2004-11-04 | 2016-11-15 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Coated controlled release polymer particles as efficient oral delivery vehicles for biopharmaceuticals |
WO2006051552A2 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. At The Weizmann Institute Of Science | Directed evolution and selection using in vitro compartmentalization |
US7329493B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2008-02-12 | Asiagen Corporation | One-tube nested PCR for detecting Mycobacterium tuberculosis |
CA2592204C (en) | 2004-12-23 | 2013-03-12 | I-Stat Corporation | Nucleic acid diagnostics system and methods |
WO2006078841A1 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-27 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for forming fluidic droplets encapsulated in particles such as colloidal particles |
EP1841879A4 (en) | 2005-01-25 | 2009-05-27 | Population Genetics Technologi | Isothermal dna amplification |
US7407757B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2008-08-05 | Population Genetics Technologies | Genetic analysis by sequence-specific sorting |
US7393665B2 (en) | 2005-02-10 | 2008-07-01 | Population Genetics Technologies Ltd | Methods and compositions for tagging and identifying polynucleotides |
ATE538213T1 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2012-01-15 | Canon Us Life Sciences Inc | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING GENOMIC DNA OF ORGANISMS |
US8062391B2 (en) * | 2005-02-21 | 2011-11-22 | Kagoshima University | Method for purifying biodiesel fuel |
JP2008535644A (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2008-09-04 | プレジデント・アンド・フエローズ・オブ・ハーバード・カレツジ | Method and apparatus for the formation of multiple emulsions |
US9040237B2 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2015-05-26 | Intel Corporation | Sensor arrays and nucleic acid sequencing applications |
US20070054119A1 (en) | 2005-03-04 | 2007-03-08 | Piotr Garstecki | Systems and methods of forming particles |
JP2006289250A (en) | 2005-04-08 | 2006-10-26 | Kao Corp | Micro mixer and fluid mixing method using the same |
US8407013B2 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2013-03-26 | Peter K. Rogan | AB initio generation of single copy genomic probes |
WO2006138257A2 (en) | 2005-06-15 | 2006-12-28 | Callida Genomics, Inc. | Single molecule arrays for genetic and chemical analysis |
JP2006349060A (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2006-12-28 | Ntn Corp | Ball screw |
US8828209B2 (en) | 2005-06-22 | 2014-09-09 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Massively parallel 2-dimensional capillary electrophoresis |
WO2007002567A2 (en) * | 2005-06-23 | 2007-01-04 | Nanosphere, Inc. | Selective isolation and concentration of nucleic acids from complex samples |
US9175295B2 (en) | 2005-07-05 | 2015-11-03 | The Chemo-Sero-Therapeutic Research Institute | Modified transposon vector and its use |
JP5051490B2 (en) | 2005-07-08 | 2012-10-17 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Inorganic microcapsule encapsulating macro-biomaterial and method for producing the same |
US20070020640A1 (en) | 2005-07-21 | 2007-01-25 | Mccloskey Megan L | Molecular encoding of nucleic acid templates for PCR and other forms of sequence analysis |
FR2888912B1 (en) | 2005-07-25 | 2007-08-24 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TWO ZONES BY ELECTROWRINKING, DEVICE COMPRISING ISOLABLE ZONES AND OTHERS AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING SUCH DEVICE |
WO2007018601A1 (en) | 2005-08-02 | 2007-02-15 | Rubicon Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for processing and amplification of dna, including using multiple enzymes in a single reaction |
DE102005037401B4 (en) | 2005-08-08 | 2007-09-27 | MAX-PLANCK-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Formation of an emulsion in a fluidic microsystem |
WO2007024840A2 (en) | 2005-08-22 | 2007-03-01 | Critical Therapeutics, Inc. | Method of quantitating nucleic acids by flow cytometry microparticle-based array |
US7556776B2 (en) | 2005-09-08 | 2009-07-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Microfluidic manipulation of fluids and reactions |
JP2007074967A (en) | 2005-09-13 | 2007-03-29 | Canon Inc | Identifier probe and method for amplifying nucleic acid by using the same |
CN101523156A (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2009-09-02 | 加利福尼亚大学董事会 | A colorimetric bio-barcode amplification assay for analyte detection |
US7960104B2 (en) | 2005-10-07 | 2011-06-14 | Callida Genomics, Inc. | Self-assembled single molecule arrays and uses thereof |
US20070111241A1 (en) | 2005-10-14 | 2007-05-17 | Nezih Cereb | System and method for accessing, tracking, and editing sequence analysis and software to accomplish the same |
US7709544B2 (en) | 2005-10-25 | 2010-05-04 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Microstructure synthesis by flow lithography and polymerization |
US20070190543A1 (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2007-08-16 | Applera Corporation | Coded Molecules for Detecting Target Analytes |
US20070134277A1 (en) | 2005-12-09 | 2007-06-14 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Pharmaceutical formulation for sulfur-containing drugs in liquid dosage forms |
US20070141584A1 (en) | 2005-12-20 | 2007-06-21 | Roberts Douglas N | Methods for assessment of native chromatin on microarrays |
US7932037B2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2011-04-26 | Perkinelmer Health Sciences, Inc. | DNA assays using amplicon probes on encoded particles |
US20100137163A1 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2010-06-03 | Link Darren R | Microfluidic Devices and Methods of Use in The Formation and Control of Nanoreactors |
WO2007087310A2 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2007-08-02 | Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. | Nucleic acid analysis using sequence tokens |
US7537897B2 (en) | 2006-01-23 | 2009-05-26 | Population Genetics Technologies, Ltd. | Molecular counting |
WO2007089541A2 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2007-08-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Fluidic droplet coalescence |
ES2739483T3 (en) | 2006-02-02 | 2020-01-31 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Non-invasive fetal genetic detection by digital analysis |
WO2007092538A2 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2007-08-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods for making nucleotide probes for sequencing and synthesis |
GB0603251D0 (en) | 2006-02-17 | 2006-03-29 | Isis Innovation | DNA conformation |
CN101432439B (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2013-07-24 | 考利达基因组股份有限公司 | High throughput genome sequencing on DNA arrays |
SG10201405158QA (en) | 2006-02-24 | 2014-10-30 | Callida Genomics Inc | High throughput genome sequencing on dna arrays |
US20070231823A1 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2007-10-04 | Mckernan Kevin J | Directed enrichment of genomic DNA for high-throughput sequencing |
JP4921829B2 (en) | 2006-03-30 | 2012-04-25 | 株式会社東芝 | Fine particle production apparatus, emulsifier holding part, fine particle production method, and molecular film production method |
WO2007114794A1 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | Nam Trung Nguyen | Active control for droplet-based microfluidics |
AU2007237909A1 (en) | 2006-04-19 | 2007-10-25 | Applied Biosystems, Llc. | Reagents, methods, and libraries for gel-free bead-based sequencing |
US7811603B2 (en) | 2006-05-09 | 2010-10-12 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfluidic device for forming monodisperse lipoplexes |
WO2008063227A2 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2008-05-29 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Microfluidic devices |
ES2620398T3 (en) | 2006-05-22 | 2017-06-28 | Nanostring Technologies, Inc. | Systems and methods to analyze nanoindicators |
RU2321638C2 (en) | 2006-05-23 | 2008-04-10 | Закрытое акционерное общество "Молекулярно-медицинские технологии" | Method for preparing multifunctional multichip, multichip for successive or parallel screening biopolymers, method for analysis of biopolymers and set for realization of method |
EP2029781A4 (en) | 2006-05-26 | 2010-06-30 | Althea Technologies Inc | Biochemical analysis of partitioned cells |
FR2901717A1 (en) | 2006-05-30 | 2007-12-07 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | METHOD FOR TREATING DROPS IN A MICROFLUIDIC CIRCUIT |
CN101675169B (en) | 2006-06-14 | 2018-01-02 | 维里纳塔健康公司 | Rare cell analysis is carried out using sample splitting and DNA labels |
WO2007149432A2 (en) | 2006-06-19 | 2007-12-27 | The Johns Hopkins University | Single-molecule pcr on microparticles in water-in-oil emulsions |
WO2008005675A2 (en) | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-10 | Applera Corporation | Emulsion pcr and amplicon capture |
EP1878501A1 (en) | 2006-07-14 | 2008-01-16 | Roche Diagnostics GmbH | Instrument for heating and cooling |
US8394590B2 (en) | 2006-08-02 | 2013-03-12 | California Institute Of Technology | Capture agents and related methods and systems for detecting and/or sorting targets |
EP3536396B1 (en) | 2006-08-07 | 2022-03-30 | The President and Fellows of Harvard College | Fluorocarbon emulsion stabilizing surfactants |
WO2008030433A2 (en) | 2006-09-06 | 2008-03-13 | Canon U.S. Life Sciences, Inc. | Chip and cartridge design configuration for performing micro-fluidic assays |
JP5765884B2 (en) | 2006-09-25 | 2015-08-19 | アーチャー−ダニエルズ−ミッドランド カンパニー | Superabsorbent surface-treated carboxyalkylated polysaccharide and method for producing the same |
US7935518B2 (en) | 2006-09-27 | 2011-05-03 | Alessandra Luchini | Smart hydrogel particles for biomarker harvesting |
US20080166720A1 (en) | 2006-10-06 | 2008-07-10 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Method and apparatus for rapid nucleic acid analysis |
US8841116B2 (en) | 2006-10-25 | 2014-09-23 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Inline-injection microdevice and microfabricated integrated DNA analysis system using same |
US7910302B2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2011-03-22 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Efficient arrays of amplified polynucleotides |
US8765076B2 (en) | 2006-11-14 | 2014-07-01 | Handylab, Inc. | Microfluidic valve and method of making same |
CA2669728C (en) | 2006-11-15 | 2017-04-11 | Biospherex Llc | Multitag sequencing and ecogenomics analysis |
CA2670306A1 (en) * | 2006-11-20 | 2008-05-29 | Nativis, Inc. | Apparatus and method for transducing an in vitro or mammalian system with a low-frequency signal |
US20080242560A1 (en) | 2006-11-21 | 2008-10-02 | Gunderson Kevin L | Methods for generating amplified nucleic acid arrays |
US8598328B2 (en) | 2006-12-13 | 2013-12-03 | National University Corporation Nagoya University | Tol1 factor transposase and DNA introduction system using the same |
EP2639578B1 (en) | 2006-12-14 | 2016-09-14 | Life Technologies Corporation | Apparatus for measuring analytes using large scale fet arrays |
US8338166B2 (en) * | 2007-01-04 | 2012-12-25 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Sorting, amplification, detection, and identification of nucleic acid subsequences in a complex mixture |
JP2008167722A (en) | 2007-01-15 | 2008-07-24 | Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc | Nucleic acid isolation method by heating on magnetic support |
US7844658B2 (en) | 2007-01-22 | 2010-11-30 | Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc | System and method for providing an application to a device |
US20080176768A1 (en) | 2007-01-23 | 2008-07-24 | Honeywell Honeywell International | Hydrogel microarray with embedded metal nanoparticles |
WO2008093098A2 (en) | 2007-02-02 | 2008-08-07 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Methods for indexing samples and sequencing multiple nucleotide templates |
US8003312B2 (en) | 2007-02-16 | 2011-08-23 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Multiplex cellular assays using detectable cell barcodes |
FI20075124A0 (en) | 2007-02-21 | 2007-02-21 | Valtion Teknillinen | Method and test kit for detection of nucleotide variations |
WO2008109176A2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2008-09-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US20080228268A1 (en) | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-18 | Uluru, Inc. | Method of Formation of Viscous, Shape Conforming Gels and Their Uses as Medical Prosthesis |
US7943330B2 (en) | 2007-03-23 | 2011-05-17 | Academia Sinica | Tailored glycoproteomic methods for the sequencing, mapping and identification of cellular glycoproteins |
EP2136786B8 (en) | 2007-03-28 | 2012-11-14 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Apparatus for forming droplets |
CN101293191B (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2011-11-09 | 中国科学院过程工程研究所 | Agarose gelatin microsphere preparation method |
WO2008135512A2 (en) | 2007-05-02 | 2008-11-13 | Jerzy Paszkowski | Dna amplification method |
US20080295909A1 (en) | 2007-05-24 | 2008-12-04 | Locascio Laurie E | Microfluidic Device for Passive Sorting and Storage of Liquid Plugs Using Capillary Force |
US20090105959A1 (en) | 2007-06-01 | 2009-04-23 | Braverman Michael S | System and method for identification of individual samples from a multiplex mixture |
WO2008148200A1 (en) | 2007-06-05 | 2008-12-11 | Eugenia Kumacheva | Multiple continuous microfluidic reactors for the scaled up synthesis of gel or polymer particles |
US20100255556A1 (en) | 2007-06-29 | 2010-10-07 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods and apparatus for manipulation of fluidic species |
WO2009011808A1 (en) | 2007-07-13 | 2009-01-22 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Droplet-based selection |
US8454906B2 (en) | 2007-07-24 | 2013-06-04 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Microfabricated droplet generator for single molecule/cell genetic analysis in engineered monodispersed emulsions |
US20130084243A1 (en) | 2010-01-27 | 2013-04-04 | Liliane Goetsch | Igf-1r specific antibodies useful in the detection and diagnosis of cellular proliferative disorders |
US20090076735A1 (en) | 2007-08-15 | 2009-03-19 | Opgen, Inc. | Method, system and software arrangement for comparative analysis and phylogeny with whole-genome optical maps |
US8563527B2 (en) | 2007-08-20 | 2013-10-22 | Pharmain Corporation | Oligonucleotide core carrier compositions for delivery of nucleic acid-containing therapeutic agents, methods of making and using the same |
US8268564B2 (en) | 2007-09-26 | 2012-09-18 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods and applications for stitched DNA barcodes |
WO2009048532A2 (en) | 2007-10-05 | 2009-04-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Formation of particles for ultrasound application, drug release, and other uses, and microfluidic methods of preparation |
US20090099040A1 (en) | 2007-10-15 | 2009-04-16 | Sigma Aldrich Company | Degenerate oligonucleotides and their uses |
US20100086914A1 (en) | 2008-10-03 | 2010-04-08 | Roche Molecular Systems, Inc. | High resolution, high throughput hla genotyping by clonal sequencing |
WO2009061372A1 (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2009-05-14 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for creating multi-phase entities, including particles and/or fluids |
US8334013B2 (en) | 2007-11-02 | 2012-12-18 | Stc.Unm | Mesoporous metal oxide microspheres and method for forming same |
US8592150B2 (en) | 2007-12-05 | 2013-11-26 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing |
CN101918590B (en) | 2007-12-10 | 2013-03-27 | 高晓莲 | Sequencing of nucleic acids |
US7771944B2 (en) | 2007-12-14 | 2010-08-10 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Methods for determining genetic haplotypes and DNA mapping |
CN101946010B (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2014-08-20 | 哈佛大学 | Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing |
EP3699291A1 (en) | 2008-01-17 | 2020-08-26 | Sequenom, Inc. | Single molecule nucleic acid sequence analysis processes and compositions |
KR20090081260A (en) | 2008-01-23 | 2009-07-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Assay method of microarray hybridization |
AU2009212165A1 (en) | 2008-02-07 | 2009-08-13 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | CIS reactive oxygen quenchers integrated into linkers |
JP5468271B2 (en) | 2008-02-08 | 2014-04-09 | 花王株式会社 | Method for producing fine particle dispersion |
JP5683964B2 (en) | 2008-03-11 | 2015-03-11 | ナショナル キャンサー センター | Method for measuring copy number of chromosome, gene or specific nucleotide sequence using SNP array |
US9011777B2 (en) | 2008-03-21 | 2015-04-21 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Monodisperse microdroplet generation and stopping without coalescence |
US8961902B2 (en) | 2008-04-23 | 2015-02-24 | Bioscale, Inc. | Method and apparatus for analyte processing |
US9068181B2 (en) | 2008-05-23 | 2015-06-30 | The General Hospital Corporation | Microfluidic droplet encapsulation |
DE102008025656B4 (en) | 2008-05-28 | 2016-07-28 | Genxpro Gmbh | Method for the quantitative analysis of nucleic acids, markers therefor and their use |
GB0810051D0 (en) | 2008-06-02 | 2008-07-09 | Oxford Biodynamics Ltd | Method of diagnosis |
WO2009148598A1 (en) | 2008-06-05 | 2009-12-10 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Polymersomes, colloidosomes, liposomes, and other species associated with fluidic droplets |
US8198028B2 (en) | 2008-07-02 | 2012-06-12 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Using populations of beads for the fabrication of arrays on surfaces |
EP2303245B1 (en) | 2008-07-11 | 2016-12-28 | ETH Zurich | Degradable microcapsules |
US10722562B2 (en) | 2008-07-23 | 2020-07-28 | Immudex Aps | Combinatorial analysis and repair |
US20100062494A1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2010-03-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Enzymatic oligonucleotide pre-adenylation |
US8383345B2 (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2013-02-26 | University Of Washington | Sequence tag directed subassembly of short sequencing reads into long sequencing reads |
US20110218123A1 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2011-09-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Creation of libraries of droplets and related species |
US9417190B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2016-08-16 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Calibrations and controls for droplet-based assays |
US9764322B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2017-09-19 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | System for generating droplets with pressure monitoring |
US20110159499A1 (en) | 2009-11-25 | 2011-06-30 | Quantalife, Inc. | Methods and compositions for detecting genetic material |
US8663920B2 (en) | 2011-07-29 | 2014-03-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Library characterization by digital assay |
US8709762B2 (en) | 2010-03-02 | 2014-04-29 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | System for hot-start amplification via a multiple emulsion |
US20120252015A1 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2012-10-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories | Methods and compositions for detecting genetic material |
US9156010B2 (en) | 2008-09-23 | 2015-10-13 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Droplet-based assay system |
AU2009296734B2 (en) | 2008-09-25 | 2016-02-18 | Cephalon Llc | Liquid formulations of bendamustine |
US8361299B2 (en) | 2008-10-08 | 2013-01-29 | Sage Science, Inc. | Multichannel preparative electrophoresis system |
EP3272879B1 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2019-08-07 | Epicentre Technologies Corporation | Transposon end compositions and methods for modifying nucleic acids |
US9080211B2 (en) | 2008-10-24 | 2015-07-14 | Epicentre Technologies Corporation | Transposon end compositions and methods for modifying nucleic acids |
US20100113296A1 (en) | 2008-11-05 | 2010-05-06 | Joel Myerson | Methods And Kits For Nucleic Acid Analysis |
US8748103B2 (en) | 2008-11-07 | 2014-06-10 | Sequenta, Inc. | Monitoring health and disease status using clonotype profiles |
US20100203647A1 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2010-08-12 | The Rockefeller University | Chemical Reporters of Protein Acylation |
US20100136559A1 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-03 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Chromatin structure detection |
EP2373812B1 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2016-11-09 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing |
US10839940B2 (en) | 2008-12-24 | 2020-11-17 | New York University | Method, computer-accessible medium and systems for score-driven whole-genome shotgun sequence assemble |
KR101065807B1 (en) | 2009-01-23 | 2011-09-19 | 충남대학교산학협력단 | Preparation method for micro-capsule using a microfluidic chip system |
US9347092B2 (en) | 2009-02-25 | 2016-05-24 | Roche Molecular System, Inc. | Solid support for high-throughput nucleic acid analysis |
JP5457222B2 (en) * | 2009-02-25 | 2014-04-02 | エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー | Miniaturized high-throughput nucleic acid analysis |
WO2010104604A1 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2010-09-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Method for the controlled creation of emulsions, including multiple emulsions |
EP2406003A2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2012-01-18 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Scale-up of flow-focusing microfluidic devices |
EP2230312A1 (en) | 2009-03-19 | 2010-09-22 | Helmholtz-Zentrum für Infektionsforschung GmbH | Probe compound for detecting and isolating enzymes and means and methods using the same |
WO2010111231A1 (en) | 2009-03-23 | 2010-09-30 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulation of microfluidic droplets |
EP3998346A1 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2022-05-18 | Illumina, Inc. | Gene expression analysis in single cells |
CA3018687C (en) | 2009-04-02 | 2021-07-13 | Fluidigm Corporation | Multi-primer amplification method for barcoding of target nucleic acids |
WO2010127186A1 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2010-11-04 | Prognosys Biosciences, Inc. | Nucleic acid constructs and methods of use |
US20100279882A1 (en) | 2009-05-01 | 2010-11-04 | Mostafa Ronaghi | Sequencing methods |
US9334531B2 (en) | 2010-12-17 | 2016-05-10 | Life Technologies Corporation | Nucleic acid amplification |
FR2945545B1 (en) | 2009-05-14 | 2011-08-05 | Univ Aix Marseille Ii | METHOD FOR DETECTION OF PROCARYOTE DNA EXTRACTED FROM A SAMPLE SAMPLE |
FR2945819B1 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2011-06-17 | Commissariat Energie Atomique | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ISOLATING BIOLOGICAL OR CHEMICAL TARGETS |
US8574835B2 (en) | 2009-05-29 | 2013-11-05 | Life Technologies Corporation | Scaffolded nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using |
US9524369B2 (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2016-12-20 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Processing and analysis of complex nucleic acid sequence data |
EP2443236B1 (en) | 2009-06-15 | 2015-05-13 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for long fragment read sequencing |
EP2446278B1 (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2021-11-17 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Fluid injection |
US20110028412A1 (en) | 2009-08-03 | 2011-02-03 | Cappellos, Inc. | Herbal enhanced analgesic formulations |
US20110033548A1 (en) | 2009-08-05 | 2011-02-10 | E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Degradable crosslinked aminated dextran microspheres and methods of use |
WO2011021102A2 (en) | 2009-08-20 | 2011-02-24 | Population Genetics Technologies Ltd | Compositions and methods for intramolecular nucleic acid rearrangement |
BR112012004382A2 (en) | 2009-09-01 | 2016-03-22 | Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv | device for specific target molecule selection, method for specifically targeting molecules and use of a device |
EP2473263B1 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2022-11-02 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques |
EP2473618B1 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2015-03-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | System for mixing fluids by coalescence of multiple emulsions |
US9625454B2 (en) | 2009-09-04 | 2017-04-18 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Rapid and continuous analyte processing in droplet microfluidic devices |
GB0918564D0 (en) | 2009-10-22 | 2009-12-09 | Plasticell Ltd | Nested cell encapsulation |
EP2493619B1 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2018-12-19 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | Droplet creation techniques |
WO2011056872A2 (en) | 2009-11-03 | 2011-05-12 | Gen9, Inc. | Methods and microfluidic devices for the manipulation of droplets in high fidelity polynucleotide assembly |
CN107028886A (en) | 2009-11-04 | 2017-08-11 | 不列颠哥伦比亚大学 | Lipid particle and related methods containing nucleic acid |
CA2767028A1 (en) * | 2009-11-25 | 2011-06-03 | Quantalife, Inc. | Methods and compositions for detecting genetic material |
US9023769B2 (en) | 2009-11-30 | 2015-05-05 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | cDNA library for nucleic acid sequencing |
US8835358B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2014-09-16 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
EP2513333B1 (en) | 2009-12-17 | 2013-10-02 | Keygene N.V. | Restriction enzyme based whole genome sequencing |
WO2011079176A2 (en) | 2009-12-23 | 2011-06-30 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods for reducing the exchange of molecules between droplets |
US8535889B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2013-09-17 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Digital analyte analysis |
JP5901046B2 (en) | 2010-02-19 | 2016-04-06 | 国立大学法人 千葉大学 | Novel alternative splicing variant of OATP1B3 mRNA |
US20110257889A1 (en) | 2010-02-24 | 2011-10-20 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | Sequence assembly and consensus sequence determination |
ES2565563T3 (en) | 2010-02-25 | 2016-04-05 | Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. | Method for preparing nucleic acid libraries |
US8236574B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2012-08-07 | Quanterix Corporation | Ultra-sensitive detection of molecules or particles using beads or other capture objects |
WO2011119881A1 (en) | 2010-03-24 | 2011-09-29 | Northeastern University | Multi-compartmental macrophage delivery |
JP2013524171A (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2013-06-17 | クァンタライフ・インコーポレーテッド | Droplet generation for drop-based assays |
FR2958186A1 (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2011-10-07 | Ecole Polytech | DEVICE FOR FORMING DROPS IN A MICROFLUID CIRCUIT. |
WO2011140510A2 (en) | 2010-05-06 | 2011-11-10 | Bioo Scientific Corporation | Oligonucleotide ligation, barcoding and methods and compositions for improving data quality and throughput using massively parallel sequencing |
US20110287947A1 (en) | 2010-05-18 | 2011-11-24 | University Of Southern California | Tethered Conformation Capture |
CN102917731A (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2013-02-06 | 西莱克塔生物科技公司 | Multivalent synthetic nanocarrier vaccines |
US20120000777A1 (en) | 2010-06-04 | 2012-01-05 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Devices and methods for forming double emulsion droplet compositions and polymer particles |
CN103119439A (en) | 2010-06-08 | 2013-05-22 | 纽亘技术公司 | Methods and composition for multiplex sequencing |
US8703493B2 (en) | 2010-06-15 | 2014-04-22 | Src, Inc. | Location analysis using fire retardant-protected nucleic acid-labeled tags |
WO2012003374A2 (en) | 2010-07-02 | 2012-01-05 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Targeted sequencing library preparation by genomic dna circularization |
WO2012012037A1 (en) * | 2010-07-19 | 2012-01-26 | New England Biolabs, Inc. | Oligonucleotide adaptors: compositions and methods of use |
US20120034603A1 (en) | 2010-08-06 | 2012-02-09 | Tandem Diagnostics, Inc. | Ligation-based detection of genetic variants |
CN103202812B (en) | 2010-08-09 | 2015-10-28 | 南京大学 | A kind of method of protein nano grain for the preparation of sending pharmacological active substance in body |
WO2012019765A1 (en) | 2010-08-10 | 2012-02-16 | European Molecular Biology Laboratory (Embl) | Methods and systems for tracking samples and sample combinations |
EP2616103A1 (en) | 2010-09-16 | 2013-07-24 | The University of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Asymmetric bifunctional silyl monomers and particles thereof as prodrugs and delivery vehicles for pharmaceutical, chemical and biological agents |
CA2811185C (en) | 2010-09-21 | 2020-09-22 | Population Genetics Technologies Ltd. | Increasing confidence of allele calls with molecular counting |
CN102409048B (en) * | 2010-09-21 | 2013-10-23 | 深圳华大基因科技服务有限公司 | DNA index library building method based on high throughput sequencing |
US9187783B2 (en) | 2010-10-04 | 2015-11-17 | Genapsys, Inc. | Systems and methods for automated reusable parallel biological reactions |
US9999886B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2018-06-19 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Methods and systems for on demand droplet generation and impedance based detection |
ES2730951T3 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2019-11-13 | Harvard College | High performance immune sequencing |
EP2625320B1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2019-03-27 | President and Fellows of Harvard College | High-throughput single cell barcoding |
CN102050953B (en) | 2010-10-18 | 2012-11-07 | 武汉理工大学 | Method for preparing reducible and degradable supermolecule hydrogel |
EP2633069B1 (en) | 2010-10-26 | 2015-07-01 | Illumina, Inc. | Sequencing methods |
US20130225623A1 (en) | 2010-10-27 | 2013-08-29 | Mount Sinai School Of Medicine | Methods of Treating Psychiatric or Neurological Disorders with MGLUR Antagonists |
WO2012061444A2 (en) | 2010-11-01 | 2012-05-10 | Hiddessen Amy L | System for forming emulsions |
US8829171B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2014-09-09 | Illumina, Inc. | Linking sequence reads using paired code tags |
AU2011323107B2 (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2015-09-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Linking sequence reads using paired code tags |
US9074251B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2015-07-07 | Illumina, Inc. | Linking sequence reads using paired code tags |
CN102115789B (en) * | 2010-12-15 | 2013-03-13 | 厦门大学 | Nucleic acid label for second-generation high-flux sequencing and design method thereof |
US20120184449A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2012-07-19 | Sequenom, Inc. | Fetal genetic variation detection |
US9163281B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2015-10-20 | Good Start Genetics, Inc. | Methods for maintaining the integrity and identification of a nucleic acid template in a multiplex sequencing reaction |
US20120191366A1 (en) | 2011-01-20 | 2012-07-26 | Nathaniel Pearson | Methods and Apparatus for Assigning a Meaningful Numeric Value to Genomic Variants, and Searching and Assessing Same |
GB201101429D0 (en) | 2011-01-27 | 2011-03-16 | Biocompatibles Uk Ltd | Drug delivery system |
WO2012103545A1 (en) | 2011-01-28 | 2012-08-02 | Illumina, Inc. | Oligonucleotide replacement for di-tagged and directional libraries |
CN103703143B (en) | 2011-01-31 | 2016-12-14 | 爱普瑞斯生物公司 | The method of the multiple epi-positions in identification of cell |
EP2670894B1 (en) * | 2011-02-02 | 2017-11-29 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Massively parallel continguity mapping |
EP3483285B1 (en) * | 2011-02-09 | 2021-07-14 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Analysis of nucleic acids |
WO2012109604A1 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2012-08-16 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Thermocycling device for nucleic acid amplification and methods of use |
EP3859011A1 (en) | 2011-02-11 | 2021-08-04 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods for forming mixed droplets |
EP2675819B1 (en) | 2011-02-18 | 2020-04-08 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Compositions and methods for molecular labeling |
WO2012116331A2 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2012-08-30 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and systems for haplotype determination |
US9388276B2 (en) | 2011-02-25 | 2016-07-12 | University Of Massachusetts | Monomers and polymers for functional polycarbonates and poly(ester-carbonates) and PEG-co-polycarbonate hydrogels |
EP2681196B1 (en) | 2011-03-04 | 2015-09-09 | Life Technologies Corporation | Compounds and methods for conjugation of biomolecules |
US20120230338A1 (en) | 2011-03-09 | 2012-09-13 | Annai Systems, Inc. | Biological data networks and methods therefor |
WO2012129187A1 (en) * | 2011-03-18 | 2012-09-27 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Multiplexed digital assays with combinatorial use of signals |
WO2012129363A2 (en) | 2011-03-24 | 2012-09-27 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Single cell nucleic acid detection and analysis |
GB2489714B (en) | 2011-04-05 | 2013-11-06 | Tracesa Ltd | Fluid Identification Method |
CN107368705B (en) | 2011-04-14 | 2021-07-13 | 完整基因有限公司 | Method and computer system for analyzing genomic DNA of organism |
CA2834291A1 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2012-11-01 | Biorad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
BR112013027540A2 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2016-09-20 | Us Dept Veterans Affairs | polynucleotide composition bank, method for producing one or more polynucleotides of interest, and method for analyzing and using sequencing data |
US9957558B2 (en) | 2011-04-28 | 2018-05-01 | Life Technologies Corporation | Methods and compositions for multiplex PCR |
EP2705156B1 (en) | 2011-05-05 | 2015-08-26 | Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale (INSERM) | Linear dna amplification |
CA2836361C (en) | 2011-05-16 | 2020-11-10 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Bio-orthogonal drug activation |
US20140227706A1 (en) * | 2011-05-16 | 2014-08-14 | Dna Chip Research Inc. | Method for assessing progression of clinical state of malignant neoplasm by quantitative detection of DNA in blood |
US9238206B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2016-01-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions |
US9005935B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2015-04-14 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Methods and compositions for DNA fragmentation and tagging by transposases |
WO2012166425A2 (en) | 2011-05-27 | 2012-12-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of amplifying whole genome of a single cell |
DE202012013668U1 (en) | 2011-06-02 | 2019-04-18 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | enzyme quantification |
US8841071B2 (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2014-09-23 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Sample multiplexing |
US9150916B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2015-10-06 | Beat Christen | Compositions and methods for identifying the essential genome of an organism |
US8927218B2 (en) | 2011-06-27 | 2015-01-06 | Flir Systems, Inc. | Methods and compositions for segregating target nucleic acid from mixed nucleic acid samples |
EP2729501A2 (en) | 2011-07-07 | 2014-05-14 | Life Technologies Corporation | Polymer particles, nucleic acid polymer particles and methods of making and using the same |
US20130017978A1 (en) | 2011-07-11 | 2013-01-17 | Finnzymes Oy | Methods and transposon nucleic acids for generating a dna library |
US8658430B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2014-02-25 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Manipulating droplet size |
US9605304B2 (en) | 2011-07-20 | 2017-03-28 | The Hong Kong Polytechnic University | Ultra-stable oligonucleotide-gold and-silver nanoparticle conjugates and method of their preparation |
US20130189700A1 (en) | 2011-07-25 | 2013-07-25 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Breakage of an emulsion containing nucleic acid |
JP6158808B2 (en) | 2011-08-04 | 2017-07-05 | セイジ サイエンス,インコーポレイティド | Systems and methods for processing fluids |
US10364464B2 (en) | 2011-08-08 | 2019-07-30 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Compositions and methods for co-amplifying subsequences of a nucleic acid fragment sequence |
US8846883B2 (en) | 2011-08-16 | 2014-09-30 | University Of Southhampton | Oligonucleotide ligation |
WO2013035114A1 (en) | 2011-09-08 | 2013-03-14 | Decode Genetics Ehf | Tp53 genetic variants predictive of cancer |
EP2753715A4 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2015-05-20 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Methods for obtaining a sequence |
WO2013049227A2 (en) | 2011-09-26 | 2013-04-04 | Geneart Ag | High efficiency, small volume nucleic acid synthesis |
CN106423314B (en) | 2011-09-28 | 2021-03-02 | 哈佛学院院长等 | Systems and methods for droplet generation and/or fluid manipulation |
US9514272B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2016-12-06 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Identification of DNA fragments and structural variations |
US9469874B2 (en) | 2011-10-18 | 2016-10-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Long-range barcode labeling-sequencing |
US20130109576A1 (en) | 2011-10-28 | 2013-05-02 | Anthony P. Shuber | Methods for detecting mutations |
JP2014534771A (en) | 2011-11-04 | 2014-12-18 | インテル コーポレイション | Signaling for the configuration of downlink cooperative multipoint communication |
WO2013072790A1 (en) | 2011-11-16 | 2013-05-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Microfluidic device with deformable valve |
US10689643B2 (en) | 2011-11-22 | 2020-06-23 | Active Motif, Inc. | Targeted transposition for use in epigenetic studies |
US9938524B2 (en) | 2011-11-22 | 2018-04-10 | Active Motif, Inc. | Multiplex isolation of protein-associated nucleic acids |
SG11201402558QA (en) | 2011-12-03 | 2014-06-27 | Emd Millipore Corp | Micro-incubation systems for microfluidic cell culture and methods |
ES2953308T3 (en) | 2011-12-22 | 2023-11-10 | Harvard College | Compositions and methods for the detection of analytes |
US20150125865A1 (en) | 2011-12-23 | 2015-05-07 | Gigagen, Inc. | Methods And Apparatuses For Droplet Mixing |
EP2812360B1 (en) | 2012-02-09 | 2022-08-31 | Life Technologies Corporation | Hydrophilic polymeric particles and methods for making same |
JP2015507928A (en) | 2012-02-14 | 2015-03-16 | ザ・ジョンズ・ホプキンス・ユニバーシティ | MIRNA analysis method |
WO2013123382A1 (en) | 2012-02-15 | 2013-08-22 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Dithioamine reducing agents |
US10202628B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2019-02-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assembly of nucleic acid sequences in emulsions |
EP3854873A1 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2021-07-28 | Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center | Compositions and methods for accurately identifying mutations |
US9176031B2 (en) | 2012-02-24 | 2015-11-03 | Raindance Technologies, Inc. | Labeling and sample preparation for sequencing |
WO2013134261A1 (en) | 2012-03-05 | 2013-09-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for epigenetic sequencing |
NO2694769T3 (en) | 2012-03-06 | 2018-03-03 | ||
US9552458B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2017-01-24 | The Research Institute At Nationwide Children's Hospital | Comprehensive analysis pipeline for discovery of human genetic variation |
US20150125904A1 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2015-05-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Probe incorporation mediated by enzymes |
EP2647426A1 (en) | 2012-04-03 | 2013-10-09 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Replication of distributed nucleic acid molecules with preservation of their relative distribution through hybridization-based binding |
US8209130B1 (en) | 2012-04-04 | 2012-06-26 | Good Start Genetics, Inc. | Sequence assembly |
MX356508B (en) | 2012-04-16 | 2018-05-30 | Biological dynamics inc | Nucleic acid sample preparation. |
US20130296173A1 (en) | 2012-04-23 | 2013-11-07 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Pre-anchor wash |
WO2013177046A1 (en) | 2012-05-21 | 2013-11-28 | Solulink, Inc. | Methods and/or use of oligonucleotide conjugates for suppressing background due to cross-hybridization |
AU2013266394B2 (en) | 2012-05-21 | 2019-03-14 | The Scripps Research Institute | Methods of sample preparation |
ES2774165T3 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2020-07-17 | Univ Texas | High-throughput sequencing of multiple transcripts from a single cell |
US20150247182A1 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2015-09-03 | Adaptive Biotechnologies Corp. | Single cell analysis using sequence tags |
JP6525872B2 (en) | 2012-08-08 | 2019-06-05 | エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーF. Hoffmann−La Roche Aktiengesellschaft | Increasing dynamic range to identify multiple epitopes in cells |
GB2539836B (en) | 2012-08-13 | 2017-03-29 | Univ California | Methods for detecting target nucleic acids in sample lysate droplets |
US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US20140378349A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-12-25 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US11591637B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US20150005199A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2015-01-01 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US10221442B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US20140378345A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-12-25 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
BR112015003354A8 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-01-16 | 10X Genomics Inc | microcapsule methods and compositions |
US9388465B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-07-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US9951386B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US20140378322A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2014-12-25 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US20150005200A1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2015-01-01 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
WO2014047561A1 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | The Broad Institute Inc. | Compositions and methods for labeling of agents |
US9644199B2 (en) * | 2012-10-01 | 2017-05-09 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Immobilized transposase complexes for DNA fragmentation and tagging |
GB201217772D0 (en) | 2012-10-04 | 2012-11-14 | Base4 Innovation Ltd | Sequencing method |
FR2996544B1 (en) | 2012-10-08 | 2015-03-13 | Ecole Polytech | MICROFLUIDIC CIRCUIT FOR COMBINING DROPS OF MULTIPLE FLUIDS AND CORRESPONDING MICROFLUIDIC PROCESS. |
FR2996545B1 (en) | 2012-10-08 | 2016-03-25 | Ecole Polytech | MICROFLUIDIC METHOD FOR PROCESSING AND ANALYZING A SOLUTION CONTAINING BIOLOGICAL MATERIAL, AND CORRESPONDING MICROFLUIDIC CIRCUIT |
EP2906715B1 (en) | 2012-10-15 | 2017-07-26 | Life Technologies Corporation | Compositions, methods, systems and kits for target nucleic acid enrichment |
WO2014071361A1 (en) | 2012-11-05 | 2014-05-08 | Rubicon Genomics | Barcoding nucleic acids |
WO2014072703A1 (en) | 2012-11-06 | 2014-05-15 | Oxford Nanopore Technologies Limited | Quadruplex method |
EP2917368A1 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2015-09-16 | Good Start Genetics, Inc. | Methods and systems for identifying contamination in samples |
CN105026576A (en) | 2012-12-03 | 2015-11-04 | 以琳生物药物有限公司 | Single-stranded polynucleotide amplification methods |
EP2931899A1 (en) | 2012-12-12 | 2015-10-21 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Functional genomics using crispr-cas systems, compositions, methods, knock out libraries and applications thereof |
PL2771468T3 (en) | 2012-12-12 | 2015-07-31 | Broad Inst Inc | Engineering of systems, methods and optimized guide compositions for sequence manipulation |
CA2894694C (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2023-04-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-01-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
EP2749653A1 (en) | 2012-12-28 | 2014-07-02 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Molecular coding for analysis of composition of macromolecules and molecular complexes |
EP2752664A1 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2014-07-09 | Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. | Label-free method for the detection of analytes |
US9683230B2 (en) | 2013-01-09 | 2017-06-20 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Sample preparation on a solid support |
GB2523495A (en) | 2013-01-17 | 2015-08-26 | Edico Genome Corp | Bioinformatics systems, apparatuses, and methods executed on an integrated circuit processing platform |
KR101984699B1 (en) | 2013-01-24 | 2019-05-31 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Micro-fluidic system for analysis of nucleic acid |
EP3473905B1 (en) | 2013-01-25 | 2020-07-29 | Bio-rad Laboratories, Inc. | System and method for performing droplet inflation |
US10381106B2 (en) | 2013-01-28 | 2019-08-13 | Hasso-Plattner-Institut Fuer Softwaresystemtechnik Gmbh | Efficient genomic read alignment in an in-memory database |
US11110458B2 (en) | 2013-02-01 | 2021-09-07 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | System for detection of spaced droplets |
CN108212237B (en) | 2013-03-06 | 2020-12-08 | 哈佛学院院长及董事 | Apparatus and method for forming relatively monodisperse droplets |
EP3418398B1 (en) | 2013-03-08 | 2020-05-13 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Compositions for polymerase chain reaction assays |
AU2013382098B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2019-02-07 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing |
WO2014152155A1 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-25 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Massively multiplexed rna sequencing |
US9273349B2 (en) | 2013-03-14 | 2016-03-01 | Affymetrix, Inc. | Detection of nucleic acids |
CN105358984B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-02-18 | 普罗格诺西斯生物科学公司 | Methods for detecting peptide/MHC/TCR binding |
US20140272996A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Droplet generator with collection tube |
CA3156663A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Verinata Health, Inc. | Generating cell-free dna libraries directly from blood |
JP6587544B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-09 | シグニス バイオテク エセ.エレ.ウ.Sygnis Biotech S.L.U. | Amplification and sequencing method using thermostable TthPrimPol |
GB2525568B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-10-14 | Abvitro Llc | Single cell barcoding for antibody discovery |
US20140274729A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Nugen Technologies, Inc. | Methods, compositions and kits for generation of stranded rna or dna libraries |
US9328382B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-05-03 | Complete Genomics, Inc. | Multiple tagging of individual long DNA fragments |
EP2981349A4 (en) | 2013-04-02 | 2016-11-16 | Raindance Technologies Inc | Systems and methods for handling microfluidic droplets |
US9896717B2 (en) | 2013-05-09 | 2018-02-20 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Magnetic immuno digital PCR assay |
CN111394426B (en) | 2013-05-23 | 2024-05-10 | 斯坦福大学托管董事会 | Transposition to natural chromatin for personal epigenomics |
ES2887726T3 (en) | 2013-06-12 | 2021-12-27 | Massachusetts Gen Hospital | Methods, kits, and systems for the multiplexed detection of target molecules and their uses |
US20160122753A1 (en) | 2013-06-12 | 2016-05-05 | Tarjei Mikkelsen | High-throughput rna-seq |
EP3011031B1 (en) | 2013-06-17 | 2020-09-30 | The Broad Institute Inc. | Delivery and use of the crispr-cas systems, vectors and compositions for hepatic targeting and therapy |
US20160208323A1 (en) | 2013-06-21 | 2016-07-21 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Methods for Shearing and Tagging DNA for Chromatin Immunoprecipitation and Sequencing |
KR102436171B1 (en) | 2013-06-27 | 2022-08-24 | 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
WO2015006700A1 (en) | 2013-07-12 | 2015-01-15 | University Of South Alabama | Minimal piggybac vectors for genome integration |
CN103394410B (en) | 2013-07-25 | 2016-04-20 | 博奥生物集团有限公司 | A kind of intelligent magnetic frame of position-adjustable |
GB2516684A (en) | 2013-07-30 | 2015-02-04 | Sphere Fluidics Ltd | Microfluidic devices and systems |
SG10201806890VA (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2018-09-27 | Cellular Res Inc | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10395758B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2019-08-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Sequencing methods |
US20160231324A1 (en) | 2013-09-24 | 2016-08-11 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Encapsulated sensors and sensing systems for bioassays and diagnostics and methods for making and using them |
GB201317301D0 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2013-11-13 | Linnarsson Sten | Method for capturing and encoding nucleic acid from a plurality of single cells |
US10266904B2 (en) | 2013-10-09 | 2019-04-23 | Stc.Unm | Synthetic long read DNA sequencing |
WO2015065924A2 (en) | 2013-10-28 | 2015-05-07 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Hydrogel microstructures with immiscible fluid isolation for small reaction volumes |
US9824068B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2017-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for sorting data |
US20140315755A1 (en) | 2013-12-26 | 2014-10-23 | Tao Chen | Genome-wide Antisense Oligonucleotide and RNAi |
US9580736B2 (en) | 2013-12-30 | 2017-02-28 | Atreca, Inc. | Analysis of nucleic acids associated with single cells using nucleic acid barcodes |
KR101464100B1 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2014-11-21 | 성균관대학교산학협력단 | Fusion nano liposome-fluorescence labeled nucleic acid for in vivo application, uses thereof and preparation method thereof |
EP3102691B1 (en) | 2014-02-03 | 2019-09-11 | Thermo Fisher Scientific Baltics UAB | Method for controlled dna fragmentation |
US9822396B2 (en) | 2014-02-13 | 2017-11-21 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Chromosome conformation capture in partitions |
AU2015222802B2 (en) | 2014-02-27 | 2021-07-01 | Jumpcode Genomics, Inc. | Methods for analysis of somatic mobile elements, and uses thereof |
WO2015157567A1 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2015-10-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
EP3845640A3 (en) | 2014-04-15 | 2021-09-01 | Illumina, Inc. | Modified tranposases for improved insertion sequence bias and increased dna input tolerence |
DK3134536T3 (en) | 2014-04-21 | 2020-02-03 | Harvard College | SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES FOR BARCODE MARKING NUCLEIC ACIDS |
US20150298091A1 (en) | 2014-04-21 | 2015-10-22 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for barcoding nucleic acids |
US10975371B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2021-04-13 | Illumina, Inc. | Nucleic acid sequence analysis from single cells |
US10526601B2 (en) | 2014-05-23 | 2020-01-07 | Digenomix Corporation | Haploidome determination by digitized transposons |
EP3152232B1 (en) | 2014-06-06 | 2019-11-13 | Herlev Hospital | Determining antigen recognition through barcoding of mhc multimers |
WO2015191877A1 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2015-12-17 | Life Technologies Corporation | Systems and methods for substrate enrichment |
JP6666268B2 (en) | 2014-06-11 | 2020-03-13 | サンプリクス アンパーツゼルスカブ | Nucleotide sequence exclusion enrichment by droplet sorting (NEEDLS) |
EP4270006A3 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2024-01-10 | Immudex ApS | General detection and isolation of specific cells by binding of labeled molecules |
US10480021B2 (en) | 2014-06-23 | 2019-11-19 | Yale University | Methods for closed chromatin mapping and DNA methylation analysis for single cells |
WO2015200541A1 (en) | 2014-06-24 | 2015-12-30 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital pcr barcoding |
EP3161161A4 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for sample analysis |
EP3889325A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2021-10-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of analyzing nucleic acids from individual cells or cell populations |
US20150376700A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2015-12-31 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Analysis of nucleic acid sequences |
WO2015200891A1 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2015-12-30 | 10X Technologies, Inc. | Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly |
US10017759B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-07-10 | Illumina, Inc. | Library preparation of tagged nucleic acid |
US10119167B2 (en) | 2014-07-18 | 2018-11-06 | Illumina, Inc. | Non-invasive prenatal diagnosis of fetal genetic condition using cellular DNA and cell free DNA |
US20160024558A1 (en) | 2014-07-23 | 2016-01-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Nucleic acid binding proteins and uses thereof |
CN105335116B (en) | 2014-07-30 | 2018-11-09 | 联想(北京)有限公司 | A kind of display control method and electronic equipment |
EP3186418A2 (en) | 2014-08-26 | 2017-07-05 | Nugen Technologies, Inc. | Compositions and methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence enrichment and high efficiency library generation |
CN107873054B (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2022-07-12 | 博德研究所 | Droplet-based methods and apparatus for multiplexed single-cell nucleic acid analysis |
SG11201702060VA (en) | 2014-09-15 | 2017-04-27 | Abvitro Inc | High-throughput nucleotide library sequencing |
SG10201903408VA (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2019-05-30 | Illumina Cambridge Ltd | Contiguity preserving transposition |
KR20170073667A (en) * | 2014-10-29 | 2017-06-28 | 10엑스 제노믹스, 인크. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
US9975122B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-05-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
CN107110849B (en) | 2014-12-19 | 2019-07-26 | 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 | Identify the method for multiple epitopes in selected cell subsets |
EP3244992B1 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2023-03-08 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes for barcoding nucleic acids |
SG10201811337XA (en) | 2015-01-13 | 2019-01-30 | 10X Genomics Inc | Systems and methods for visualizing structural variation and phasing information |
EP3253479B1 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2022-09-21 | The Regents of The University of California | Sequencing of nucleic acids via barcoding in discrete entities |
CA2975852A1 (en) | 2015-02-04 | 2016-08-11 | Twist Bioscience Corporation | Methods and devices for de novo oligonucleic acid assembly |
CA2975529A1 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2016-08-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data |
CN107406890B (en) | 2015-02-10 | 2023-07-18 | 亿明达股份有限公司 | Methods and compositions for analyzing cellular components |
EP4286516A3 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2024-03-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partition processing methods and systems |
MX2017010857A (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2017-12-11 | 10X Genomics Inc | Methods for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage. |
ES2836802T3 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2021-06-28 | Becton Dickinson Co | Spatially addressable molecular barcodes |
EP3268462B1 (en) | 2015-03-11 | 2021-08-11 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Genotype and phenotype coupling |
EP3271713B1 (en) | 2015-03-18 | 2021-05-05 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Massively parallel on-chip coalescence of microemulsions |
EP3277838A1 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-02-07 | Verily Life Sciences LLC | Methods for combining single cell profiling with combinatorial nanoparticle conjugate library screening |
AU2016248995B2 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2022-04-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Barcoding systems and methods for gene sequencing and other applications |
CN107250447B (en) | 2015-04-20 | 2020-05-05 | 深圳华大生命科学研究院 | Long fragment DNA library construction method |
WO2016170126A1 (en) | 2015-04-22 | 2016-10-27 | Stilla Technologies | Contact-less priming method for loading a solution in a microfluidic device and associated system |
US20160314242A1 (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2016-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Sample indexing methods and compositions for sequencing applications |
US20170016041A1 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2017-01-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Stabilized reducing agents and methods using same |
WO2016187256A2 (en) | 2015-05-18 | 2016-11-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Mobile solid phase compositions for use in biochemical reactions and analyses |
WO2016187717A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-12-01 | Exerkine Corporation | Exosomes useful for genome editing |
WO2016191380A1 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2016-12-01 | Pacific Biosciences Of California, Inc. | De novo diploid genome assembly and haplotype sequence reconstruction |
WO2016191618A1 (en) | 2015-05-27 | 2016-12-01 | Jianbiao Zheng | Methods of inserting molecular barcodes |
WO2016207647A1 (en) | 2015-06-24 | 2016-12-29 | Oxford Biodynamics Limited | Epigenetic chromosome interactions |
US10894980B2 (en) | 2015-07-17 | 2021-01-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of amplifying nucleic acid sequences mediated by transposase/transposon DNA complexes |
JP6697070B2 (en) | 2015-08-12 | 2020-05-20 | ツェーエーエムエム・フォルシュングスツェントルム・フュア・モレクラーレ・メディツィン・ゲーエムベーハー | Nucleic acid research methods |
US11479805B2 (en) | 2015-08-21 | 2022-10-25 | The General Hospital Corporation | Combinatorial single molecule analysis of chromatin |
JP6869233B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2021-05-12 | アブビトロ, エルエルシー | Affinity-oligonucleotide conjugates and their use |
US10900031B2 (en) | 2015-10-19 | 2021-01-26 | Zhejiang Annoroad Bio-Technology Co. Ltd. | Method for constructing high-resolution single cell Hi-C library with a lot of information |
EP3365454A1 (en) | 2015-10-20 | 2018-08-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for high throughput single cell genetic manipulation |
WO2017075294A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | The Board Institute Inc. | Assays for massively combinatorial perturbation profiling and cellular circuit reconstruction |
WO2017075265A1 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2017-05-04 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Multiplex analysis of single cell constituents |
KR20180097536A (en) | 2015-11-04 | 2018-08-31 | 아트레카, 인크. | A combination set of nucleic acid barcodes for the analysis of nucleic acids associated with single cells |
CN114774529A (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2022-07-22 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Transformable marking compositions, methods and processes incorporating same |
US10774370B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2020-09-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
EP3397764A4 (en) | 2015-12-30 | 2019-05-22 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Digital protein quantification |
US20170260584A1 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2017-09-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Cell population analysis using single nucleotide polymorphisms from single cell transcriptomes |
WO2017138984A1 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2017-08-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data |
CN109196115A (en) | 2016-03-01 | 2019-01-11 | 通用测序技术公司 | Nucleic acid target source is tracked in the method and kit for nucleic acid sequencing |
SG11201807444PA (en) | 2016-03-10 | 2018-09-27 | Univ Leland Stanford Junior | Transposase-mediated imaging of the accessible genome |
EP3443123B1 (en) | 2016-04-11 | 2021-08-11 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System | Methods and compositions for detecting single t cell receptor affinity and sequence |
WO2017197343A2 (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2017-11-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic on-chip filters |
WO2017197338A1 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2017-11-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods of use |
CA3033506A1 (en) | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of de novo assembly of barcoded genomic dna fragments |
US10688494B2 (en) | 2016-08-23 | 2020-06-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic surface-mediated emulsion stability control |
WO2018044831A1 (en) | 2016-08-30 | 2018-03-08 | Integrated Dna Technologies, Inc. | Cleavable hairpin primers |
US20210285038A1 (en) | 2016-08-31 | 2021-09-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of Whole Genome Digital Amplification |
WO2018045186A1 (en) | 2016-08-31 | 2018-03-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of combining the detection of biomolecules into a single assay using fluorescent in situ sequencing |
US20180080021A1 (en) | 2016-09-17 | 2018-03-22 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Simultaneous sequencing of rna and dna from the same sample |
EP3516400B1 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2023-08-16 | Becton, Dickinson and Company | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
WO2018075693A1 (en) | 2016-10-19 | 2018-04-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for barcoding nucleic acid molecules from individual cells or cell populations |
DK3553180T3 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2022-07-25 | Mgi Tech Co Ltd | PROCEDURE FOR SINGLE CELL SEQUENCE LIBRARY CONSTRUCTION AND USE THEREOF |
WO2018118971A1 (en) | 2016-12-19 | 2018-06-28 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Droplet tagging contiguity preserved tagmented dna |
US20220033893A1 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2022-02-03 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Single Cell Genomic Sequencing Using Hydrogel Based Droplets |
US20190177800A1 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2019-06-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for labeling cells |
US10815525B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10011872B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-07-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
KR20230104772A (en) | 2016-12-29 | 2023-07-10 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | Analysis system for orthogonal access to and tagging of biomolecules in cellular compartments |
JP7229923B2 (en) | 2017-01-06 | 2023-02-28 | エディタス・メディシン、インコーポレイテッド | Methods for assessing nuclease cleavage |
CA3050127A1 (en) | 2017-01-12 | 2018-07-19 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Methods for analyzing t cell receptors and b cell receptors |
EP4029939B1 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2023-06-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
US10347365B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2019-07-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for visualizing a pattern in a dataset |
GB201704402D0 (en) | 2017-03-20 | 2017-05-03 | Blacktrace Holdings Ltd | Single cell DNA sequencing |
EP3601605B1 (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2023-11-22 | National University of Singapore | Methods for multiplex detection of molecules |
WO2018191563A1 (en) | 2017-04-12 | 2018-10-18 | Karius, Inc. | Sample preparation methods, systems and compositions |
WO2018191701A1 (en) | 2017-04-14 | 2018-10-18 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | High-throughput screens for exploring biological functions of microscale biological systems |
US20180312822A1 (en) | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Mmlv reverse transcriptase variants |
CN110945139B (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2023-09-05 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Method and system for sorting droplets and beads |
US10544413B2 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2020-01-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads |
WO2018213774A1 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2018-11-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for analyzing datasets |
US10914729B2 (en) | 2017-05-22 | 2021-02-09 | The Trustees Of Princeton University | Methods for detecting protein binding sequences and tagging nucleic acids |
US10844372B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2020-11-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
WO2018226546A1 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2018-12-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Gaskets for the distribution of pressures in a microfluidic system |
EP4345172A2 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2024-04-03 | Becton, Dickinson and Company | Sample indexing for single cells |
WO2018236615A1 (en) | 2017-06-20 | 2018-12-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for improved droplet stabilization |
EP3642358A1 (en) | 2017-06-21 | 2020-04-29 | Bluedot LLC | Systems and methods for identification of nucleic acids in a sample |
CN108336542B (en) | 2017-06-23 | 2020-02-21 | 番禺得意精密电子工业有限公司 | Electrical connector |
KR102480894B1 (en) | 2017-08-01 | 2022-12-23 | 일루미나, 인코포레이티드 | Hydrogel beads for nucleotide sequencing |
US9946577B1 (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2018-04-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for distributed resource management |
US20190064173A1 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2019-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods of producing droplets including a particle and an analyte |
EP3691703A1 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-08-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers |
US10590244B2 (en) | 2017-10-04 | 2020-03-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions, methods, and systems for bead formation using improved polymers |
US20190127731A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for preparing nucleic acid molecules |
WO2019084043A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for nuclecic acid preparation and chromatin analysis |
WO2019084328A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for preparing nucleic acid molecules |
WO2019083852A1 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2019-05-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic channel networks for partitioning |
EP3700672B1 (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2022-12-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for sample preparation and analysis |
EP3625361A1 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2020-03-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US10829815B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2020-11-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles |
WO2019108851A1 (en) | 2017-11-30 | 2019-06-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid preparation and analysis |
WO2019113235A1 (en) | 2017-12-06 | 2019-06-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing nucleic acid molecules |
EP3724658A1 (en) | 2017-12-12 | 2020-10-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for single cell processing |
EP3728631A1 (en) | 2017-12-22 | 2020-10-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for processing nucleic acid molecules from one or more cells |
WO2019148042A1 (en) | 2018-01-26 | 2019-08-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US20210213413A1 (en) | 2018-02-05 | 2021-07-15 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Systems and methods for multiplexed measurements in single and ensemble cells |
EP3752832A1 (en) | 2018-02-12 | 2020-12-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods characterizing multiple analytes from individual cells or cell populations |
CN112074610A (en) | 2018-02-22 | 2020-12-11 | 10X基因组学有限公司 | Conjugation-mediated nucleic acid analysis |
WO2019169028A1 (en) | 2018-02-28 | 2019-09-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Transcriptome sequencing through random ligation |
WO2019169347A1 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2019-09-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and apparatus for holding plates |
WO2019191321A1 (en) | 2018-03-28 | 2019-10-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Nucleic acid enrichment within partitions |
WO2019195166A1 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2019-10-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing |
WO2019217758A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for molecular library generation |
US20190345636A1 (en) | 2018-05-10 | 2019-11-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for molecular library generation |
US20190352717A1 (en) | 2018-05-18 | 2019-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Targeted non-invasive prenatal testing |
US11932899B2 (en) | 2018-06-07 | 2024-03-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for characterizing nucleic acid molecules |
US11703427B2 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for cell and bead processing |
US11574706B2 (en) | 2018-06-28 | 2023-02-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for visualization of single-cell resolution characteristics |
US20200033366A1 (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2020-01-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for metabolome analysis |
US20200032335A1 (en) | 2018-07-27 | 2020-01-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for metabolome analysis |
US20200263232A1 (en) | 2018-08-03 | 2020-08-20 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems to minimize barcode exchange |
US20200056223A1 (en) | 2018-08-20 | 2020-02-20 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for cellular processing |
WO2020142779A1 (en) | 2019-01-06 | 2020-07-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for enrichment of barcodes |
-
2014
- 2014-02-07 US US14/175,973 patent/US9388465B2/en active Active
- 2014-02-07 KR KR1020207035026A patent/KR20200140929A/en active Application Filing
- 2014-02-07 DK DK14748569.2T patent/DK2954065T3/en active
- 2014-02-07 KR KR1020227044551A patent/KR20230003659A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2014-02-07 EP EP14749595.6A patent/EP2954104B1/en active Active
- 2014-02-07 EP EP20196181.0A patent/EP3862435A1/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 CN CN201480020238.9A patent/CN105102697A/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 CN CN201810642847.8A patent/CN108753766A/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 WO PCT/US2014/015427 patent/WO2014124338A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-02-07 JP JP2015557149A patent/JP2016511243A/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 KR KR1020157024531A patent/KR102190198B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2014-02-07 AU AU2014214682A patent/AU2014214682B2/en active Active
- 2014-02-07 WO PCT/US2014/015424 patent/WO2014124336A2/en active Application Filing
- 2014-02-07 BR BR112015019159A patent/BR112015019159A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2014-02-07 US US14/175,935 patent/US9644204B2/en active Active
- 2014-02-07 CA CA2900481A patent/CA2900481A1/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 CA CA2900543A patent/CA2900543C/en active Active
- 2014-02-07 EP EP21180222.8A patent/EP3998342A1/en active Pending
- 2014-02-07 EP EP14748569.2A patent/EP2954065B1/en active Active
- 2014-04-11 US US14/250,701 patent/US20140235506A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2016
- 2016-07-01 US US15/200,928 patent/US20160304860A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2017
- 2017-03-27 US US15/470,814 patent/US10150963B2/en active Active
- 2017-08-31 US US15/693,374 patent/US10150964B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-10-25 US US16/170,980 patent/US11193121B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-04-10 JP JP2019074785A patent/JP2019107035A/en active Pending
-
2020
- 2020-12-14 JP JP2020206665A patent/JP2021038272A/en active Pending
-
2021
- 2021-11-02 US US17/517,287 patent/US20220154175A1/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-03-07 JP JP2023034686A patent/JP2023063359A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20100130369A1 (en) * | 2007-04-23 | 2010-05-27 | Advanced Liquid Logic, Inc. | Bead-Based Multiplexed Analytical Methods and Instrumentation |
US20090203531A1 (en) * | 2008-02-12 | 2009-08-13 | Nurith Kurn | Method for Archiving and Clonal Expansion |
US20140057799A1 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2014-02-27 | Gigagen | System and Methods for Massively Parallel Analysis of Nucleic Acids in Single Cells |
US20120196288A1 (en) * | 2011-01-27 | 2012-08-02 | Lawrence Livermore National Security, Llc | Chip-Based Droplet Sorting |
Non-Patent Citations (2)
Title |
---|
Baret et al (2009) "Fluorescence-activated droplet sorting (FADS): efficient microfluidic cellsorting based on enzymatic activity" Lab on a Chip 9(13):1850-1858 * |
Shimkus et al (1985) "A chemically cleavable biotinylated nucleotide: Usefulness in the recovery of protein-DNA complexes from avidin affinity columns" Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 82:2593-2597. * |
Cited By (237)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10738337B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2020-08-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US10221437B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2019-03-05 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US9850526B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2017-12-26 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US9816121B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2017-11-14 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US10508294B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2019-12-17 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US10941430B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2021-03-09 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US10683524B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2020-06-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US9029085B2 (en) | 2007-03-07 | 2015-05-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Assays and other reactions involving droplets |
US9797010B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2017-10-24 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing |
US10633701B2 (en) | 2007-12-21 | 2020-04-28 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequencing |
US11401550B2 (en) | 2008-09-19 | 2022-08-02 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Creation of libraries of droplets and related species |
US10457977B2 (en) | 2008-12-19 | 2019-10-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Particle-assisted nucleic acid sequencing |
US9486757B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2016-11-08 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Scale-up of microfluidic devices |
US11517864B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2022-12-06 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Scale-up of microfluidic devices |
US10518230B2 (en) | 2009-03-13 | 2019-12-31 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Scale-up of microfluidic devices |
US10874997B2 (en) | 2009-09-02 | 2020-12-29 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Multiple emulsions created using jetting and other techniques |
US9056289B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2015-06-16 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Droplet creation techniques |
US9839911B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2017-12-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Droplet creation techniques |
US11000849B2 (en) | 2009-10-27 | 2021-05-11 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Droplet creation techniques |
US9290809B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2016-03-22 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US9290808B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2016-03-22 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US11993814B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2024-05-28 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US10059991B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2018-08-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US9315857B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2016-04-19 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse label-tags |
US9708659B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2017-07-18 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US11970737B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2024-04-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US10619203B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2020-04-14 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US10392661B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2019-08-27 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US9845502B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2017-12-19 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US9816137B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2017-11-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US10202646B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2019-02-12 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US10047394B2 (en) | 2009-12-15 | 2018-08-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Digital counting of individual molecules by stochastic attachment of diverse labels |
US11993772B2 (en) | 2011-02-10 | 2024-05-28 | Illumina, Inc. | Linking sequence reads using paired code tags |
US11939573B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2024-03-26 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US10760073B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2020-09-01 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US9885034B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2018-02-06 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US10190115B2 (en) | 2011-04-25 | 2019-01-29 | Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US9238206B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2016-01-19 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions |
US9573099B2 (en) | 2011-05-23 | 2017-02-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Control of emulsions, including multiple emulsions |
US10941396B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2021-03-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Compositions and kits for molecular counting |
US11177020B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2021-11-16 | The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill | Methods and uses for molecular tags |
US11634708B2 (en) | 2012-02-27 | 2023-04-25 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Compositions and kits for molecular counting |
US10597718B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-03-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for sample processing polynucleotides |
US10221442B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US11021749B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-06-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11035002B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-06-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11078522B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2021-08-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Capsule array devices and methods of use |
US10053723B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2018-08-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Capsule array devices and methods of use |
US10752950B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10752949B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-08-25 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10669583B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-06-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10626458B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-04-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9689024B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2017-06-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for droplet-based sample preparation |
US11359239B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2022-06-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10584381B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2020-03-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9695468B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2017-07-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for droplet-based sample preparation |
US11441179B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2022-09-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10450607B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-10-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10400280B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11591637B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2023-02-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for sample processing |
US10323279B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10273541B2 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2019-04-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10676789B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-06-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9567631B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-02-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9856530B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2018-01-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10533221B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-01-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9410201B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2016-08-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10227648B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-03-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9701998B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2017-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10253364B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2019-04-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11421274B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2022-08-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10612090B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2020-04-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11473138B2 (en) | 2012-12-14 | 2022-10-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10150963B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2018-12-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US9644204B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2017-05-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US10150964B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2018-12-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US9388465B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2016-07-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Polynucleotide barcode generation |
US11193121B2 (en) | 2013-02-08 | 2021-12-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partitioning and processing of analytes and other species |
US10557133B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-02-11 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing |
US11319534B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2022-05-03 | Illumina, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid sequencing |
US9637799B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-05-02 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10131958B1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2018-11-20 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US11702706B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2023-07-18 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US9598736B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-03-21 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10927419B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2021-02-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US9567646B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-02-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US11618929B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2023-04-04 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10151003B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2018-12-11 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively Parallel single cell analysis |
US9567645B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2017-02-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10253375B1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2019-04-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10954570B2 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2021-03-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10208356B1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2019-02-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Massively parallel single cell analysis |
US10395758B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2019-08-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Sequencing methods |
US9905005B2 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2018-02-27 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and systems for digitally counting features on arrays |
US9582877B2 (en) | 2013-10-07 | 2017-02-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and systems for digitally counting features on arrays |
US10471016B2 (en) | 2013-11-08 | 2019-11-12 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Microparticles, methods for their preparation and use |
US9824068B2 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2017-11-21 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for sorting data |
US10150117B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2018-12-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US9694361B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2017-07-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US10071377B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2018-09-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US10343166B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2019-07-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US10137449B2 (en) | 2014-04-10 | 2018-11-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Fluidic devices, systems, and methods for encapsulating and partitioning reagents, and applications of same |
US11713457B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2023-08-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10041116B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-08-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US9951386B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-04-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10208343B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-02-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10839939B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2020-11-17 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for nucleic acid sequence assembly |
US10457986B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-10-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10030267B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2018-07-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10480028B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-11-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10760124B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2020-09-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10344329B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-07-09 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10337061B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2019-07-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11629344B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2023-04-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US11133084B2 (en) | 2014-06-26 | 2021-09-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid sequence assembly |
US11597964B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2023-03-07 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Droplet-based method and apparatus for composite single-cell nucleic acid analysis |
US11566279B2 (en) | 2014-09-09 | 2023-01-31 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Droplet-based method and apparatus for composite single-cell nucleic acid analysis |
US11085084B2 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2021-08-10 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Identification and use of circulating nucleic acids |
WO2016040901A1 (en) * | 2014-09-12 | 2016-03-17 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Identification and use of circulating nucleic acids |
CN107075730A (en) * | 2014-09-12 | 2017-08-18 | 利兰·斯坦福青年大学托管委员会 | The identification of circle nucleic acid and purposes |
JP2021052779A (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2021-04-08 | イルミナ ケンブリッジ リミテッド | Continuity preserving transposition |
US11873480B2 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2024-01-16 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Contiguity preserving transposition |
JP7127104B2 (en) | 2014-10-17 | 2022-08-29 | イルミナ ケンブリッジ リミテッド | Continuity maintained dislocation |
US20190048332A1 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2019-02-14 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Contiguity Preserving Transposition |
US20190040382A1 (en) * | 2014-10-17 | 2019-02-07 | Illumina Cambridge Limited | Contiguity preserving transposition |
US10287623B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2019-05-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
US11739368B2 (en) | 2014-10-29 | 2023-08-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequencing |
US11135584B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2021-10-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
US10245587B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2019-04-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
US9975122B2 (en) | 2014-11-05 | 2018-05-22 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Instrument systems for integrated sample processing |
US11414688B2 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2022-08-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same |
US10557158B2 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2020-02-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same |
US10221436B2 (en) | 2015-01-12 | 2019-03-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Processes and systems for preparation of nucleic acid sequencing libraries and libraries prepared using same |
US10650912B2 (en) | 2015-01-13 | 2020-05-12 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for visualizing structural variation and phasing information |
US10854315B2 (en) | 2015-02-09 | 2020-12-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for determining structural variation and phasing using variant call data |
US11098358B2 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2021-08-24 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | High-throughput single-cell analysis combining proteomic and genomic information |
US10697010B2 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2020-06-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | High-throughput single-cell analysis combining proteomic and genomic information |
US10697000B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2020-06-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partition processing methods and systems |
US11274343B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2022-03-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for targeted nucleic acid sequence coverage |
WO2016137973A1 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2016-09-01 | 10X Genomics Inc | Partition processing methods and systems |
EP3262407A4 (en) * | 2015-02-24 | 2018-07-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partition processing methods and systems |
US11603554B2 (en) | 2015-02-24 | 2023-03-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Partition processing methods and systems |
US9727810B2 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2017-08-08 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Spatially addressable molecular barcoding |
US10002316B2 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2018-06-19 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Spatially addressable molecular barcoding |
USRE48913E1 (en) | 2015-02-27 | 2022-02-01 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Spatially addressable molecular barcoding |
US11873483B2 (en) | 2015-03-11 | 2024-01-16 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Proteomic analysis with nucleic acid identifiers |
US11535882B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2022-12-27 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for combinatorial barcoding |
US11390914B2 (en) | 2015-04-23 | 2022-07-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for whole transcriptome amplification |
US11124823B2 (en) | 2015-06-01 | 2021-09-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for RNA quantification |
US9771575B2 (en) | 2015-06-19 | 2017-09-26 | Agilent Technologies, Inc. | Methods for on-array fragmentation and barcoding of DNA samples |
US10619186B2 (en) | 2015-09-11 | 2020-04-14 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Methods and compositions for library normalization |
US11332776B2 (en) | 2015-09-11 | 2022-05-17 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for library normalization |
US11123297B2 (en) | 2015-10-13 | 2021-09-21 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Systems and methods for making and using gel microspheres |
US11092607B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2021-08-17 | The Board Institute, Inc. | Multiplex analysis of single cell constituents |
US11904310B2 (en) | 2015-10-28 | 2024-02-20 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | High-throughput dynamic reagent delivery system |
US11371094B2 (en) | 2015-11-19 | 2022-06-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for nucleic acid processing using degenerate nucleotides |
WO2017087910A1 (en) * | 2015-11-19 | 2017-05-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Transformable tagging compositions, methods, and processes incorporating same |
US11873528B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2024-01-16 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US11473125B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2022-10-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US11624085B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2023-04-11 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US10774370B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2020-09-15 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for nucleic acid analysis |
US11081208B2 (en) | 2016-02-11 | 2021-08-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems, methods, and media for de novo assembly of whole genome sequence data |
US10822643B2 (en) | 2016-05-02 | 2020-11-03 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Accurate molecular barcoding |
US11084036B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2021-08-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic systems and methods of use |
US11845986B2 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2023-12-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Normalization of nucleic acid libraries |
US10301677B2 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2019-05-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Normalization of nucleic acid libraries |
US11397882B2 (en) | 2016-05-26 | 2022-07-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Molecular label counting adjustment methods |
US11525157B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2022-12-13 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Error correction in amplification of samples |
US11220685B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2022-01-11 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Molecular indexing of internal sequences |
US10640763B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2020-05-05 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Molecular indexing of internal sequences |
US10202641B2 (en) | 2016-05-31 | 2019-02-12 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Error correction in amplification of samples |
WO2018031631A1 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2018-02-15 | President And Fellows Of Harvard College | Methods of de novo assembly of barcoded genomic dna fragments |
US11782059B2 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2023-10-10 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
US11467157B2 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2022-10-11 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
US11460468B2 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2022-10-04 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
US10338066B2 (en) | 2016-09-26 | 2019-07-02 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Measurement of protein expression using reagents with barcoded oligonucleotide sequences |
US11667951B2 (en) | 2016-10-24 | 2023-06-06 | Geneinfosec, Inc. | Concealing information present within nucleic acids |
US11164659B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2021-11-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for expression profile classification |
US11608497B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2023-03-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods for cell label classification |
US11180805B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2021-11-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10323278B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2019-06-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10550429B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-02-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10011872B1 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2018-07-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10480029B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2019-11-19 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10858702B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-12-08 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10793905B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-06 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10815525B2 (en) | 2016-12-22 | 2020-10-27 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides |
US10722880B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2020-07-28 | Cellular Research, Inc. | Hydrophilic coating of fluidic channels |
US10428326B2 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2019-10-01 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
US11193122B2 (en) | 2017-01-30 | 2021-12-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for droplet-based single cell barcoding |
US11319583B2 (en) | 2017-02-01 | 2022-05-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Selective amplification using blocking oligonucleotides |
US11072816B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2021-07-27 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Single-cell proteomic assay using aptamers |
US11660601B2 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2023-05-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods for sorting particles |
US10544413B2 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2020-01-28 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for sorting droplets and beads |
US11898206B2 (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2024-02-13 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for clonotype screening |
US10844372B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2020-11-24 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US11198866B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2021-12-14 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US11773389B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2023-10-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US10400235B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2019-09-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US11155810B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2021-10-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US10927370B2 (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2021-02-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US20180340172A1 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2018-11-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Single cell analysis of transposase accessible chromatin |
US10676779B2 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2020-06-09 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Sample indexing for single cells |
US10669570B2 (en) | 2017-06-05 | 2020-06-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Sample indexing for single cells |
US10583440B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2020-03-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method of producing emulsions |
US10549279B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2020-02-04 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Devices having a plurality of droplet formation regions |
US10610865B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2020-04-07 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Droplet forming devices and system with differential surface properties |
US10766032B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2020-09-08 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Devices having a plurality of droplet formation regions |
US10898900B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2021-01-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method of producing emulsions |
US11565263B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2023-01-31 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Droplet forming devices and system with differential surface properties |
US10357771B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2019-07-23 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Method of producing emulsions |
US10821442B2 (en) | 2017-08-22 | 2020-11-03 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Devices, systems, and kits for forming droplets |
US11833515B2 (en) | 2017-10-26 | 2023-12-05 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Microfluidic channel networks for partitioning |
US10876147B2 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2020-12-29 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US11884962B2 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2024-01-30 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US10745742B2 (en) | 2017-11-15 | 2020-08-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Functionalized gel beads |
US10829815B2 (en) | 2017-11-17 | 2020-11-10 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems for associating physical and genetic properties of biological particles |
US11946095B2 (en) | 2017-12-19 | 2024-04-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Particles associated with oligonucleotides |
US11155881B2 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2021-10-26 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Systems and methods for quality control in single cell processing |
US11773441B2 (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2023-10-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | High throughput multiomics sample analysis |
US11365409B2 (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2022-06-21 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Molecular barcoding on opposite transcript ends |
US11639517B2 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2023-05-02 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Determining 5′ transcript sequences |
US11932849B2 (en) | 2018-11-08 | 2024-03-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Whole transcriptome analysis of single cells using random priming |
US11492660B2 (en) | 2018-12-13 | 2022-11-08 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Selective extension in single cell whole transcriptome analysis |
US11371076B2 (en) | 2019-01-16 | 2022-06-28 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Polymerase chain reaction normalization through primer titration |
US11661631B2 (en) | 2019-01-23 | 2023-05-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Oligonucleotides associated with antibodies |
US11965208B2 (en) | 2019-04-19 | 2024-04-23 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods of associating phenotypical data and single cell sequencing data |
US11939622B2 (en) | 2019-07-22 | 2024-03-26 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Single cell chromatin immunoprecipitation sequencing assay |
US11773436B2 (en) | 2019-11-08 | 2023-10-03 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Using random priming to obtain full-length V(D)J information for immune repertoire sequencing |
US11857981B2 (en) | 2019-12-23 | 2024-01-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Magnetic separator for an automated single cell sequencing system |
US11649497B2 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2023-05-16 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Methods and compositions for quantitation of proteins and RNA |
US11701668B1 (en) | 2020-05-08 | 2023-07-18 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and devices for magnetic separation |
US11661625B2 (en) | 2020-05-14 | 2023-05-30 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Primers for immune repertoire profiling |
US11946038B1 (en) | 2020-05-29 | 2024-04-02 | 10X Genomics, Inc. | Methods and systems including flow and magnetic modules |
US11932901B2 (en) | 2020-07-13 | 2024-03-19 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Target enrichment using nucleic acid probes for scRNAseq |
US11739443B2 (en) | 2020-11-20 | 2023-08-29 | Becton, Dickinson And Company | Profiling of highly expressed and lowly expressed proteins |
US11999951B2 (en) | 2022-04-08 | 2024-06-04 | University Of Washington Through Its Center For Commercialization | Massively parallel contiguity mapping |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11473138B2 (en) | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides | |
US9388465B2 (en) | Polynucleotide barcode generation | |
US11421274B2 (en) | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides | |
US11441179B2 (en) | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides | |
US11591637B2 (en) | Compositions and methods for sample processing | |
EP4357493A2 (en) | Compositions and methods for sample processing | |
US20240002929A1 (en) | Methods and systems for processing polynucleotides | |
CN113166807A (en) | Nucleotide sequence generation by barcode bead co-localization in partitions |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: 10X GENOMICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:HINDSON, BENJAMIN;JAROSZ, MIRNA;HARDENBOL, PAUL;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20150310 TO 20150319;REEL/FRAME:035328/0585 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |